LS180 Manual de Serv PDF

REPAIR MANUAL
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
Contents
INTRODUCTION
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
POWER PRODUCTION
POWER TRAIN
TRAVELLING
BODY AND STRUCTURE
WORKING ARM
TOOLS AND COUPLERS
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
INTRODUCTION
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
1
Contents
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions ( - A.90.A.05)
Torque ( - A.90.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21)
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
2
11
INTRODUCTION
Basic instructions ( - A.90.A.05)

Technical Information
This manual has been produced by a new technical information system. This new system is designed to deliver
technical information electronically through CDROM and in paper manuals. A coding system called ICE has been
developed to link the technical information to other Product Support functions e.g. Warranty.
Technical information is written to support the maintenance and service of the functions or systems on a customers
machine. When a customer has a concern on his machine it is usually because a function or system on his machine
is not working at all, is not working efficiently, or is not responding correctly to his commands. When you refer to the
technical information in this manual to resolve that customers concern, you will find all the information classified
using the new ICE coding, according to the functions or systems on that machine. Once you have located the
technical information for that function or system then you will find all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices,
components, assemblies and sub-assemblies for that function or system. You will also find all the types of information
that have been written for that function or system, the technical data (specifications), the functional data (how it
works), the diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) and the service data (remove, install adjust, etc.).
By integrating this new ICE coding into technical information , you will be able to search and retrieve just the right
piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers concern on his machine. This is made possible by
attaching 3 categories to each piece of technical information during the authoring process.
The first category is the Location, the second category is the Information Type and the third category is the Product:
LOCATION - is the component or function on the machine, that the piece of technical information is going to
describe e.g. Fuel tank.
INFORMATION TYPE - is the piece of technical information that has been written for a particular component or
function on the machine e.g. Capacity would be a type of Technical Data that would describe the amount
of fuel held by the Fuel tank.
PRODUCT - is the model that the piece of technical information is written for.
Every piece of technical information will have those 3 categories attached to it. You will be able to use any
combination of those categories to find the right piece of technical information you need to resolve that customers
concern on his machine.
That information could be:
the description of how to remove the cylinder head
a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump
a fault code
a troubleshooting table
a special tool
How to Use this Manual

This manual is divided into Sections. Each Section is then divided into Chapters. Contents pages are included at
the beginning of the manual, then inside every Section and inside every Chapter. An alphabetical Index is included
at the end of a Chapter. Page number references are included for every piece of technical information listed in
the Chapter Contents or Chapter Index.
Each Chapter is divided into four Information types:
(D) Technical Data (specifications) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and,
assemblies.
(C) Functional Data (how it works) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices, components and
assemblies.
(G) Diagnostic Data (fault codes, electrical and hydraulic troubleshooting) for all the mechanical, electrical
or hydraulic devices, components and assemblies.
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
3
INTRODUCTION
(F) Service data (remove disassembly, assemble, install) for all the mechanical, electrical or hydraulic devices,
components and assemblies.
Sections
Sections are grouped according to the main functions or a systems on the machine. Each Section is identified by
a letter A, B, C etc. The amount of Sections included in the manual will depend on the type and function of the
machine that the manual is written for. Each Section has a Contents page listed in alphabetic/numeric order. This
table illustrates which Sections could be included in a manual for a particular product.
SECTION
A - Distribution Systems
B - Power Production
C - Power Train
D - Travelling
E - Body and Structure
F - Frame Positioning
G - Tool Positioning
H - Working Arm
J - Tools and Couplers
K - Crop Processing
L - Field Processing
PRODUCT
Tractors
Vehicles with working arms: backhoes,
excavators, skid steers, .....
Combines, forage harvesters, balers, ....
Seeding, planting, floating, spraying
equipment, ....
Mounted equipment and tools, .....
X X X X
X X X X
X X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X X X X
X X X X
X X X
X X X
X
X
X X X
X
X
Chapters
Each Chapter is identified by a letter and number combination e.g. Engine B.10.A The first letter is identical to the
Section letter i.e. Chapter B.10 is inside Section B, Power Production.
CONTENTS
The Chapter Contents lists all the (D) technical data (specifications), (C) functional data (how it works), (F) service
data (remove, install adjust, etc..) and (G) diagnostic data (fault codes and troubleshooting) that have been written
in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
Contents
POWER PRODUCTION
ENGINE _ 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE - General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENGINE - Dynamic description (B.10.A - C.30.A.10)
SERVICE
ENGINE - Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10)
DIAGNOSTIC
ENGINE - Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10)
4
5
6
INDEX
The Chapter Index lists in alphabetical order all the types of information (called Information Units) that have been
written in that Chapter for that function or system on the machine.
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
4
INTRODUCTION
Index
ENGINE
ENGINE
ENGINE
ENGINE
POWER PRODUCTION - B
ENGINE
Dynamic description (B.10.A - C.30.A.10)
General specification (B.10.A - D.40.A.10)
Remove (B.10.A - F.10.A.10)
Troubleshooting (B.10.A - G.40.A.10)
4
3
5
6
Information Units and Information Search

Each chapter is composed of information units. Each information unit has the ICE code shown in parentheses which
indicates the function and the type of information written in that information unit. Each information unit has a page
reference within that Chapter. The information units provide a quick and easy way to find just the right piece of
technical information you are looking for.
example information unit
Information Unit ICE code
ICE code classification
Stack valve - Sectional View (A.10.A.18 - C.10.A.30)

A
10.A
18
C
Distribution
Primary
Functional
Stack valve
systems
hydraulic
data
power
CRIL03J033E01
10.A.30
Sectional view
Navigate to the correct information unit you are searching for by identifying the function and information type
from the ICE code.
(1) Function and (2) Information type.
(A) corresponds to the sections of the repair manual.

(B) corresponds to the chapters of the repair manual.
(C) corresponds to the type of information listed in the chapter contents, (D) Technical data, (C) Functional
Data, (G) Diagnostic or (F) Service.
(A) and (B) are also shown in the page numbering on the page footer.
THE REST OF THE CODING IS NOT LISTED IN ALPHA-NUMERIC ORDER IN THIS MANUAL.
You will find a table of contents at the beginning and end of each section and chapter.
You will find an alphabetical index at the end of each chapter.
By referring to (A), (B) and (C) of the coding, you can follow the contents or index (page numbers) and quickly
find the information you are looking for.
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
5
INTRODUCTION
Page Header and Footer

The page header will contain the following references:
Section and Chapter description
The page footer will contain the following references:
Publication number for that Manual, Section or Chapter.
Version reference for that publication.
Publication date
Section, chapter and page reference e.g. A.10.A / 9
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
6
INTRODUCTION
Torque ( - A.90.A.10)
BOLT TORQUE INFORMATION

DECIMAL HARDWARE
1.
Fasteners should be replaced with the same or higher grade. If higher grade fasteners are used, these
should only be tightened to the strength of the original.
2.
Make sure the fasteners threads are clean and that thread engagement is started. This will prevent them from
failing when being tightened.
3.
Tighten plastic insert or crimped steel-type lock nuts to approximately 50 % of the dry torque, applied to the
nut, not to the bolt head. Tighten toothed or serrated-type lock nuts to the full torque value.
4.
The L9 (Alloy) fasteners torque values are for a bolt, nut, and two washers. When using L9 (Alloy) fasteners,
do not use the values in this table for tapped holes.
5
1 or 2
GRADE
5.1
5.2
8.2
L9 (Alloy)
SAE Markings
for Bolts and
Cap Screws
2
L9 (Alloy)
SAE Markings
for Hex Nuts
GRADE 2 *
GRADE 5, 5.1 or 5.2
Lubricated
Lubricated
Dry **
Dry**
**
**
SIZE Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft
8.5 6.3
1/4 7.5 5.5 5.7 4.2 10.8 8
UNF
9.8 7.2
1/4 8.5 6.3 6.4 4.7 13.6 10
UNC
11
11
8
23
17
18
13
5/16 15
UNF
12
12
9
26
19
19
14
5/16 16
UNC
20
20
15
41
30
31
23
3/8 27
UNF
23
23
17
47
35
34
25
3/8 31
UNC
32
33
24
68
50
47
35
7/16 43
UNF
75
55
36
37
27
54
40
7/16 49
UNC
75
55
50
47
35
102 75
1/2 68
UNF
55
54
40
115 85
88
65
1/2 75
UNC
75
55
70
149 110 108 80
9/16 95
UNF
81
60
163 120 122 90
9/16 108 80
UNC
GRADE 8 or 8.2
GRADE L9 (Alloy)
Lubricated
Head
Nut
Dry**
**
Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft
16.3 12
12.2 9
13.6 10
14.9 11
19
14
13.6 10
16.3 12
17.6 13
33
24
24
18
26
19
28
21
37
27
27
20
27
20
31
23
61
45
47
35
41
30
45
33
68
50
47
35
47
35
52
38
95
70
68
50
75
55
81
60
108
80
81
60
81
60
88
65
149
110
108
80
115
85
129
95
163
120
122
90
129
95
142
105
203
150
149
110
163
120
190
140
231
170
176
130
183
135
203
150
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
7
INTRODUCTION
GRADE 2 *
GRADE 5, 5.1 or 5.2
Lubricated
Lubricated
Dry **
Dry**
**
**
SIZE Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft
203 150 149 110
5/8 136 100 102 75
UNF
231 170 176 130
5/8 149 110 115 85
UNC
3/4 237 175 176 130 353 260 271 200
UNF
3/4 271 200 190 140 407 300 298 220
UNC
7/8 231 170 170 125 583 430 434 320
UNF
7/8 244 180 190 140 637 470 475 350
UNC
1
339 250 258 190 868 640 651 480
UNF
1
380 280 285 210 976 720 732 540
UNC
1-1/8 475 350 366 270 1071 790 800 590
UNF
1-1/8 542 400 407 300 1207 890 909 670
UNC
1-1/4 678 500 515 380 1519 1120 1139 840
UNF
1-1/4 746 550 570 420 1681 1240 1261 930
UNC
1-1/2 1180 870 881 650 2644 1950 1980 1460
UNF
1-1/2 1329 980 990 730 2983 2200 2224 1640
UNC
GRADE 8 or 8.2
GRADE L9 (Alloy)
Lubricated
Head
Nut
Dry**
**
Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft Nm lb/ft
285 210 217 160 231 170 251 185
325
240
244
180
258
190
278
205
515
380
380
280
359
265
393
290
570
420
420
310
447
330
481
355
814
600
610
450
644
475
685
505
909
670
678
500
705
520
793
585
1234 910
922
680
746
550
1051 775
1383 1020 1031 760
949
700
1220 900
1749 1290 1315 970
1390 1025 1559 1150
1953 1440 1464 1080 1559 1150 1797 1325

2468 1820 1844 1360 1898 1400 2170 1600
2726 2010 2048 1510 2170 1600 2373 1750
4285 3160 3214 2370 3932 2900 4407 3250
4827 3560 3621 2670 4475 3300 4949 3650
IMPORTANT: DO NOT use these values if a different torque value or tightening procedure is given for a specific
application. Torque values listed are for general use only. Check tightness of fasteners periodically. Shear bolts are
designed to fail under predetermined loads. Always replace shear bolts with identical grade.
NOTES
* - Grade 2 applies for hex caps (not hex bolts) up to 152 mm (6 in) long. Grade 1 applies for hex cap screws
over 152 mm (6 in) long, and for all other types of bolts and screws of any length.
** - "Lubricated" means coated with a lubricant such as engine oil, or fasters with phosphate and oil coatings.
"Dry" means plaind or zinc plated without any lubriation.
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - METRIC HARDWARE
SIZE
M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M14
M16
GRADE 8.8 Bolts, Nuts and Studs

Dry
Nm
lb/in
3 to 4
5 to 6
10 to 11
23 to 26
46 to 51
80 to 90
128 to 145
200 to 220
lb/ft
31 to 35
49 to 55
84 to 94
229 to 277
408 to 460
59 to 66
94 to 106
149 to 161
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
8

Dry
Nm
lb/in
lb/ft
5 to 6
8 to 9
14 to 15
33 to 37
65 to 74
114 to 128
183 to 205
285 to 320
44 to 49
71 to 79
120 to 136
293 to 329
48 to 54
85 to 94
136 to 153
208 to 235
INTRODUCTION
Dry
Dry
Nm
Nm
SIZE
lb/in
lb/ft
lb/in
lb/ft
M20
400 to 450
293 to 330
555 to 620
406 to 460
M24
690 to 780
510 to 575
955 to 1075
705 to 790
M30
1375 to 1545
1010 to 1140 1900 to 2140
1400 to 1580
M36
2400 to 2700
1770 to 1990 3315 to 3730
2445 to 2750
Use the above torques when specifications are not given.These values apply to fasteners with both coarse
and fine threads as received from supplier, plated or unplated, or when lubricated with engine oil. These
values do not apply if graphite or Molydisulfide grease or oil is used. Use of a click type torque wrench, or
better is required.
Grade 12.9 Bolts, Nuts, and Studs
Usually torque values specified to grade 10.9 fasteners can be used satisfactorily on grade 12.9 fasteners.
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS

Nom. SAE
Dash Size
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
-20
-24
Nom. SAE
Dash Size
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
-20
-24
Size
5/16 - 18
3/8 - 16
7/16 - 14
1/2 - 13
5/8 - 11
Tube OD/Hose ID
6.4 mm
7.9 mm
9.5 mm
12.7 mm
15.9 mm
19.0 mm
22.2 mm
25.4 mm
31.8 mm
38.1 mm
37 Degree Flare Fitting

Thread Size
1/4 inch
5/16 inch
3/8 inch
1/2 inch
5/8 inch
3/4 inch
7/8 inch
1.0 inch
1-1/4 inch
1-1/2 inch
5/16 - 24
3/8 - 24
7/16 - 20
1/2 - 20
9/16 - 18
3/4 - 16
7/8 - 14
1-1/16 - 12
1-3/16 -12
1-5/16 - 12
1-5/8 - 12
1-7/8 - 12
Newton
metres
8 to 9
11 to 12
14 to 16
18 to 21
27 to 33
46 - 56
77 to 85
107 to 119
127 to 140
131 to 156
197 to 223
312 to 338
Straight Thread with O-ring

Newton
Tube OD/Hose ID
Thread Size
metres
8 to 9
5/16 - 24
11 to 12
3/8 - 24
6.4 mm
20 to 25
1/4 inch
7/16 - 20
7.9 mm
27 to 33
5/16 inch
1/2 - 20
9.5 mm
43 to 54
3/8 inch
9/16 - 18
12.7 mm
73 to 90
1/2 inch
3/4 - 16
15.9 mm
100 to 124
5/8 inch
7/8 - 14
19.0 mm
138 to 173
3/4 inch
1-1/16 - 12
22.2 mm
173 to 216
7/8 inch
1-3/16 - 12
25.4 mm
1.0 inch
203 to 253
1-5/16 - 12
31.8 mm
308 to 357
1-1/4 inch
1-5/8 - 12
38.1 mm
492 to 542
1-1/2 inch
1-7/8 - 12
Split Flange Mounting Bolts
Newton metres
lb/in
20 to 27
180 to 240
27 to 34
240 to 300
47 to 61
420 to 540
74 to 88
190 to 203
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
9
lb/in
lb/ft
72 to 84
96 to 108
120 to 144
156 to 192
240 to 300
408 to 504
684 to 756
79 to 88
94 to 103
97 to 117
145 to 165
230 to 250
lb/in
lb/ft
72 to 84
96 to 108
180 to 228
240 to 300
384 to 480
648 to 804
74 to 92
102 to 128
128 to 160
150 to 187
227 to 264
363 to 400
lb/ft
55 to 65
140 to 150
INTRODUCTION
Nom. SAE
Dash Size
-4
-6
-8
-10
-12
-16
-20
-24
6.4 mm
9.5 mm
12.7 mm
15.9 mm
19.0 mm
25.4 mm
31.8 mm
38.1 mm
Nom. SAE Dash

Size
-6
-8
-10
-12
-16
O-Ring Face Seal End

Newton
Tube OD
Thread Size
metres
23 to 26
1/4 inch
9/16 - 18
34 to 40
3/8 inch
11/16 - 16
52 to 57
1/2 inch
13/16 - 16
1-14
81 to 90
5/8 inch
117 to 128
3/4 inch
1-3/16 - 12
1.0 inch
152 to 174
1-7/16 - 12
179 to 201
1-1/4 inch
1-11/16 - 12
2 - 12
213 to 235
1-1/2 inch
204
300
456
720
O-Ring Boss End Fitting or Lock Nut

Newton metres
Thread Size
lb/in
9/16 - 18
3/4 - 16
7/8 - 14
1-1/16 - 12
1-5/16 - 12
Nom. SAE Dash Size

-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
-16
-20
-24
-32
lb/in
48 to 54
70 to 78
102 to 114
142 to 160
237 to 254
Pipe Fitting
Thread Size
1/8 - 27
1/8 - 27
1/8 - 27
1/8 - 27
1/4 - 18
3/8 - 18
1/2 - 14
3/4 - 14
3/4 - 14
1 - 11-1/2
1-1/4 - 11-1/2
1-1/2 - 11-1/2
2 - 11-1/2
to
to
to
to
lb/ft
228
348
504
792
86 to 94
112 to 128
132 to 148
157 to 173
lb/ft
432 to 480
612 to 684
75 to 84
105 to 117
175 to 187
TFFT (Turns For Finger Tight)
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
1.5 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
2.0 - 3.0
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
1.5 - 2.5
NOTE: Apply sealant/lubricant to male pipe threads. The first two threads should be left uncovered to avoid
system contamination. Screw pipe fitting into female pipe port to the finger tight position. Wrench tighten fitting to
the appropriate turns from finger tight (TFFT) shown in table above, making sure the tube end of an elbow or tee
fitting is aligned to receive incoming tube or hose fitting.
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
10
INTRODUCTION
Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21)

Metric to U.S.
AREA:
FORCE:
LENGTH:
MASS:
MASS/AREA:
MASS/ENERGY:
MASS/VOLUME:
POWER:
PRESSURE:
TEMPERATURE:
TORQUE:
VELOCITY:
VOLUME:
VOLUME/TIME:
MULTIPLY
square meter
hectare
newton
newton
millimeter
meter
kilometer
kilogram
kilogram/hectare
gr/kW/hr.
kg/cubic meter
kilowatt
kilopascal
bar
degree C
newton meter
newton meter
kilometer/hr.
cubic centimeter
cubic meter
cubic meter
milliliter
litre
litre
litre
litre
litre/min.
litre/min.
BY
TO OBTAIN
square foot
acre
ounce force
pound force
inch
foot
mile
pound
ton/acre
lbs/hp/hr.
lb/cubic yd.
horsepower
lb/sq. inch
lb/sq. inch
degree F
lb/inch
lb/foot
miles/hr.
cubic inch
cubic foot
cubic yd.
ounce (US fluid)
quart (US liquid)
quart (Imperial)
gallon (US liquid)
gallon (Imperial)
gallon/min. (US liquid)
gallon/min. (Imperial)
BY
TO OBTAIN
square meter
hectare
newton
newton
millimeter
meter
kilometer
kilogram
gram
kilogram/hectare
gr/kW/hr
kg/cubic meter
kilowatt
kilopascal
bar
kg/sq. cm
degree C
newton meter
newton meter
kilometer/hr.
10.763 91
2.471 05
3.596 942
2.224 809
0.039 370
3.280 840
0.621 371
2.204 622
0.000 466
0.001 644
1.685 555
1.341 02
0.145 038
14.50385
1.8 x C +32
8.850 748
0.737 562
0.621 371
0.061 024
35.314 66
1.307 950
0.033 814
1.056 814
0.879 877
0.264 172
0.219 969
0.264 172
0.219 969
U.S. to Metric
AREA:
FORCE:
LENGTH:
MASS:
MASS/AREA:
MASS/ENERGY:
MASS/VOLUME:
POWER:
PRESSURE:
TEMPERATURE:
TORQUE:
VELOCITY:
MULTIPLY
square foot
acre
ounce force
pound force
inch
foot
mile
pound
ounce
ton/acre
lb/hp/hr
lb/cubic yd.
horsepower
lbs/sq. in
lbs/sq. in
lbs/sq. in
degree F
pound/inch
pound/foot
miles/hr.
0.092 903
0.404 686
0.278 014
4.448 222
25.4 *
0.304 8 *
1.609 344 *
0.453 592
28.35
2241 702
608.277 4
0.593 276
0.745 700
6.894 757
0.069
0.070 303
1.8 F - 32
0.112 985
1.355 818
1.609 344 *
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
11
INTRODUCTION
U.S. to Metric
VOLUME:
VOLUME/TIME:
MULTIPLY
cubic inch
cubic foot
cubic yard
ounce (US fluid)
quart (US liquid)
quart (Imperial)
gallon (US)
gallon (Imperial)
gallon/min.
BY
16.387 06
0.028 317
0.764.555
29.573 53
0.946 353
1.136 523
3.785 412
4.546 092
3.785 412
6-80050 1 17/06/2005
12
TO OBTAIN
cubic centimeter
cubic meter
cubic meter
milliliter
litre
litre
litre
litre
litre/min.
REPAIR MANUAL
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48070 1 17/06/2005
A
Contents
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
A.10.A
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
A.12.A
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
A.16.A
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM
A.30.A
LIGHTING SYSTEM
A.40.A
LS180.B, LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B

48070 1 17/06/2005
A
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 10.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Capacity (A.10.A - D.40.A.20)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A - D.20.A.40)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10)
Relief valve
Relief valve - General specification (A.10.A.16 - D.40.A.10)
Hydraulic pump
Hydraulic pump - General specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10)
Oil filter by-pass

Oil filter by-pass - General specification (A.10.A.25 - D.40.A.10)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Identification (A.10.A - C.40.C.01)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 (A.10.A C.20.H.01)
10
11
13
15
17
18
Hydraulic pump
Hydraulic pump - Sectional view (A.10.A.20 - C.10.A.30)
19
SERVICE
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.10.A - F.30.A.10)

48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 2
20
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.10.A - F.30.A.60)
24
Relief valve
Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A.16 - F.40.A.45)
26
Relief valve - Pressure test (A.10.A.16 - F.40.A.30)
28
Hydraulic pump
Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A.20 - F.40.A.45)
29
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble (A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.25)
31
Hydraulic pump - Visual inspection (A.10.A.20 - F.40.A.10)
36
Hydraulic pump - Assemble (A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.20)
38
Hydraulic pump - Remove (A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.10)
43
Hydraulic pump - Install (A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.15)
45
Charge pump
Charge pump - Pressure test (A.10.A.21 - F.40.A.30)
47
Reservoir
Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
51
Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
52
Reservoir - Remove (A.10.A.22 - F.10.A.10)
53
Reservoir - Install (A.10.A.22 - F.10.A.15)
56
Reservoir - Visual inspection (A.10.A.22 - F.40.A.10)
58
Oil filter
Oil filter - Remove (A.10.A.24 - F.10.A.10)
59
Oil filter - Install (A.10.A.24 - F.10.A.15)
60
Oil cooler
Oil cooler - Remove (A.10.A.32 - F.10.A.10)
61
Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A.32 - F.10.A.15)
62
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.90 - G.40.A.20)
63
Sensing system Filter restriction sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.94 - G.40.A.20)

48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 3
63
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Capacity (A.10.A D.40.A.20)

Capacity - System
Hydraulic System
57 L (14.8 US gal)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A D.20.A.40)

CAS10280
CAS1808
CAS10090
CAS - 10280 Flowmeter
CAS-1808 Flowmeter Fitting Kit
CAS-10090 Hand Pump
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 4
B877558M_1
CAS-1804 Pressure Test Fitting Kit
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification

(A.10.A - D.40.A.10)
Hydraulic System Oil

Total System
Type of Oil
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AUTO
SUPREME SAE 10W-30
Capacity
57 L (14.8 US gal)
Chain Tank
(LS180.B and LS185.B Machines)
Chain Tank
(LS190.B Machines)

SUPREME SAE 10W-30
SUPREME SAE 10W-30
Each Side 10.1 L (10.7 US qt)
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 5
Each Side 12.3 L (13 US qt)

Loader Control Valve Main Relief Pressure Settings

Main Relief Pressure at 20 gpm
LS180.B, LS185.B and LS190.B Machines
20,498 kPa (205 bar) (2975 -50/+140 psi) at 2300 rpm
LT185.B and LT190.B Machines
20,500 kPa (205 bar) (2975 psi) at 2300 rpm
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 6

Hydraulic Pump
Type
Gear
Displacement (Per Revolution)
31.8 cc (1.94 in )
LS180.B - LS185.B - LT185.B Machines
Flow at Engine Rated rpm at 100% Volumetric Efficiency 73.1 L/min (19.3 US gpm)
LS180.B - LS185.B - LT185.B Machines
Displacement (Per Revolution)
36.05 cc (2.20 in )
LS190.B and LT190.B Machines
Flow at Engine Rated rpm at 100% Volumetric Efficiency 82.9 L/min (21.9 US gpm)
LS190.B and LT190.B Machines
Ratio 1:1
Pump to Engine Speed
(All Models)
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 7

Return Filter
Bypass Pressure
345 kPa (50 psi)
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 8
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Identification (A.10.A C.40.C.01)

bs05e050
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 9
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic

frame 01 (A.10.A - C.20.H.01)
bc04h204-01_2
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Left piston pump

Right piston pump
Change pump
Hydrostatic pump
Circuit relief valve
Tow valve
Check valve
Hydraulic pump
9. Left drive motor

10. Right drive motor
11. Left brake
12. Right brake
13. Flushing valve
14. Brake solenoid valve
15. Charge pressure switch
16. Orifice
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 10
17.
18.
20.
21.
22.
25.
Hydraulic reservoir
Drain manifold
Oil Cooler Bypass valve
Backup alarm switch ports
Brake light switch ports
Main relief valve

frame 02 (A.10.A - C.20.H.02)
bc04h204-02_1
(5) Circuit Relief Valve

(16) Shut - Off Plug
(23) Tilt Cylinders

(24) Lift Cylinders
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 11
(28) Lift Spool

(29) Auxiliary Spool

(16A) Anti - Cavitation Valve
(19) Oil Cooler
(26) Loader Control Valve

(27) Tilt Spool
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 12
(30) Auxiliary Outlets

frame 03 (A.10.A - C.20.H.03)
bc04h204-03_1
(5) Circuit relief valve

(11) Left brake
(12). Right brake
(15) Charge pressure switch

(16). Orifice
(31) Left two speed motor
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 13
(33) Left two speed shuttle valve

(34) Right two speed shuttle valve
(35) Brake two-speed valve

(13). Flushing valve
(14) Brake solenoid valve
(32) Right two speed motor
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 14
(36) Two speed solenoid valve

frame 04 (A.10.A - C.20.H.04)
bc04h204-04_2
(5) Circuit Relief Valve

(27) Tilt Spool
(5A) Circuit Relief Valve (LT Models) (28) Lift Spool
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 15
(37) High Flow Pump

(38) High Flow Oil Cooler

(16) Orifice
(29) Auxiliary Spool

(30) Auxiliary Outlets
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 16
(39) High Flow Control Valve

frame 05 (A.10.A - C.20.H.05)
bc04h204-05_1
40. Attachment case drain
41. Hydraulic coupler control valve
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 17
42. Hydraulic coupler cylinder

frame 06 (A.10.A - C.20.H.06)
bc04h204-06_1
43. Secondary auxiliary control valve
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 18

BS98F177
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Gear plate
Cover
Bearing sleeve
Body
Idler shaft
Drive shaft
7. Washer
8. Washer
9. Dowel pin
10. Oil seal
11. Seal ring
12. Wear plate
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 19
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
Wear plate
Seal
Seal
Socket bolt
Socket bolt
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.10.A F.30.A.10)

1.
Contamination in the hydraulic system is a major

cause of the malfunction of hydraulic components.
Contamination is any foreign material in the
hydraulic oil. Contamination can enter the hydraulic
system in several ways.
(A) When you drain the oil or disconnect any line.
(B) When you disassemble a component.
(C) From normal wear of the hydraulic components.
(D) From damaged or worn seals.
(E) From a damaged component in the hydraulic
system.
2.
All hydraulic systems operate with some

contamination. The design of the components in
this hydraulic system permits efficient operation with
a small amount of contamination. An increase in
this amount of contamination can cause problems
in the hydraulic system. The following list includes
some of these problems.
(A) Cylinder rod seals leak.
(B) Control valve spools do not return to neutral.
(C) Movement of control valve spools is difficult.
(D) Hydraulic oil becomes too hot.
(E) Pump gears, housing, and other parts wear
rapidly.
(F) Relief valves or check valves held open by dirt.
(G) Quick failure of components that have been
repaired.
(H) Cycle times are slow; machine does not have
enough power.
3.
If your machine has any of these problems, check

the hydraulic oil for contamination. See types of
contamination below. If you find contamination, use
the Portable Filter to clean the hydraulic system.
NOTE: There are two types of contamination, microscopic

and visible.
4.
Microscopic contamination occurs when very fine

particles of foreign material are in suspension in the
hydraulic oil.
5.
These particles are too small to see or feel.

Microscopic contamination can be found by
identification of the following problems or by testing
in a laboratory. Examples of the problems:
(A) Cylinder rod seal leak.
(B) Control valve spools do not return to NEUTRAL.
(C) The hydraulic system has a high operating
temperature.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 20

6.
Visible contamination is foreign material that can be

found by sight, touch, or odor. Visible contamination
can cause a sudden failure of components.
Examples of visible contamination:
(A) Particles of metal or dirt in the oil.
(B) Air in the oil.
(C) The oil is dark and thick.
(D)The oil has an odor of burned oil.
(E) Water in the oil.
NOTE: The hydrostatic system does not have an external

bypass port. If the filter becomes plugged it bypasses the
filter. Upon completion of cleaning the hydraulic system
replace the hydrostatic system filter.
NOTE: Use the following procedure for Cleaning the
Hydraulic System.
7.
Prepare the portable filter by doing the following

steps:
(A) Remove all the hydraulic oil from the inlet and
outlet hoses for the portable filter.
(B) Remove the filter element from the portable filter.
(C) Remove all hydraulic oil from the portable filter.
(D) Clean the inside of the housing for the filter
element.
(E) Install a new filter element in the portable filter.
8.
Determine whether the contamination is microscopic

or visible. Refer to: PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.10.A F.30.A.60)
9.
If the contamination is microscopic:

(A) Check the maintenance schedule for the
machine to learn if the hydraulic oil must be
changed. If necessary, change the hydraulic oil.
Change the hydraulic filter.
(B) Do steps 12 through 41.
10.
If the contamination is visible, do the following steps:

(A) Change the hydraulic oil and hydraulic filter.
11.
Check the amount of contamination in the hydraulic

system by doing the following steps:
(A) Disassemble one cylinder in two different
circuits. Check for damage to seals, scoring of the
cylinder wall, etc. Repair the cylinders as necessary.
(B) If, in your judgment, the damage to the cylinders
was caused by sever contamination and is not the
result of normal wear, it is necessary to remove,
clean and repair all valves, pumps, lines, cylinders,
hydraulic reservoir, etc. in the hydraulic system.
To clean the lines refer to the following procedure:
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Cleaning (C.20.F F.30.A.10)
12.
Remove the cap from the reservoir and install the

adapter on the reservoir. Start the vacuum pump.
13.
Connect the vacuum pump to the adapter.

14.
Start the vacuum pump.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 21

15.
The hydraulic reservoir is located at the rear of the

machine. Loosen and remove the drain plug from
the reservoir.
16.
Using the fitting kit CAS10508, install the valve in

the hole for the drain plug. Make sure that the valve
is closed.
17.
Stop the vacuum pump.
18.
Connect the inlet hose for the portable filter to the

valve that is installed in the hole for the drain plug.
19.
Disconnect the vacuum pump.
20.
Install the outlet hose for the portable filter in the

hydraulic reservoir filler neck.
21.
Open the valve that is installed in the hole for the

drain plug.
22.
Move the switch for the portable filter to the ON

position.
23.
Start and run the engine at half throttle.
24.
Run the portable filter for 10 minutes with the engine

running at half throttle.
25.
Continue to run the portable filter. Increase the

engine speed to full throttle. Do the following to heat
the oil to operating temperature:
(A) Increase the engine speed to full throttle.
(B) Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK
position for five seconds.
(C) Return the blade control lever in the NEUTRAL
(D) Repeat steps 25B and 25C until the oil is at
operating temperature.
26.
With the engine running at full throttle and the

portable filter running, completely extend and retract
the lift cylinders and the bucket cylinders. Continue
to operate the cylinders two times, one after the
other for 30 minutes
27.
Decrease the engine speed to low idle.
28.
Continue to run the portable filter for 10 minutes.

During this time, move the hose up and down to
help mix the oil in the reservoir.
29.
Stop the portable filter
30.
Stop the engine.
31.
Remove the hose from the hydraulic reservoir.
32.
33.
Close the valve that is installed in the hole for the

drain plug.
34.
Disconnect the inlet hose for the portable filter from

the valve.
35.
Start the vacuum pump. .
36.
Remove the valve from the hole for the drain plug.
37.
Install and tighten the drain plug.
38.

1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 22

39.
Disconnect the vacuum pump from the opening in

the reservoir.
40.
Install new hydraulic and hydrostatic filter elements

on the machine.
41.
Start the engine. Check for oil leakage around the

new hydraulic and hydrostatic filters.
42.
Stop the engine.
43.
Check the level of the oil in the reservoir and add

oil as required. Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A.22 F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 23
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.10.A

- F.30.A.60)
1.
Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/min).
2.
Completely retract the all attachment cylinders on

the machine. Stop the engine.
WARNING
39-4 - If retracting the cylinder rods causes the
attachment to be raised, block the attachment in place
before proceeding to the next step.
3.
Move each control lever in both directions to release

pressure in the hydraulic circuits.
4.
Loosen and remove the filler cap from the reservoir.
5.
Drain the hydraulic oil from the reservoir.

(A) Have available acceptable equipment to drain
the hydraulic oil.
(B) Remove the drain plug from the bottom of the
reservoir.
6.
Remove the hydraulic filter elementsfrom the

machine.
7.
Install new hydraulic filter elementson the machine.
8.
Install the drain plug in the bottom of the reservoir.
9.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir. Reservoir - Filling

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
10.
Disconnect the line from the OPEN end and

CLOSED end of each cylinder.
11.
Be sure all control levers are in the NEUTRAL

position.
12.
Start and run the engine at low idle.
IMPORTANT: Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir

frequently while doing step 13. Have another person hold
a container under the hydraulic lines while you do step 13.
13.
Slowly move the control lever for each bucket and

lift cylinders in both directions until oil begins to flow
from the open line. Hold the control lever in place
until clean oil flows from the open line.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.
Connect the system line to the CLOSED end of

each cylinder.
16.
Connect a suitable drain line to the OPEN end

of each cylinder and place the other end in an
acceptable container for contaminated oil.
17.
Start the engine and run the engine at low idle.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 24

18.
Slowly and completely extend all cylinders. As the

piston rod comes in/out of the cylinder, oil will be
pushed out of the OPEN end of the cylinders.
IMPORTANT: Any attachment or part of an attachment

that is raised must be supported with acceptable
equipment to prevent the attachment from falling.
19.
Support any attachments that will be in the RAISED

position.
20.
Stop the engine.
21.
Disconnect the drain lines and connect the system

lines to the cylinders.
22.
Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add

oil as required.
23.
Install the filler cap on the reservoir.
24.
Remove the hydraulic filter element from the

machine.
25.
Install a new hydraulic filter element on the machine.
26.
Start and run the engine at 1500 rpm (r/min),

operate each hydraulic circuit to completely extend
and retract the cylinders.
27.
Stop the engine and check for leaks. Check the oil
level in the hydraulic reservoir. Add oil as required.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 25

1.
Park the machine on a level surface. Lower the

loader bucket to the floor. Stop the engine.
2.
Disconnect the hose from the fitting on the pressure

port (1) of the hydraulic pump. Install a T fitting
at the pressure port (1) on the hydraulic pump.
Reconnect the pressure hose to one side of the
T fitting. Connect the flowmeter inlet hose to the
remaining connection on the T fitting. Place the
flowmeter outlet hose into the reservoir. Secure
the outlet hose to the reservoir so that the hose is
submerged below the surface of the hydraulic oil.
bd05f004_4
3.
Make sure that the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir

is correct.
4.
The oil must be at operating temperature. If the oil

is not at operating temperature, run the engine at
full throttle. Hold the auxiliary hydraulic flow control
pedal in the ON position and close the pressure
valve of the flowmeter until the pressure gauge
indicates 103 bar (1500 psi). Continue to run the
engine at full throttle until the temperature of the oil
is 52C (125F).
5.
Continue to hold the auxiliary hydraulic flow control

pedal in the ON position. Continue to run the
engine at full throttle. Slowly close the pressure
valve. As the pressure increases, the flow indication
will decrease slowly. As you continue to close the
pressure valve, you will reach a point at which the
flow indication begins to decrease rapidly. This is
the point at which the main relief valve starts to
open. Read the pressure gauge and record the
reading as test number 5.
6.
Continue to close the pressure valve until the

indication of the flow gauge is zero. This is the point
at which the main relief valve is completely open.
Read the pressure gauge and record the reading
as test number 6.
7.
Open the pressure valve completely. Decrease the

engine speed to low idle and stop the engine.
8.
Refer to specifications Relief valve - General

specification (A.10.A.16 - D.40.A.10) Relief valve
- General specification (A.10.A.16 - D.40.A.10) If
the pressure setting of the main relief valve is not
within the specifications, you must replace the main
relief valve.
9.
If you replaced the main relief valve, repeat steps 5

through 7.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 26

10.
If the completely open pressure (step 6) is as

specified, but the pressure at which the main relief
valve begins to open (step 5) is 205 bar (2975 psi)
or less, the main relief valve is damaged and must
be replaced before you do further testing.
NOTE: Understanding the results of the tests are outlined

in the steps below.
11.
Refer to Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A.20 F.40.A.45) Hydraulic pump - Flow test (A.10.A.20
- F.40.A.45) If the flow indication for a circuit was
approximately the same as the flow indication at the
same pressure in Test Number 1 of the Hydraulic
Pump Flow Test , the circuit is good.
12.
If the flow indication for a circuit was more than

3.8 L/min (one gpm) less than the flow indication
at the same pressure in Hydraulic pump - Flow
test (A.10.A.20 - F.40.A.45) Test Number 1, there
is leakage in that circuit.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 27

CAS1808
NOTE: Flat face couplers are not included with the CAS-1808 Flowmeter Fitting Kit or the CAS-1804 Pressure
Test Fitting Kit.
1.

loader bucket to the floor.
2.
The oil must be at operating temperature. To heat

the oil, do the following steps:
A. With the engine running at full throttle, hold the
bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK position for
10 seconds.
B. Put the bucket control lever in the NEUTRAL
position for 10 seconds.
C. Repeat steps A and B until the temperature of
the oil is 52 C (125 F) or the side of the reservoir
is very warm.
3.
Use a pressure gauge with a capacity of at least

276 bar (4000 psi). Connect the pressure gauge to
one of the auxiliary hydraulic couplers on the left
hand loader arm.
4.
Run the engine at full throttle. Actuate the auxiliary

hydraulic flow control pedal to pressurize the
hydraulic line which has the pressure gauge.
Record the indication on the pressure gauge. Then
return the auxiliary hydraulic flow control pedal to
the Neutral position and decrease the engine speed
to low idle. Stop the engine.
5.
Compare the indication with the specification .

Relief valve - General specification (A.10.A.16 D.40.A.10) If the indication is not correct, replace
the main relief valve. Then do the pressure check
again to make sure that the setting is correct.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 28

NOTE: Two persons are required to perform the flowmeter tests for safety to avoid possible injury. One person must
be seated in the operators seat when the engine is running. The second person is to control the flowmeter and
take the readings.
1.

loader bucket to the floor. Stop the engine.
2.
Disconnect the hose from the pump pressure port

(1) at Test Point 1 . Install a plug in the hose.
Connect the flowmeter inlet hose to the fitting at the
pressure port (1) of the pump.
bd05f004_4
3.
Put the flowmeter outlet hose into the hydraulic

reservoir. Use wire to fasten the flowmeter outlet
hose below the surface of the hydraulic oil.
4.
Make sure that the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir

is correct.
5.
Make sure that the pressure valve of the flowmeter

is opened completely.
6.
The oil must be at operating temperature. If the

oil is not at operating temperature, run the engine
at full throttle and close the pressure valve of the
flowmeter until the pressure gauge indicates 103 bar
(1500 psi). Continue to run the engine at full throttle
until the temperature of the oil is 52C (125F). Then
open the pressure valve completely.
7.
Make sure that the pressure valve is opened

completely. Adjust the engine speed to 2300 r/min
(rpm) and read the flow gauge. Read the flow and
record the reading as test number 1 .
8.
Slowly close the pressure valve on the flowmeter

until the pressure gauge indicates 97 bar (1400 psi).
Keep the engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read
the flow and record the reading as test number 2 .
9.

until the pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800
psi). Keep the engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm).
Read the flow and record the reading as test
number 3.
10.

psi). Keep the engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm).
Read the flow and record the reading as test
number 4.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 29

11.


in the steps below.
12.
If the output at minimum pressure was less than

the specification for Gear Pump Flow to Loader
(Machine in Neutral) refer to Hydraulic pump General specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10), the
problem can be a restriction between the reservoir
and the gear pump, or the problem can be a badly
worn or damaged gear pump.
13.
If the output at minimum pressure was more than

the specification refer to Hydraulic pump - General
specification (A.10.A.20 - D.40.A.10), there are no
problems between the reservoir and the gear pump.
However, the gear pump can be worn or damaged
and still have good flow at minimum pressure.
14.
Loss of output at 152 bar (2200 psi) indicates that

the gear pump is worn or damaged. To determine
the efficiency of the gear pump, divide the flow
indication from test number 4 by the flow indication
from test number 1. This answer multiplied by 100
is the percent efficiency of the gear pump. If the
efficiency of the gear pump is less than 75%, repair
or replace the gear pump. If the efficiency of the
gear pump is more than 75%, the pump is good.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 30

1.
2.
3.
Draw alignment marks on the housing with a white

marker. These marks will be referenced during
assembly.
GD98J801
GD98J802
GD98J803
Loosen and remove the socket bolts and washers.
Remove the cover.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 31

4.
5.
6.
Remove the gear plate.
GD98J804
GD98J805_2
GD98J806
Remove the dowel pins.
Rotate the gear teeth until one gear tooth is

centered inside two gear teeth. Draw a mark with a
white marker. This mark will be referenced during
assembly.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 32

7.
8.
9.
Remove the drive shaft.
GD98J807
GD98J808
GD98J809
Remove the idler shaft.
Remove the wear plate from the cover.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 33

10.
11.
12.
Remove the wear plate from the body.
GD98J810
10
GD98J811_2
11
GD98J812_2
12
Remove and discard the seal ring from the cover.
Remove and discard the seal ring from the body.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 34

13.
14.
Remove and discard the top seal from the body.
GD98J813
13
GD98J814
14
Remove and discard the bottom seal from the body.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 35

1.
2.
3.
Inspect the brass surfaces of the wear plates for

wear. Replace as required.
GD98J815
GD98J816
GD98J817_2
Inspect the drive and idler shafts for wear or

damage. Replace as required.
Inspect the bearing sleeves of the drive and idler

shafts in the body and cover for wear or damage.
Replace as required.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 36

4.
Inspect the body and cover surfaces for wear or

damage. Replace as required.
GD98J818_2
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 37

1.
2.
Lubricate the bottom seal with clean hydraulic oil

and insert the bottom seal into the groove of the
body.
GD98J814
GD98J813
GD98J812_2
Lubricate the top seal with clean hydraulic oil and

insert the top seal into the groove of the body.
NOTE: The top seal will be placed on top of the bottom

seal.
3.
Lubricate the new seal ring with clean hydraulic oil

and insert the new seal ring into the groove of the
body.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 38

4.
5.
6.
Lubricate the new seal ring with clean hydraulic oil

and insert the new seal ring into the groove of the
cover.
GD98J811_2
GD98J810
GD98J809
Place the wear plate on top of the new seals on the

body.
Place the wear plate on top of the new seal on the

cover.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 39

7.
8.
9.
Insert the idler shaft through the wear plate, and

into the housing.
GD98J808
GD98J807
GD98J806
Insert the drive shaft through the wear plate, and

into the housing.
During the gear pump disassembly, the gear teeth

were aligned and then marked. Please refer to
Hydraulic pump - Disassemble (A.10.A.20 F.10.A.25). Ensure that the meshed teeth marks,
on the drive shaft and the idler shaft, are properly
aligned.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 40

10.
11.
12.
Insert the guide dowels into the housing.
GD98J805_2
10
GD98J804
11
GD98J803
12
Align and slide the gear plate down the shafts and
guide dowels until it is snug against the body.
During the gear pump disassembly, alignment

marks were placed on the housing for the body
and cover. Please refer to Hydraulic pump Disassemble (A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.25). Align and
place the cover on top of the body
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 41

13.
Secure the cover on top of the body with washers

and socket bolts. Tighten the socket bolts in a cross
pattern sequence to a torque of 34 Nm.(300 lb in)
Do not overtighten the socket bolts.
GD98J802
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 42
13

1.
2.
Raise the operators seat and lock in the up position.

Loosen and remove the mounting bolts and washers
for the cover plate. Remove the cover plate to gain
access to the hydraulic pump.
bd04h165
bd05f004_1
bd05f004_2
Place a shop towel under the gear pump (1).
3.
Remove the cap from the hydraulic reservoir.
4.
Connect a vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir.

CAS10192
5.

6.
Tag and disconnect the hose from the fitting at the

suction port (2) of the gear pump.
7.
Install a plug in the hose and a cap on the fitting.
8.
Tag and disconnect the hose from the fitting at the

pressure port (3) of the gear pump. If machine is
equipped with High-Flow, tag and disconnect the
High-Flow pressure hose at the fitting on the pump.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 43

9.
Install a plug(s) in the hose(s) and a cap(s) on the

fitting(s).
10.
11.
Loosen and remove the pump mounting bolts and

washers (4).
bd05f004_3
12.
Remove the gear pump from the hydrostatic pump

mounting location.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 44

Prior operation: Before pump installation, apply Molykote G-4700 (P/N 86983138) to the pump and the coupling
splines. Pre-fill the pump with clean hydraulic oil. Inspect O-ring on the pump pilot and replace if necessary.
Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil.
1.
Hold the pump in the mounting location. Rotate

the gear pump shaft until it aligns with the coupling
splines at the rear of the hydrostatic pump. After the
splines are aligned, move the pump inward until the
mounting flange is flush with the mounting surface
of the hydrostatic pump.
2.
Apply Loctite 243 to the pump mounting bolts (4).

Install washers on the bolts and install the bolts
(4) into the pump mounting flange. Tighten the
mounting bolts (4).
3.

4.
Remove the cap from the fitting and the plug from
the pressure hose. If the machine is equipped with
High-Flow remove the cap from the fitting and the
plug from the High-Flow hose.
5.
Connect the hose to the pressure port fitting (3) and

High-Flow port fitting (if equipped) of the pump and
tighten the fitting(s).
6.
Remove the cap from the fitting and the plug from
the suction hose
7.
Connect the hose to the suction port fitting (2) of the

pump and tighten the hose clamp.
8.
Stop the vacuum pump. Disconnect the vacuum

pump from the hydraulic reservoir and install the
reservoir cap on the reservoir filler neck.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 45
bd05f004_3
bd05f004_2

9.
Loosen the clamp on the suction hose fitting (2) at

the hydraulic pump until hydraulic oil begins to flow
from around the fitting. Retighten the clamp.
10.
Clean up any hydraulic oil from the equipment and

floor.
11.
Disconnect the fuel shutoff solenoid connector.

(Photo is for reference only.)
12.
Turn the engine over for 30 seconds to allow

hydraulic oil from the reservoir to flow into the
hydraulic pump. Reconnect the fuel shutoff solenoid
connector.
13.
Start and run the engine at low idle for 2 to 5 minutes

and check for any leaks.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.
Check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir and

add hydraulic oil as required. Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 46
bd05f004_2
bd04c019
bd04h166

Testing the low-pressure charge system is safer and usually more informative than going into the high-pressure
test ports. To obtain as much system information as possible, charge pressure readings must be taken in neutral
as well as working the system in both the forward and reverse directions.
With the system in neutral, only charge pressure is present in the closed loop. At this time, the leakage from the
system is the least and the charge pressure is the highest. As the system is pressurized, the leakage from the
system will increase and the charge pump flow will make up for this leakage. With more of the charge pump oil
flowing to the closed loop, less oil will flow across the charge pressure relief valve, and therefore the pressure will
be slightly less. If the leakage from the system is excessive, the charge pressure will drop off more. This slight
drop in charge pressure between the system in neutral and with the system under load indicates the condition
of the closed loop system components.
IMPORTANT: For the following test the machine MUST be raised up on supports until the tires are above the floor.
This is a safety procedure if the parking brake fails to hold.
IMPORTANT: You will need two people to perform this test. The operators seat must be raised to gain access to the
hydrostatic pumps. In order to start the engine, someone will need to fasten the seat belt and press on the seat
to close the seat switch.
1.
Raise and securely block the unit off the ground.

Connect a 4,137 kPa (41 bar) (600 psi) pressure
gauge to test port 1, see next figure.
hi01e019_1
2.
If the hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature

run the engine at full throttle and hold the bucket
control lever in the ROLLBACK position for 30
seconds. Then return the bucket control lever to
NEUTRAL for 15 seconds. Repeat this cycle until
the temperature of the oil is at least 52C (125F).
3.
Continue to run the engine at full throttle. Read the

pressure gauge and record the Charge Pressure
reading. Stop the engine.
4.
The pressure must be a minimum of 2,482 kPa

(24.8 bar) (360 psi) at full throttle.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 47

5.
If the pressure is correct go to step 7. If the pressure

is not correct loosen the cap on the hydraulic
reservoir. Remove the plug, shim(s), spring, and
poppet for the charge relief valve. See figure below.
gm98h002_1
6.
Inspect the parts of the charge relief valve. If the

parts are good, add shim(s) from the shim kit and
repeat steps 1 through 4 until the pressure is correct.
7.
After you get the correct charge pressure in

NEUTRAL, do the following steps:
IMPORTANT: For the following test the machine MUST

be raised up on supports until the tires are above the floor.
This is a safety procedure if the parking brake fails to hold.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 48

8.
After you get the correct charge pressure in

NEUTRAL, do the following steps:
A. Start and run the engine at low idle. Increase
the engine speed to full throttle. Slowly move one
of the direction control levers FORWARD to load
the hydrostatic piston pump and drive motor without
decreasing the engine speed. DO NOT Lug the
Engine. Reduced engine speed causes decreased
charge pump flow, which will affect the pressure
readings. Repeat for the opposite side (only move
one lever at a time).
B. Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must
be within 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) of the pressure
in step10.
C. Repeat Steps A and B with the direction control
levers in REVERSE.
Interpretation of the results:
Once the charge pressure meets specifications
with the levers in the neutral position, compare
the pressure readings under load with the neutral
readings. The readings should be highest with
the levers in the interposition, for this is when the
direct acting charge relief has to handle the greatest
amount of oil flow. With thinning at full throttle, the
maximum difference in charge pressure readings
between the system in neutral endwise the system
loaded in both directions must be not greater than
138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi). Any difference greater
than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) indicates excessive
leakage from the closed loop, which will require
repair.
NOTE: The charge pressure drop indicates internal

leakage from the system with the system under load. This
is caused by less oil flowing over the charge relief and
therefore, the lower pressure. Excessive leakage (greater
than 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) will result in slower drive
speed on that side of the machine, but depending on what
is damaged in the system, the leakage may only show up
under heavy load conditions.
NOTE: To determine if the problem is in the pump or the
motor do the following:
9.
On the side (left or right) that the charge pressure

dropped more than 138kPa (1.5 bar) (20psi), cap
the two high-pressure lines that supply the drive
motor. The lines can be capped at either the pump
or at the motor, which ever is easiest.
10.
With the lines capped to the drive motor, start and

run the engine at low idle. Increase the engine
speed to full throttle. Slowly move the direction
control lever that is being tested FORWARD to load
the hydrostatic piston pump without decreasing the
engine speed. DO NOT Lug the Engine. Reduced
engine speed causes decreased charge pump flow,
which will affect the pressure readings.
11.
Read the pressure gauge. The pressure must be

within 138 kPa (1.5 bar) (20 psi) of the pressure in
step 10.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 49

12.
Repeat Steps 15 and 16 with the direction control

levers in REVERSE.
Interpretation of the results with the two
high-pressure lines capped to the drive motors:
If the charge pressure drops more than 138 kPa
(1.5 bar) (20 psi) of the pressure in step 10, the
leakage is in the pump.
Remember that this is a closed loop hydrostatic
system. If one component fails, the debris will
be sent directly to the mating component and
cause damage. As this damage progresses,
contamination will return to the reservoir through
the case drain system. At the very least once
a failure has occurred, the mating component
in the hydrostatic system must be inspected for
damage. If any contamination has been returned
to the reservoir, tear down and inspection of both
complete closed loop systems is necessary since
the same charge pump feeds them. Also, because
the hydraulic system shares the reservoir with the
hydrostatic system, all lines, and components must
be thoroughly cleaned to prevent contamination
from reentering the repaired system.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 50

1.
2.
Install an adapter cap on the filler neck.
3.
Connect the vacuum pump to the adapter.
4.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 51

1.
Lower the loader lift arms to the ground and shut

off the engine.
2.
Clean the reservoir filler cap and the area around

the filler cap with cleaning solvent.
3.
Turn the filler cap 1/2 turn to relieve air pressure

from the reservoir. Do not remove the filler cap from
the reservoir until the pressure is relieved.
4.
Remove the filler cap from the reservoir.
5.
Add the correct oil NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AUTO

SUPREME SAE 10W-30 to the reservoir until the
proper oil level in the reservoir is established. Fill
the reservoir until it reaches the FULL mark on the
dipstick.
6.
Start and run the engine and operate the hydraulics.

Lower the loader lift arms to the ground. Stop the
engine and check the oil level in the reservoir. Add
oil as required.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 52

1.
To access the reservoir, open the rear door and

remove the right engine side shield.
2.
With the cab tilted forward:
3.
Remove the rear engine belly pan.
4.
SH86132
bd04g031_1
bd05b052_1
Drain the reservoir by removing cap, (1) on the

remote hydraulic reservoir drain valve and allow the
oil to drain into a suitable container.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 53

5.
6.
Disconnect the suction and return lines, (1 and 2),

from the reservoir.
bs05e069_1
Remove the hydraulic oil temperature sender wires,

(1).
7.
Remove the upper (3) and lower (2) mounting

hardware from the reservoir (4).
8.
Lift the reservoir (4) from the skid steer.
NOTE: If the reservoir should leak due to a hole or crack,

DO NOT repair. Replace the reservoir.
9.
bs05e068_1
Filter/Breather Cap Cleaning:
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 54

10.
To clean the fill screen, remove the filler cap (1) from
the reservoir. Loosen and remove the six screws
and washers from the filler neck (2). Remove the
upper gasket (4) and lift the screen assembly (3)
and lower gasket (5) from the reservoir. Carefully
clean the filler neck area.
bd04g034_1
11.
Back flush the screen, (3), with a clean solvent and

blow dry with low pressure air.
12.
Reinstall the screen assembly (3) making sure the

screen is sealed between the screen and reservoir
neck with a upper lower gaskets (4 and 5). Use
of a silicone sealer with gaskets to seal between
the screen and reservoir is recommended. Install
the filler neck (2). Install the six mounting screws
and tighten the mounting screws in a cross pattern.
Install and tighten the filler cap (1).
13.
The hydraulic reservoir is equipped with a

temperature sender, which allows the EIC
(Electronic Instrument Cluster) to monitor the
hydraulic oil temperature and signal the operator of
an oil overheat condition.
IMPORTANT: Do not over tighten the sender or damage

to the reservoir may occur.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 55

1.
Install the reservoir (4) into the chassis mounting

location.
2.
Install the upper (3) and lower (2) mounting

hardware into the reservoir (4). Make sure the
reservoir (4) is positioned flat against the chaincase
wall. Tighten lower hardware bolt assembly (2) and
upper hardware bolt assembly (3) securely to hold
the reservoir in place.
3.
Install the oil temperature sender wire (1).
4.
Connect the suction and return lines, (1 and 2),

and tighten the hose clamps securely. Check the
mounting hardware, (2 and 3), is tight.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 56
bs05e069_1
bs05e068_1

5.
Install and tighten the cap (1) on the remote

hydraulic reservoir drain valve.
6.
Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

- General specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10) for
the correct oil specifications and quantity and fill the
reservoir. Operate the system to remove all air from
the system. Check for leaks. Repair as required.
7.
Install the rear engine belly pan.
8.
Tilt the cab and boom back to operating position.
9.
Reinstall all shields previously removed.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 57
bd05b052_1
bd04g031_1

1.
Check the reservoir (4) for wear, cracks, and leaks.

Replace as required.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove or modify the plastic

strainer, as any material that gets past the strainer can
go directly to the rear pump, control valve, cylinders, and
auxiliary hydraulic attachment and cause major damage
to these components.
2.
bs05e069_1
bs05e068_1
Inspect the return line port, (2), and suction line

port, (1), for cracks and debris buildup. Replace as
required.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 58

Prior operation: Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).

1.
The filter base can be removed by opening the rear

door and removing the right engine side panel.
Loosen and remove the filter element (1) from the
filter base.
2.
Remove the sensor wires (5) and the ground wire

(4).
3.
Remove the inlet, (3), and outlet, (2), oil lines and
cap to prevent loss of oil.
4.
Stop vacuum pump.
5.
Loosen and remove the filter base mounting bolts

(6).
6.
Remove the filter base assembly from the unit.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 59
bd04e129_1
bd04g026_1

Prior operation: Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).

1.
2.
Reinstall the filter base with the hardware previously

removed (6). Torque the mounting hardware to 20
Nm (15 lb ft).
bd04g026_1
bd04e129_1
Reinstall the hydraulic lines (2 and 3) and tighten

the lines to seat line on fittings; loosen and retorque.
3.
Stop vacuum pump.
4.
Reinstall the filter sensor and connect the sensor

wires, (5) and the ground wire (4).
5.
Coat the seal ring on a new filter element (1) with

clean 10W-30 oil, and tighten the new filter element
(1) until it contacts the base and then tighten another
half to three-quarter turn.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 60

1.
The hydraulic oil cooler is located between the

radiator and the engine cooling fan. To access the
oil cooler, the radiator will have to be removed.
2.
Open the drain valve (1) and drain the engine

cooling system.
3.
4.
bd04h073_1
bd04e103_1
bd04h071_1
After the cooling system has drained, disconnect the

radiator coolant overflow hose (4) from the radiator.
Release the radiator release latch (3) and move the
radiator rearward with the handle (2).
Disconnect the upper (5) and lower radiator (6)

hoses from the radiator. Remove the radiator.
5.
Next Operation: Reservoir - Apply vacuum

(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50) Start the vacuum pump.
6.
Disconnect the oil cooler (7) inlet and outlet lines at

the top and bottom of the cooler. Cap to prevent
loss of oil and contamination.
7.
8.
Remove the oil cooler (7) from the support frame.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 61

1.
Install the oil cooler (7) into the mounting location.
2.

(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50) Start the vacuum pump.
3.
Remove the caps from the lines and reconnect the

upper and lower hydraulic lines to the oil cooler (7).
Tighten the lines to seat the fittings, then loosen and
retighten the connections.
4.
Install the radiator into the mounting location.
5.
Reconnect the upper (5) and lower (6)radiator

hoses.
6.
bd04h071_1
bd04e103_1
Reconnect the radiator coolant overflow hose (4)

to the radiator. Push the radiator forward until the
radiator release latch (3) locks the radiator into
operating position.
7.
Refill the engine cooling system. Refer to: ENGINE

COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification
(B.50.A - D.40.A.10) ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
- Capacity (B.50.A - D.40.A.20) for the correct type
and quantity of engine coolant.
8.
Check the hydraulic oil level. Refer to PRIMARY

HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General
specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10)and fill with the
correct type oil as necessary.
9.
Start the unit, operate the hydraulic system, and

check for oil and coolant leaks. Repair as required.
10.
Recheck hydraulic oil and coolant levels and add

as required.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 62
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.90 G.40.A.20)

NOTE: For wiring diagram refer to Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 04 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.04)
Test Point
N
1 Disconnect the connector from the
hydraulic oil temperature sensor
and use a voltmeter set to read
resistance.
Measure resistance from sensor
terminal to machine frame.
2 Reconnect the connector to the
hydraulic oil temperature sensor.
Remove the instrument cluster and
disconnect the 26 pin connector
from the instrument cluster.
Measure resistance from terminal
2 to terminal 20 of the 26 pin
connector in the wiring harness.
Expected Result
For oil temperatures greater than
(60 F) and less than (212 F) the
sensor resistance should measure
between 4300 ohms (60 F) and
180 ohms (212 F)
Other Result (Possible Cause)

Temperature of oil outside of range
indicated. Bad sensor.
For oil temperatures greater than

(60 F) and less than (212 F) the
sensor resistance should measure
between 4300 ohms (60 F) and
180 ohms (212 F)
Temperature of oil outside of range

indicated. Bad sensor. Bad wiring
to the sensor.
Sensing system Filter restriction sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.94 G.40.A.20)

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Check between the housing of the Continuity
return filter switch and the filter
housing.
2 Check between the switch housing Continuity
and the engine ground.
Approximately 12 volts
3 Turn the key switch to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire 261A (Y) to ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 63

Bad ground connection between
the return filter switch and the filter
housing.
Bad ground connection between the
filter housing to frame to engine.
Check the circuit between the return
filter switch and the instrument
cluster. Also check the instrument
cluster.
If the readings are good, replace the
return oil filter switch.
Index
47
38
31
29
45
43
19

36
62

61
60

59

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Capacity (A.10.A - D.40.A.20)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.10.A - F.30.A.10)
20
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.10.A - F.30.A.60)
24
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 (A.10.A - C.20.H.01)
10
11

13
15
17
18
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Identification (A.10.A - C.40.C.01)

48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 64
26

28
51
52

56

53

58
Sensing system Filter restriction sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.94 - G.40.A.20)
63
Sensing system Temperature sensor - Testing (A.10.A.95.90 - G.40.A.20)

48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 65
63
48071 1 17/06/2005
A.10.A / 66
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 12.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48072 1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Flow test (A.12.A - F.40.A.45)
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.12.A - F.30.A.10)
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.12.A - F.30.A.60)
Oil cooler
10

48072 1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 2
11
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Flow test (A.12.A F.40.A.45)

Prior operation: Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A.16 - F.40.A.45) Relief valve - Flow test (A.10.A.16 - F.40.A.45)
Relief valve - Flow test (H.40.B.16 - F.40.A.45)Relief valve - Flow test (H.50.C.17 - F.40.A.45)
NOTE: Both of the loader control valve spools must be in the NEUTRAL position during the following test.
NOTE: If the auxiliary hydraulic circuit is connected to an attachment using a hydraulic motor, this flow test does not
apply.
1.
Push down one side of the auxiliary hydraulic flow

control pedal and adjust the pressure valve on the
flowmeter until the pressure gauge indicates 124
bar (1800 psi). Adjust the engine speed to keep the
engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow
gauge and record the reading as test number 11.
2.
Push down the opposite side of the auxiliary

hydraulic flow control pedal and adjust the pressure
valve on the flowmeter until the pressure gauge
indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust the engine
speed to keep the engine running at 2300 r/min
(rpm). Read the flow gauge and record the reading
as test number 12.
3.


in the steps below.
4.
5.

6.
Leakage in the auxiliary circuits can be caused by

any of the following problems:
A. Inadequate control spool travel.
B. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the
cylinders.
C. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the
loader control valve.
7.
If the flow indication for every circuit tested was

more than 3.8 L/min (one gpm) less than the flow
indication at the same pressure in test number. 1,
there is leakage at a point common to the entire
system. A probable cause is a damaged or worn
main relief valve or seals.
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 3
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.12.A F.30.A.10)

1.

system.
2.

rapidly.
repaired.
enough power.
3.


and visible.
4.

hydraulic oil.
5.

temperature.
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 4

6.

(B) Air in the oil.
NOTE: If the filter becomes plugged it bypasses back

to the reservoir to stop contamination from entering the
hydrostatic system. Upon completion of cleaning the
hydraulic system replace the hydrostatic system filter.
Hydraulic System.
7.
Prepare the portable filter CAS10162A by doing the

following steps:
element.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.
Remove the cap from the reservoir and install

the CAS1871 adapter on the reservoir. Start the
vacuum pump.
13.
Connect the CAS10192vacuum pump to the

adapter. Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 F.35.A.50)
14.

1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 5

15.
The hydraulic reservoir is located on the left rear

side of the machine. Loosen and remove the drain
plug from the reservoir.
16.

is closed.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

drain plug.
22.

position.
23.
24.

25.

(C) Return the bucket control lever in the NEUTRAL
26.

27.
28.

29.
30.
Stop the engine.
31.
32.
33.

drain plug.
34.

the valve.
35.
36.
37.
38.

1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 6

39.

the reservoir.
40.
Install a new hydraulic element on the machine.
41.

new hydraulic filter.
42.
Stop the engine.
43.

1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 7
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating

(A.12.A - F.30.A.60)
1.
2.
Completely retract the cylinders of all attachments

on the machine. Stop the engine.
WARNING
3.

4.
5.

the hydraulic oil.
reservoir.
6.

machine.
7.
Install anew hydraulic filter element on the machine.
8.
9.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
10.

11.

position.
12.

13.
Slowly move each control lever in both directions

until oil begins to flow from the open line. Hold the
control lever in place until clean oil flows from the
open line.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.

each cylinder.
16.

17.
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 8

18.


19.

position.
20.
Stop the engine.
21.

22.

oil as required.
23.
24.

machine.
25.
Install anew hydraulic filter element on the machine.
26.

27.
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 9

1.
2.
3.

4.
Loosen and remove the upper hydraulic hose

connection (2) from the top of the oil cooler (1).
Loosen and remove the lower hydraulic hose
connection (3) from the bottom of the oil cooler (1).
Place caps on the connections and plugs in the
hoses.
bd04k004
5.
Loosen and remove the mounting hardware (4)

from the side of the oil cooler (1) where it mounts
to the radiator. Remove the oil cooler (1) from the
machine.
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 10

1.
Installation of the oil cooler is the reverse procedure

of removal. Oil cooler - Remove (A.12.A.32 F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 11
Index
11

10

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.12.A - F.30.A.10)
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.12.A - F.30.A.60)
SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Flow test (A.12.A - F.40.A.45)

48072 1 17/06/2005
A.12.A / 12
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - 16.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48073 1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.16.A D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.16.A D.40.A.10)
LS190.B, LT190.B
FUNCTIONAL DATA
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Exploded view (A.16.A - C.10.A.20)
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
LS190.B, LT190.B
SERVICE
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.16.A - F.30.A.10)
10
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.16.A - F.30.A.60)
14
Control valve
Control valve - Remove (A.16.A.14 - F.10.A.10)
16
Control valve - Install (A.16.A.14 - F.10.A.15)
18
Hydraulic pump
20

48073 1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 2
22
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification

(A.16.A - D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
High Flow Pump

Type
Gear
Displacement
25.4 cc (1.55 in)
Pump Flow at Rated Engine RPM (At 100% Volumetric 58.4 L/min (15.4 US gpm)
Efficiency)
1:1
Pump to Engine Speed Ratio
System Combined Flow
Loader Pump Flow (L/min)
69.5 L/min
High Flow Pump Flow (L/min)
55.5 L/min
Total Flow (L/min)
124.9 L/min
Loader Pump Flow (US gpm)
19.3 US gpm
High Flow Pump Flow (US gpm)
15.4 US gpm
Total Flow (US gpm)
34.7 US gpm
System Relief Valve Pressure
22408 kPa (224 bar) (3250 psi)
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification

(A.16.A - D.40.A.10)
LS190.B, LT190.B
High Flow Pump

Type
Gear
Displacement
25.4 cc (1.55 in)
Pump Flow at Rated Engine RPM (At 100% Volumetric 58.4 L/min (15.4 US gpm)
Efficiency)
1:1
Pump to Engine Speed Ratio
System Combined Flow
Loader Pump Flow (L/min)
78.8 L/min
High Flow Pump Flow (L/min)
55.5 L/min
Total Flow (L/min)
134.2 L/min
Loader Pump Flow (US gpm)
21.9 US gpm
High Flow Pump Flow (US gpm)
15.4 US gpm
Total Flow (US gpm)
37.3 US gpm
System Relief Valve Pressure
22408 kPa (224 bar) (3250 psi)
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 3
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Exploded view (A.16.A

- C.10.A.20)
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
bs05e070_1
(1) High Flow Pump

(3) Hydrostatic Pump
High Flow System

(6) High Flow Switch
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 4
bs05e072_1
(1) Quick Disconnect Coupler

(2) High Flow Hose
Bucket High Flow System

(3) High Flow Hose
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 5
bs05e073_1
(1) Female Quick Disconnect Coupler

(2) Male Quick Disconnect Coupler
Boom High Flow System

(3) High Flow Lines
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 6
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Exploded view (A.16.A

- C.10.A.20)
LS190.B, LT190.B
bs05e071_1
(1) High Flow Pump

High Flow System

1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 7
bs05e072_1
(1) Quick Disconnect Coupler

(2) High Flow Hose
Bucket High Flow System

(3) High Flow Hose
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 8
bs05e073_1
(1) Female Quick Disconnect Coupler

(2) Male Quick Disconnect Coupler
Boom High Flow System

(3) High Flow Lines
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 9
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.16.A F.30.A.10)

1.

system.
2.

rapidly.
repaired.
enough power.
3.


and visible.
4.

hydraulic oil.
5.

temperature.
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 10

6.

(B) Air in the oil.
NOTE: If the filter becomes plugged it bypasses back to

the reservoir. Upon completion of cleaning the hydraulic
system replace the hydrostatic system filter.
Hydraulic System.
7.

following steps:
element.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.
Remove the cap from the reservoir and install an

adapter on the reservoir. Start the vacuum pump.
13.

14.
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 11

15.
The hydraulic reservoir is located on the left rear

16.

is closed.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

drain plug.
22.

position.
23.
24.

25.

26.

27.
28.

29.
30.
Stop the engine.
31.
32.
33.

drain plug.
34.

the valve.
35.
36.
37.
38.

1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 12

39.

the reservoir.
40.
Install new a hydraulic filter element on the machine.
41.

new hydraulic filter.
42.
Stop the engine.
43.

1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 13
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating

(A.16.A - F.30.A.60)
1.
2.

WARNING
3.

4.
5.

the hydraulic oil.
reservoir.
6.

machine.
7.
Install new a hydraulic filter element on the machine.
8.
9.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
10.

11.

position.
12.

13.

open line.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.

each cylinder.
16.

17.
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 14

18.


19.

position.
20.
Stop the engine.
21.

22.

oil as required.
23.
24.
Remove the hydraulic and hydrostatic filter elements

from the machine.
25.

on the machine.
26.

27.
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 15

Prior operation: Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)

1.
Remove the cap from the hydraulic reservoir and

install an adapter the on the reservoir.
2.
Connect the vacuum pump to the reservoir.
3.
4.
Loosen and remove the hydraulic lines (3) and (4)

and (5) from the control valve (1).
5.
Place caps on the fittings and plugs in the lines.
6.
7.
Disconnect the electrical harness (2) from the

control valve electrical connector.
8.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (6) from the

control valve (1).
9.
Remove the control valve (1) from the machine.
bs05e070_2
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 16

(2) Wire Harness
(3) Hydraulic Line
(4) Hydraulic Line

(5) Hydraulic Line
(6) Bolts
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 17

1.
Install the control valve (1) into the machine

mounting location.
2.
Install the control valve mounting bolts (6) into

the control valve (1)and tighten the control valve
mounting bolts (2).
3.
Connect the electrical harness (2) to the control

valve electrical connection.
4.
Start the vacuum pump. Reservoir - Apply

vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
5.
Remove the caps from the fittings and the plugs

from the hydraulic lines.
6.
Install the hydraulic line (3)onto the control valve

(1)and tighten the fittings.
7.

8.

9.
10.
Remove the vacuum pump from the hydraulic

reservoir.
11.
Check the oil level in the hydraulic reservoir and

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
12.

13.
Operate High-Flow switch to verify valve functions.
14.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 18
bs05e070_2

(2) Wire Harness
(3) Hydraulic Line
(4) Hydraulic Line

(5) Hydraulic Line
(6) Bolts
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 19

1.
For removal of the High Flow Pump, refer to the

following procedure: Hydraulic pump - Remove
(A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.10)
bs05e070_1
(1) High Flow Pump

LS180.B/LS185.B/LT185.B High Flow System

1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 20
bs05e071_1
(1) High Flow Pump

LS190.B/LT190.B High Flow System

1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 21

1.
For installation of the High Flow Pump, refer to the

following procedure: Hydraulic pump - Install
(A.10.A.20 - F.10.A.15)
1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 22
Index
18

16
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Cleaning (A.16.A - F.30.A.10)
10
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Decontaminating (A.16.A - F.30.A.60)
14
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
LS190.B, LT190.B
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.16.A - D.40.A.10)
HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.16.A - D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B

LS190.B, LT190.B
22

48073 1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 23
20
48073 1 17/06/2005
A.16.A / 24
ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM - 30.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Alternator
Alternator - Torque (A.30.A.82 - D.20.A.10)
Alternator - Service limits (A.30.A.82 - D.20.A.20)
Battery
Battery - General specification (A.30.A.83 - D.40.A.10)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Alternator
Alternator - Sectional view (A.30.A.82 - C.10.A.30)
Connector
Connector - Component diagram (A.30.A.87 - C.20.A.71)
Connector - Component diagram frame 01 (A.30.A.87 - C.20.F.01)
10
13
17
21
24
28
31
35
38
41
43
45
46

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 2
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
Wiring harness
Wiring harness - Identification (A.30.A.88 - C.40.C.01)
56
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01)
57
58
59
61
63
64
65
66
68
70
72
73
75
76
77
78
79
80

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 3
81
82
83
84
85
86
88
89
90
SERVICE
Alternator
Alternator - Replace (A.30.A.82 - F.10.A.30)
91
Battery
Battery - Visual inspection (A.30.A.83 - F.40.A.10)
93
Battery - Check (A.30.A.83 - F.40.A.11)
95
Battery - Electrical test (A.30.A.83 - F.40.A.50)
97
Battery - Charging (A.30.A.83 - F.60.A.30)
99
Battery - Filling (A.30.A.83 - F.60.A.10)
100
Battery - Remove (A.30.A.83 - F.10.A.10)
101
Battery - Install (A.30.A.83 - F.10.A.15)
102
DIAGNOSTIC
Fuse and relay box
Fuse and relay box Relay - Testing (A.30.A.80.80 - G.40.A.20)
103
Fuse and relay box - Testing (A.30.A.80 - G.40.A.20)
103
Alternator
Alternator - Testing (A.30.A.82 - G.40.A.20)
104
Connector
Connector - Testing (A.30.A.87 - G.40.A.20)
105
Auxiliary power connection

Auxiliary power connection Outlet 1 - Testing (A.30.A.89.10 - G.40.A.20)
106

Auxiliary fuse and relay box

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 4
106
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Relay - Testing (A.30.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box - Testing (A.30.A.90 - G.40.A.20)
108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Left power switch - Testing (A.30.A.90.86 - G.40.A.20)
108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Right power switch - Testing (A.30.A.90.87 - G.40.A.20)
48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 5
109
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

Torque for nut for pulley
95 Ampere Alternator
60 - 73 Nm (45 - 54 lb ft)

Minimum diameter of slip rings

Minimum length of brushes
26.8 mm (1.055 in)
7 mm (0.27 in)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 6

Charging Guide For Maintenance Free Batteries - Recommended Rate* and Time for Fully Discharged
Battery
Battery Capacity - See Reserve Capacity under
Charge
Specifications
80 Minutes or Less
10 Hours at 5 Amperes
Above 80 to 125 Minutes
7.5 Hours at 10 Amperes

*Initial rate for standard taper charger.

NOTE: A maintenance free battery will have the words Maintenance Free on the decal on the top of the battery. If
the center part of the decal has been removed to get access to the battery caps, it is possible the words Maintenance
Free will have been removed from the decal.
Charging Guide For Batteries Other Than Maintenance Free Batteries - Recommended Rate* and Time
for Fully Discharged Battery
Battery Capacity - See Reserve Capacity under
Charge
Specifications
80 Minutes or Less
Above 250 Minutes
*Initial rate for standard taper charger.
7.5 Hours at 10 Amperes
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 7

B9402124A
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Nut
Washer
Retainer
Screw
Pulley
6. Fan
7. Screw
8. Cover
15. Stator
9. Spacer
16. Screw
10. Front bearing
17. Rectifier Bridge
11. Bearing retainer
18. Insulator
12. Key
19. Shield
13. Rotor
14. Rear bearing
20. Housing
21. Fiber washer
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 8
22. Flat washer

23. Nut
24. Lock washer
25. Brush
26. Voltage regulator and
brush holder
27. Capacitor

PAC_12186568
PAC_2973781
PAC_8911352
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 9

Connector 4
PAC_12186568
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
121A
124A
Description
To connector 8A pin 9
Connector 8
FRA_54201016
Cavity
8
9
10
Circuit ID
121D
121B
625A
Connector 8A
FRA_54201009
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 10
Description
From connector 21
From connector 20
To starter relay

Cavity
9
10
Description
To connector 4 pin B
From connector 106 pin A
Circuit ID
121A
625B
Connector 14
BOS_3-334-485-0
Cavity
30
85
85
86
86
87
Circuit ID
190A
178B
178E
136A
136B
138A
Description
From rear fuse block No. 1 terminal 6
To ground
To connector 42 pin A
To rear fuse block No. 2 terminal 1
Connector 42
872290R1
Cavity
A
B
A
B
Circuit ID
From
From
From
From
121C
178D
136B
178E
Connector 104
cnh_style-24
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 11
Description
connector 21
starter relay
connector 14 pin 86
connector 14 pin 85

Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
131C
136A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 12
Description
To ignition key ON
From connector 14 pin 86

Connector 11
ETL-C9001
Cavity
5
7
9
1
2
5
6
8
Circuit ID
622D
313A
602A
319A
312C
622C
623A
132A
Description
to connector 109 pin A
To connector 18 pin 5
From ignition switch "START"
From starter relay
Connector 18
194797A1
Cavity
2
5
1
2
3
5
Circuit ID
178J
602B
315A
178G
309A
602A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 13
Description
To ground
To connector 8
From connector 109 pin B
From Cab fuse block terminal 6

Connector 19
194797A1
Cavity
2
5
1
2
3
Circuit ID
178G
623B
315B
178B
622D
Description
To ground
To start relay
From Cab fuse block terminal 6
Connector 22
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
1
2
3
3
Circuit ID
314B
314C
312C
310A
310B
Connector 22A
CNH_STYLE41
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 14
Description
From rear fuse block No.1 terminal 4

Cavity
2
3
1
Circuit ID
312B
310C
314A
Description
Connector 84
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
314A
312A
Description
From connector 22A pin 1
Connector 85
375197A1
Cavity
3
1
3
Circuit ID
312A
310C
312B
Description
Connector 108
256341A1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
132A
131B
Connector 109
cnh_style-30
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 15
Description
To cab fuse block terminal 7

Cavity
B
B
A
Circuit ID
315B
315A
313A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 16
Description
From connector 23pin 26

Connector 8
FRA_54201016
Cavity
4
3
2
1
Circuit ID
124B
257B
255B
266B
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 23 pin 19
connector 23 pin 25
connector 23 pin 18
connector 23 pin 16
Connector 8A
FRA_54201009
Cavity
Description
From engine coolant temperature
sender
From engine oil pressure switch
From air filter restriction switch
Circuit ID
4
3
124A
257A
2
1
255A
266A
Connector 23
amp_3-1437290-8
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 17

Cavity
Circuit ID
1
2
234A
264A
3
7
12
14
15
17
19
20
23
24
8
10
13
16
18
21
22
25
26
310B
641A
319A
311F
261A
262B
124B
200D
300C
300D
258B
137B
314C
266B
255B
781A
782A
257B
315B
Description
From fuel sender
From hydraulic oil temperature
sender
To grid heater relay
To splice 14
From hydraulic filter pressure switch
To ground
From splice 15
From splice 15
From key switch accessory terminal
Connector 29
291718a1
Cavity
2
1
Circuit ID
178Y
266A
Connector 30
245482c1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 18
Description
To ground

Cavity
A
B
Description
Circuit ID
To ground
178CK
262B
Connector 57
256340a1
Cavity
A
B
Description
Circuit ID
178K
311G
To ground
To splice 14
Connector 80
225316c1
Cavity
1
2
Circuit ID
258B
178CJ
Connector 103
256340a1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 19
Description
To ground

Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178BD
311H
Description
To ground
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 20

Connector 32
256340a1
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
178X
783F
Description
To ground
From connector 101
Connector 33
256340a1
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
178F
784A
Connector 34
256340a1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 21
Description
To connector 36

Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
783G
178B
Description
From connector 101
To ground
Connector 93
194797A1
Cavity
2
4
4
5
1
2
3
Circuit ID
178U
784A
784B
706A
781C
178AU
783B
Description
To ground
To connector 101B
To connector 102
Connector 96
194797A1
Cavity
1
2
3
5
1
Circuit ID
782A
178AU
780A
783A
782B
Connector 99
cnh_style-24
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 22
Description
From cab fuse block terminal 2
To connector 101A

Cavity
A
A
B
Circuit ID
781A
781C
782B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 23
Description

Connector 47
BOS_3-334-485-0
Cavity
30
85
87A
85
86
87
Circuit ID
925A
178KF
178KE
178KG
907B
920B
To
To
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 61 pin 49
connector 49 pin 85
splice
connector 51 pin 2
connector 59 pin 4
spade connector
Connector 49
BOS_3-334-485-0
Cavity
30
85
87A
85
86
87
Circuit ID
923A
178KD
178KC
178KF
908B
920C
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 24
Description
To splice
To spade connector

Connector 51
194797A1
Cavity
2
5
1
3
Circuit ID
To
To
To
To
178KG
927A
911B
920E
Description
connector 47 pin 85
connector 61 pin 12
connector 59 pin 11
connector 58 pin 1
Connector 52
194977A1
Cavity
2
4
6
8
2
4
6
8
9
Circuit ID
906C
902C
905C
901C
906B
902B
905B
901B
178KJ
Connector 59 (Grey)
225389c1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 25
Description
From splice

Cavity
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
11
12
2
Description
To spade connector
From splice
From 10 amp fuse
Circuit ID
900C
907B
901B
905B
906B
902B
908B
911B
178KB
913B
Connector 59A (Grey)
225389c1
Cavity
4
5
6
12
1
2
7
8
9
11
Circuit ID
907A
901A
905A
178KK
900B
913A
906A
902A
908A
911A
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 68 pin 7
connector 68 pin 1
connector 68 pin 5
ground
connector 125A
connector 68 pin 3
connector 68 pin 6
connector 68 pin 2
connector 68 pin 8
connector 68 pin 11
Connector 61 (Black)
DEU_DT04-12PB-L
Cavity
1
4
5
6
Circuit ID
920F
923A
901C
905C
From
From
From
From
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 26
Description
connector 58B pin 1
connector 49 pin 30
connector 52 pin 8
connector 52 pin 6

Cavity
7
8
9
10
12
Circuit ID
From
From
From
From
From
906C
902C
925A
920A
927A
Description
connector 52 pin 2
connector 52 pin 4
connector 47 pin 30
spade connector
connector 51 pin 5
Connector 61A (Black)
225402C1
Cavity
1
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
Circuit ID
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
920G
923B
901D
905D
906D
902D
925B
920H
927B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 27
Description
connector 107 pin N
connector 107 pin D
connector 107 pin E
connector 107 pin G
connector 107 pin H
connector 107 pin F
connector 107 pin C
connector 107 pin K
connector 107 pin J

Connector 42C
872290R1
Cavity
A
B
B
A
Circuit ID
136E
178FA
178FB
136F
Description
To connector 42D pin B
To connector 42D pin A
Connector 42D
877291R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
136F
178FB
Description
From connector 42C pin A
From connector 42C pin B
Connector 65
194797A1
Cavity
4
1
2
3
Circuit ID
900A
136E
178FA
220A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 28
Description
From connector 125
To connector 42C pin A
To connector 42C pin B
To spade connector

Connector 66
256340a1
Cavity
B
A
Description
Circuit ID
178KL
927C
To ground
From splice
Connector 68 (Green)
DEU_DT04-12PB-L
Cavity
2
6
8
11
1
3
4
5
7
9
10
Circuit ID
902A
906A
908A
911A
901A
903A
904A
905A
907A
009L
910A
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
Connector 107
225233C1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 29
Description
connector 59A pin 8
connector 59A pin 7
connector 59A pin 9
connector 59A pin 11
connector 59A pin 5
splice
splice
connector 59A pin 6
connector 59A pin 4
splice
splice

Cavity
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
K
N
Circuit ID
178KH
925B
923B
901D
902D
905D
906D
927D
920H
920G
Description
To ground
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
From connector 61A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 30
pin 9
pin 4
pin 5
pin 8
pin 6
pin 7
pin 12
pin 10
pin 1

Connector 42A
872290R1
Cavity
A
B
B
A
Circuit ID
136C
178DE
178EE
136D
Description
To connector 42B pin B
To connector 42B pin A
Connector 42B
877291R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
136D
178EE
Description
From connector 42A pin A
From connector 42A pin B
Connector 163
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
3
1
2
Circuit ID
791G
754C
771G
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 31
Description
From connector 170 pin 87A

Connector 170
BOS_3-334-485-0
Cavity
30
85
85
87A
87A
30
Circuit ID
752B
178DA
178DB
754C
754D
752A
Description
To ground
Connector 171
194797A1
Cavity
5
1
2
3
Circuit ID
752A
136C
178DE
753C
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 170 pin 30
connector 42A pin A
connector 42A pin B
connector 41B
Connector 173
cnh_style-30
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
755B
754D
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 32
Description

Connector 174
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
1
3
4
6
8
2
7
Description
To fuse
To ground
Circuit ID
701A
721B
702A
761B
178DJ
755B
752C
Connector 178
877291R1
Cavity
1
2
Description
To ground
Circuit ID
178DK
761B
Connector 180
BOS_3-334-485-0
Cavity
85
87
87
Circuit ID
771G
704A
704B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 33
Description
To connector 183
To connector 176

Cavity
87A
87A
30
Circuit ID
752C
752B
702A
Description
Connector 181
245731c1
Cavity
85
87
87
30
85
86
10
Circuit ID
To
To
To
To
To
To
178DC
703A
703B
701A
178DA
791G
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 34
Description
ground
connector 186
connector 175
connector 174 pin 1
connector 170 pin 85
connector 163 pin 3

Connector 150
245731c1
Cavity
85
87A
87A
30
Circuit ID
178ER
754A
754B
753B
To
To
To
To
Description
ground
connector 151 pin A
connector 163A pin 1
connector 41A
Connector 151
cnh_style-30
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
755A
754A
Description
Connector 153
cnh_style-30
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
741A
721A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 35
Description
From cab fuse block (Euro) terminal 8

Connector 154
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
1
4
6
9
2
3
7
Circuit ID
791A
771A
761A
178EU
755A
741A
706F
Description
To connector 155B
To connector 156B
To ground
To connector 102B
Connector 159
245482c1
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
550A
731B
Description
Connector 159A
245483C1
Circuit ID
Cavity
B
A
550B
731A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 36
Description
From left brake lamp switch
From right brake lamp switch

Connector 162
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
3
6
9
2
Circuit ID
707A
709A
178ES
706E
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 37
Description
To splice
To cab fuse block (Euro) terminal 3
To ground
To connector 102 B

Connector 227
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
4
1
2
3
Circuit ID
178EB
707D
711C
791E
Description
To ground
Connector 228
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
2
3
4
Circuit ID
178EA
771E
713C
707E
Description
To ground
Connector 230
225320c1
Cavity
1
2
3
4
Circuit ID
713B
711B
791D
771D
To
To
To
To
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 38
Description
connector 231 pin 3
connector 231 pin 4
connector 231 pin 1
connector 231 pin 2

Cavity
5
6
7
Circuit ID
707D
707E
731C
Description
Connector 230A
255319C1
Cavity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Circuit ID
713A
711A
791C
771C
707B
707C
731B
Description
From splice
From splice
From connector 159
Connector 231
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
Circuit ID
791E
771E
713C
711C
791D
771D
713B
711B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 39
Description

Connector 231A
CNH_STYLE41
Cavity
1
2
3
3
4
Circuit ID
791F
771F
713D
713F
711D
To
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 234
connector 242
connector 240
connector 238
connector 236
Connector 232
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Description
Circuit ID
To ground
178EC
731C
Connector 232A
cnh_style-21
Cavity
B
B
A
A
Circuit ID
731D
731E
178ED
178EF
To
To
To
To
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 40
Description
connector 235
connector 241
connector 237
connector 243

Connector 74 (Brown)
225389c1
Cavity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
Circuit ID
771H
791H
754E
890H
898A
899A
565B
890L
890J
892B
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
To
Description
connector 163B pin 1
connector 83 pin 3
connector 83 pin 2
connector 83 pin 1
connector 79F pin B
connector 79F pin A
splice
connector 82A pin B
Connector 79F
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
A
Circuit ID
890L
565B
890K
Description
To connector 82A pin A
Connector 82A
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
A
Circuit ID
890F
892B
890K
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 41
Description
From splice
From connector 79F pin A

Connector 83
CNH_STYLE41
Cavity
1
2
3
Circuit ID
899A
898A
890G
Description
From splice
Connector 163B
CNH_STYLE41
Cavity
1
2
3
Circuit ID
754E
771H
791H
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 42
Description

Connector 68A (Green)
225389c1
Cavity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Circuit ID
001L
002L
003L
004L
005L
006L
007L
008L
009L
010L
011L
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
From
Description
front electric switch No.
Connector 82F
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
890AF
565AF
Description
From connector 164F
From connector 165F
Connector 82G
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
890AG
565AG
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 43
Description
From connector 166G
From connector 167G
4
4
4
3
3
3
2
2
2
1
1

Connector 82H
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
890AH
565AH
Description
From connector 166H
From connector 167H
Connector 83H
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
2
3
Circuit ID
754AH
771AH
791AH
Description
From connector 169H
From connector 168H
From connector 172H
Connector 163G
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
2
3
Circuit ID
754AG
771AG
791AG
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 44
Description
From connector 172G
From connector 168G
From connector 169G

Connector 74B (Brown)
225465c1
Cavity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Circuit ID
001R
002R
003R
004R
005R
006R
007R
008R
009R
010R
011R
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 45
Description
From turn signal switch
From auxiliary hydraulic switch
From two speed switch
From horn switch
From horn switch

Connector 132
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
3
8
2
7
Circuit ID
761C
178BL
721C
721D
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 46
Description
To connector 134
To ground
From fuse
From fuse

Connector 79
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
565A
890E
Description
From connector 25B
Connector 148
256340a1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178CH
565A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 47
Description
To ground

Connector 71
877291R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178AD
890C
Description
To ground
Connector 82
cnh_style-21
Cavity
B
A
B
Circuit ID
890C
892A
890B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 48
Description
To connector 140
To connector 25A

Connector 71
877291R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178AD
890C
Description
To ground
Connector 71A
872290R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178BZ
817D
Description
Connector 82
cnh_style-21
Cavity
B
B
Circuit ID
890C
890B
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 49
Description
From connector 25A

Connector 280
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
A
B
Circuit ID
178EK
830C
178EH
830B
To
To
To
To
Description
ground
connector 281
connector 284 pin 1
connector 17A
Connector 280A
cnh_style-21
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
178EK
830C
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 50
Description
To wiper motor
From connector 283

Connector 91
245482c1
Cavity
B
A
Circuit ID
178FH
559A
Description
To ground
To connector 163C pin 2
Connector 92
245482c1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
557A
178FG
Description
To 163C pin 1
To ground
Connector 163C
CNH_STYLE42
Cavity
1
2
3
Circuit ID
557A
559A
890N
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 51
Description
To connector 25E

Connector 72
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
3
9
2
Circuit ID
535A
178S
751A
Description
To connector 81
To ground
From cab fuse block terminal 8
Connector 120
245482c1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
535B
178P
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 52
Description
From connector 81A
To ground

Connector 73
245483C1
Cavity
B
A
Description
Circuit ID
XX4
XX2
To ground
Connector 76
245483C1
Cavity
B
A
Description
To ground
Circuit ID
XX3
XX1
Connector 114
EATON_25-13936
Cavity
1
3
2
Circuit ID
549A
547A
540A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 53
Description
To fuse

Connector 115
225316c1
Cavity
1
2
Circuit ID
547A
549A
Description
Connector 115A
225315C1
Cavity
1
2
Circuit ID
XX1
XX2
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 54
Description

Connector 42F
877291R1
Cavity
A
B
Circuit ID
136H
178FD
Description
From connector 42E pin A
From connector 42E pin B
Connector 42E
872290R1
Cavity
A
B
B
A
Circuit ID
From
From
From
From
136G
178FD
178FE
136H
Description
connector 250 pin 1
connector 42F pin B
connector 250 pin 2
connector 42F pin A
Connector 250
194797A1
Cavity
1
2
3
5
Circuit ID
136G
178FE
820B
821A
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 55
Description
From connector 42E pin A
From connector 42E pin B
To connector 31A
To connector 251

bs05e048
bs05e049
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 56
Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 C.20.E.01)

bc04e154-01
(1) Battery
(2) Alternator
(3) Starter and Solenoid
(4) Reverse polarity diode

(5) Starter relay
(6) Resistor
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 57
(7) Ignition switch

(8) Run relay

bc04e154-02
(9) Cab fuse block
(10) Rear fuse block No. 1
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 58
(11) Rear fuse block No. 2

bc04e154-03
(12) Auxiliary neutral interlock switch (16) Interlock start relay

(13) Seat switch
(17) Interlock fuel solenoid relay
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 59
(20) Cold start advance solenoid

(21) Fuel hold-in solenoid

(14) Seat belt switch
(15) Service/Run switch
(18) Interlock diode

(19) Cold start advance temperature
sender
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 60

bc04e154-04
(22) Fuel pump (ISM engine only)

(23) Fuel sender
(26) Air filter restriction switch

(27) Hydraulic oil filter pressure
switch
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 61
(30) Hydraulic brake solenoid

(31) Loader valve solenoid

(24) Engine coolant temperature
sender
(25) Engine oil pressure switch
(28) Charge pressure switch

(29) Hydraulic oil temperature sender
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 62
(32) Loader valve solenoid

bc04e154-05
(33) Light relay No. 1

(34) Light relay No. 2
(35) Diode
(36) Left front worklight

(37) Right front worklight
(38) Rear worklight
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 63
(39) Left rear indicator light

(40) Right rear indicator light

bc04e154-06
(41) Motor control left relay

(42) Motor control right relay
(43) Wiper motor relay

(44) Fuse (10 amp)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 64

bc04e154-07
(45) Attachment relay
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 65

bc04e154-08
(46) Hazard/Turn relay

(47) Flasher module
(48) Diode (6 amp)
(51) Fuse
(52) Hazard/Beacon switch
(53) Left front flashing lamp
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 66
(56) Turn indicator lamp (right)

(57) Right rear flashing lamp
(58) Right front flashing lamp

(49) Turn signal converter module
(50) Beacon
(54) Left rear flashing lamp

(55) Turn indicator lamp (left)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 67

bc04e154-09
(59) Road light switch (Euro)

(60) Flasher module (Euro)
(63) Hazard/Beacon switch (Euro)

(64) Beacon (Euro)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 68
(67) Turn indicator lamp (left) (Euro)

(68) Turn indicator lamp (right) (Euro)

(61) Cab fuse block (Euro)
(62) Diode (6 amp)
(65) Left brake lamp switch (Euro)

(66) Right brake lamp switch (Euro)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 69

bc04e154-10
(69) Optional right turn lamp (Euro)

(70) Optional left turn lamp (Euro)
(71) Right front turn lamp (Euro)
(74) Left front position lamp (Euro)

(75) Left front turn lamp (Euro)
(76) Left front road lamp (Euro)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 70
(79) Right rear position lamp (Euro)

(80) License plate light
(81) Left rear position lamp (Euro)

(72) Right front positional lamp (Euro) (77) Right rear turn lamp (Euro)
(73) Right front road lamp (Euro)
(78) Right rear brake lamp (Euro)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 71
(82) Left rear brake lamp (Euro)

(83) Left rear turn lamp (Euro)

bc04e154-11
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 72

bc04e154-12
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 73

(84) Horn switch
(85) Turn signal switch
(86) Auxiliary hydraulic switch
(87) Front electric control switch No. (90) Front electric control switch No.
1
4
(88) Front electric control switch No.
2
(89) Front electric control switch No.
3
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 74

bc04e154-13
(84) Horn switch

(85) Turn signal switch
(86) Auxiliary hydraulic switch

(91) 2-speed switch
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 75

bc04e154-14
(92) Grid heater relay (optional)
(93) Grid heater (optional)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 76

bc04e154-15
(50) Beacon
(94) Fuse (7.5 amp)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 77
(95) Beacon switch

bc04e154-16
(96) 2-speed solenoid
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 78

bc04e154-17
(97) Horn (optional)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 79

bc04e154-18
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 80

bc04e154-19
(98) Back-up alarm switch (left)

(optional)
(99) Back-up alarm switch (right)

(optional)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 81
(100) Back-up alarm (optional)

bc04e154-20
(101) Wiper/Washer switch (optional) (102) Washer pump
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 82
(103) Wiper motor

bc04e154-21
(104) Second auxiliary hydraulics solenoid No. 1
(105) Second auxiliary hydraulics solenoid No. 2
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 83

bc04e154-22
(106) High flow switch (optional)
(107) High flow solenoid (optional)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 84

bc04e154-23
(108) Fuse
(109) Hydraulic coupler switch (optional)
(110) Hydraulic coupler release solenoid (optional)

(111) Hydraulic coupler engage solenoid (optional)
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 85

bc04e154-24
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 86

(112) Heater/Air Conditioner relay
(115) Heater control switch (optional) (118) Thermostat
(optional)
(113) Blower switch (optional)
(116) Compressor clutch
(119) Blower motor
(114) Air conditioner switch (optional) (117) Pressure switch
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 87

bc04e154-25
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 88

bc04e154-26
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 89

bc04e154-27
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 90

1.
2.
3.
Use a suitable support between the front bearing

and the bearing retainer on the rotor shaft. Press the
rotor shaft out of the front bearing and the spacer.
B8971426M
B8971429M
B8971432M
Remove the bearing retainer.
Use a suitable support between the rear bearing

and the slip ring on the other end of the rotor shaft.
Press the rotor shaft out of the rear bearing.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 91

4.
5.
6.
7.
Install the bearing retainer on the rotor shaft.
B8971429M
B8971435M
B8971504M
B8971505M
Press the new front bearing onto the rotor shaft until
the front bearing stops moving.
Press the spacer onto the rotor shaft until the spacer
stops moving.
Press the new rear bearing onto the other end of

the rotor shaft.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 92

WARNING
47-83A - Never try to charge the battery if the electrolyte in the battery is frozen.
WARNING
13-8A - Never cause sparks to occur or smoke near batteries that are charging or have been recently
charged.
WARNING
47-55A - Disconnect the ground cable first when the battery cables are disconnected from the battery.
Connect the ground cable last when the battery cables are connected to the battery.
WARNING
48-57B - Some batteries have a ventilation tube. If there is battery acid in the ventilation tube, this battery
acid can be released when the battery is turned upside down. If you turn the battery upside down, make
sure that the end of the ventilation tube is away from you and away from any other people in the area.
Battery acid can cause severe burns.
WARNING
M144B - BATTERY ACID CAUSES SEVERE BURNS. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin,
eyes or clothing. Antidote: EXTERNAL - flush with water. INTERNAL - Drink large quantities of water or
milk. DO NOT induce vomiting. Seek medical attention immediately. EYES - Flush with water for 15 minutes
and seek medical attention immediately. BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. Keep sparks, flame,
cigars and cigarettes away. Ventilate when charging or using in enclosed area. Always wear eye protection
when working near batteries. Wash hands after handling. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN.
1.
If the battery is a maintenance free battery, check

the level of the electrolyte every 1000 hours of
operation or six months, whichever occurs first. For
all other batteries, check the level of the electrolyte
every 250 hours of operation.
NOTE: A maintenance free battery will have the words

Maintenance Free on the decal on the top of the battery.
If the center part of the decal has been removed for
access to the battery caps, it is possible that the words
Maintenance Free have been removed from the decal.
2.
Check the level of the electrolyte more often during

hot weather. The use of a large amount of water
by the battery can be caused by high battery
temperature or a voltage regulator setting that is too
high. Keep the electrolyte level above the top of the
plates in the battery at all times to prevent damage
to the battery.
NOTE: On maintenance free batteries it is necessary

to remove the center part of the decal for access to the
battery caps. Do not discard the center part of the decal.
Install the center part of the decal after the battery caps
have been installed.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 93

3.
If the level of the electrolyte is low, add distilled

water or other clean water until the electrolyte is 5
mm (1/4 inch) below the level of the ring. Do not
add more water than is needed. Too much water
can cause bad performance, a short service life,
and corrosion around the battery.
NOTE: Add water only. DO NOT add electrolyte.

4.
If damage causes an electrolyte leak, replace the

battery.
5.
Inspect the battery at regular intervals for dirt,

corrosion, and damage. Electrolyte and dirt on the
top of the battery can cause the battery to discharge
by making a passage for the current to flow.
6.
If the battery must be cleaned, remove the battery

from the battery carrier and clean the battery, cable
terminals, and the battery carrier. When available,
use Case Battery Saver and Cleaner according
to the instructions on the container. Case Battery
Saver and Cleaner also helps prevent corrosion. If
Case Battery Saver and Cleaner is not available,
use baking soda and water as a cleaner. DO NOT
permit any type of cleaner to enter the cells of the
battery.
7.
Install the battery in the machine and make sure

the fasteners are tight. Apply Case Battery Saver
and Cleaner or Urethane Seal Coat to the cable
terminals to prevent corrosion. See the Parts
Counter Catalog. DO NOT apply grease.
8.
Make sure the cable connections are clean and

tight. Clean foreign material from the top of the
battery.
9.
Inspect the battery case, battery posts, and cables

for damage.
10.
Check the electrolyte level.
11.
If you added water to the battery, the battery must

be charged for 15 minutes at 15 to 25 amperes to
mix the water with the electrolyte.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 94

A hydrometer is used to check the specific gravity (weight) of the electrolyte. The specific gravity is an indication of
the level of charge for each cell.
Hydrometers are made to show the correct specific gravity when the temperature of the electrolyte is 26.7 C 80 F).
When you check the specific gravity, you must know the temperature of the electrolyte. If your hydrometer does
not have a thermometer, get a thermometer to check the temperature of the electrolyte. The thermometer must
indicate a high temperature of at least 52 C 120 F).
NOTE: To correctly test a battery, do each part of the battery test until you know the condition of the battery.
1.
Remove enough electrolyte from a cell so that the

float is free in the tube.
NOTE: If the specific gravity cannot be checked without

first adding water to the cell, the battery must be charged
for 15 minutes at 15 to 25 amperes to mix the water with
the electrolyte. Then check the specific gravity.
2.
Read the float.
3.
Read the thermometer. If the reading is above

26.7 C (80 F) add specific gravity points to the
reading for specific gravity. If the reading is below
26.5 C (80 F) subtract specific gravity points from
the reading for specific gravity. See the following
illustration and add or subtract specific gravity points
as needed.
(1) Temperature in F
(2) Temperature in C
B790863
4.
Make a record of the corrected specific gravity

reading for each cell.
5.
If the difference between the high reading and the

low reading is 0.050 or more, charge the battery and
check the specific gravity again. If after charging,
the difference is still 0.050 or more, install a new
battery.
6.
The corrected specific gravity reading shows the

level of charge for the cell. The level of charge must
be at least 75 % in each of the cells. In maintenance
free batteries the level of charge is at least 75 %
if the corrected specific gravity reading is 1.240 or
higher. In all other batteries the level of charge is at
least 75 % if the corrected specific gravity reading
is 1.230 or higher.
7.

low reading is less than 0.050, and the level of
change is at least 75 % in all of the cells, do the
Capacity (Load) Test.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 95

8.

low reading is less than 0.050, but the level of
charge is less than 75 % in any of the cells, charge
the battery and check the specific gravity again. If
after charging:
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 96

This test can be done using a variable load tester such as the Sun Electric VAT-33. Other test equipment can be
used. Connect the test equipment according to the instructions of the manufacturer of the equipment.
CAS10147 The CAS10147 tester is used to do the Capacity (load) Test.
The level of charge of the battery must be at least 75 %. Do the Specific Gravity Check in this section.
Prepare the tester (Sun Electric VAT-33 shown) for the test.
1.
Select the voltmeter range that will measure 1 to

18 volts.
2.
Make sure the load control knob is in the OFF

position.
3.
Select the ammeter range that will measure 0 to

1000 amperes.
4.
Move the volt lead switch to the NT. position.
5.
Connect the tester to the battery as shown.
B795328
B790499
(1) Load Control Knob

(2) Ammeter Clamp (Tip of Arrow Away From
Battery)
NOTE: Never apply a load for longer than 15 seconds.
After each 15 seconds, turn the load control knob to OFF
for a least one minute.
6.
Apply a 15 ampere load to the battery for 15

seconds. Wait at least three minutes before
applying the load again.
7.
Check and make a record of the temperature of the

electrolyte.
NOTE: The correct load is half of the cold cranking

amperes at -17 C (0 F).
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 97

8.
Turn the load control knob until the ammeter

indicates the specified load. Keep the load for 15
seconds and read the voltmeter. Turn the load
control knob to OFF.
9.
Compare the test reading between the temperature

and the minimum voltage electrolyte data below.
21 C (70 F) and above / 9.6 volts
16 C (60 F) / 9.5 volts
10 C (50 F) / 9.4 volts
4 C (40 F) / 9.3 volts
-1 C (30 F) / 9.1 volts
-7 C (20 F) / 8.9 volts
-12 C (10 F) / 8.7 volts
-18 C (0 F) / 8.5 volts
10.
If the test result is equal to or more than the voltage

shown, the battery is in good condition.
11.
If the test result is less than the voltage shown,

discard the battery.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 98

WARNING
47-83A - Never try to charge the battery if the electrolyte in the battery is frozen.
1.
Before you charge the battery, check the level of

the electrolyte.
2.
It is difficult to give an exact charging rate because

of the following variable conditions: (1) temperature
of the electrolyte, (2) level of charge, and (3)
condition of the battery. Use the charging guide for
the correct charging rate and time.
3.
See the following for the reserve capacity of

the battery in this machine. Battery - General
specification (A.30.A.83 - D.40.A.10)
4.
The charging rate must be decreased if too much

gas causes the electrolyte to flow from the cells or if
the electrolyte rises above 52 C (125 F).
5.
The battery is fully charged when, over a three hour

period at a low charging rate, no cell is giving too
much gas, and the specific gravity does not change.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 99

1.
Remove the caps from the battery.
2.
Fill each cell to the top of the separators with

electrolyte. This will permit the volume of electrolyte
to increase when heated by charging the battery.
3.
Install the caps on the battery.
4.
Connect a battery charger to the battery.
5.
Charge the battery at 30 amperes until the specific

gravity is 1.250 or more and the temperature of the
electrolyte is at least 15.5 C (60 F).
6.
If necessary, fill each cell with electrolyte until the

electrolyte is just below split ring at the bottom of
the cell opening.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 100

1.
Raise the boom and rest on the lock pins (1).
3170-04
2.
Open the rear door and remove the right side engine
shield to access the battery.
3.
Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.
4.
Disconnect the positive (+) battery cable.
5.
Remove the battery hold-down hardware and

remove the battery from the machine.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 101

1.
Installation of the battery is the reverse procedure

of battery removal. Battery - Remove (A.30.A.83 F.10.A.10).
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 102

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178D (B) to
ground.
2 Terminal for wire 190A (R) to
ground.
Expected Result
Continuity

Bad ground circuit.
12 volts
3 Place the key switch in the ON

position.
Terminal for wire 131A (R) to
ground.
4 Terminal for wire 137B (R) to
ground.
5 Place the key switch in the ON
position.
Terminal for wire 137 to ground.
6 Terminal for wire 780 to ground.
9 Terminal for wires 890 and 895 to
ground.
12 volts
Check the circuit between the main

power relay and the 40 ampere
circuit breaker in the buss bar. Also
check the 40 ampere circuit breaker
and the buss bar.
Check the circuit between the main
power relay and the key switch.
Also check the key switch. Also
check the reverse polarity diode.
Bad main power relay.
12 volts
12 volts
12
12
12
12
Check the circuit between the fuse

block and the main power relay.
Also check the main power relay.
Bad 20 ampere fuse or missing fuse.
volts
volts
volts
volts

NOTE: Procedure for testing the Cab Fuse Block.

Fro wiring diagram refer to: Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 02 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.02)
Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 138B (O) to
ground.
Expected Result
2 Terminal for wire 780A (O) to

ground.
3 Terminal for wire 830A (O) and 300A
(R) to ground.
ground.
5 Terminal for wire 751A (O) and 751B
(O) to ground.

Check the circuit from terminal for
wire 138B (O) and rear fuse block
No. 1.
Check the circuit between the RUN
relay and the rear fuse block No. 2
wire terminal 138A (O).
Also check the RUN relay.
Bad 15 amp fuse.
Bad 15 amp fuse.
Bad 7.5 amp fuse.
Bad 7.5 amp fuse.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 103

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 120A (R) to ground 12 volts

Approximately 1.1 volts
position.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 104

Check wire 120A (R) between
the alternator B+ terminal and the
starter motor and solenoid. Also
check the battery.
Check the circuit from the ON
terminal of the key switch, through
the reverse polarity diode to the 50
ohm field resistor. Check the 50
ohm resistor. Also check the circuit
from the resistor to the alternator.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
85 to 90 ohms
1 Disconnect the 26 pin connector
from the instrument cluster. Make
sure the ROPS is in the latched
position. Have another person sit in
the operators seat. Place the seat
bar in the down position.
Terminal 14 in the connector to
ground.
12 volts
position.
Terminal 12 in the connector to
ground.
3 Terminal A (258) in the connector to 12 volts
ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 105

Check the circuit between the
connector and the interlock relay.
Also check the interlock relay.

connector and the seat switch. Also
check the seat switch.
connector and the brake pressure
switch. Also check the brake
pressure switch
Auxiliary power connection Outlet 1 - Testing (A.30.A.89.10 G.40.A.20)

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178AD (B) to
ground.
position.
Terminal for wire 890C (O) to
ground.
Expected Result
Continuity

Bad ground circuit.
12 volts

electrical accessory outlet and the
15 amp fuse in the rear fuse block
No. 2. Also check the 15 amp fuse
in the rear fuse block No. 2.
If the readings are good, replace the
electrical accessory outlet.
Auxiliary power connection Outlet 2 - Testing (A.30.A.89.11 G.40.A.20)

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 07 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.07) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.12)
N
1 Turn the
position.
Terminal
ground.
2 Turn the
position.
Terminal
ground.
Test Point
key switch to the ON
Expected Result
Continuity

Bad ground circuit.
12 volts
Check the circuit between the loader

arm auxiliary electric connector and
the 15 amp circuit breaker. Also
check the 15 amp circuit breaker.
Check the attachments relay. Also
check the 20 amp circuit breaker in
the attachments relay contact feed
circuit and verify the integrity of the
circuitry to the start relay terminal
for wire 120F (R).
Check the motor control relay.
for wire 178KH (B) to

key switch to the ON
for wire 920H (R) to
3 Turn the front electric control switch 12 volts

No. 4 to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 927D (LG) to
ground.
No. 1 to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 901D (B/W) to
ground.
Terminal for wire 003R (P) at the
front electric control switch No.1.
Check the front electric control

switch No. 1.
Also check the circuit for continuity
from terminal for wire 003R (P) at
the front electric control switch No.
1to the 10 amp fuse.
Also check the attachments relay.
switch No. 3.
Check for circuit continuity from
terminal for wire 009L (O) the front
electric control switch No. 3 to the
10 amp fuse. Also check the 10
amp fuse.
Check the attachments relay.

No.3 to the down position.
Terminal for wire 925B (DG) to
ground.
Terminal for wire 009L (O) at the
front electric control switch No. 3 to
ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 106

Test Point
Expected Result
N
No.2 to the DOWN position.
Terminal for wire 905D (R) to
ground.
ground.
No.2 to the UP position.
Terminal for wire 906D (Y) to
ground.
ground.
Terminal for wire 923B (DBR) to
ground.
ground.
Terminal for wire 902D (DB) to
ground.
Terminal for wire 003R (P) at the
ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 107

switch No. 2 .
amp fuse.
switch No.2.
amp fuse.
switch No.3.
amp fuse.
switch No.1.
terminal for wire 003R (P ) the front
amp fuse.
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Relay - Testing (A.30.A.90.80 G.40.A.20)

Test Point
N
2 Terminal for wire 180A to ground.
Expected Result
Continuity
12 volts

position.
Terminal for wire 137H to ground.
12 volts
12 volts

Bad ground circuit.
options power relay and the circuit
breaker. Also check the circuit
breaker.
options power relay and the main
power relay. Also check the main
power relay.
Bad options power relay.

Test Point
N
1 TESTS 1 THROUGH 5 ARE FOR
THE REAR FUSE BLOCK NO. 2.
Turn the key switch to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire 138A (O) to
ground.
ground.
ground.
4 Turn the key switch to the OFF
position.
Terminal for wire 753A to ground.
ground.
6 TESTS 6 THROUGH 9 ARE FOR
THE REAR FUSE BLOCK NO. 1.
Terminal for wire 120D (R) to
ground.
ground.
ground.
ground.
Expected Result
12 volts

Check the circuit between the RUN
relay and the rear fuse block No. 2.
Also check the RUN relay.
12 volts
Bad 5 amp fuse.
12 volts
Bad 15 amp fuse.
12 volts
Bad 10 amp fuse.
12 volts
Bad 10 amp fuse.
12 volts
Check the circuit from the terminal

for wire 120D (R) and the start relay.
12 volts
Bad 15 amp fuse.
12 volts
Bad 7.5 amp fuse.
12 volts
Bad 25 amp fuse.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Left power switch - Testing

(A.30.A.90.86 - G.40.A.20)
Test Point
N
position.
Expected Result
12 volts
12 volts
12 volts

Check the circuit between the LH
auxiliary switch and the 10 amp fuse
in the options fuse block. Also check
the 10 amp fuse in the options fuse
block.
Bad auxiliary switch.
Bad auxiliary switch.
If the readings are bad replace the
auxiliary switch.
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Right power switch - Testing

(A.30.A.90.87 - G.40.A.20)
Test Point
N
position.
Terminal for wire 004R (O) to
ground.
Expected Result
12 volts
2 Place the auxiliary hydraulic switch 12 volts

in the STOP position.
Terminal for wire 006R (Y) to
ground.
3 Place the auxiliary hydraulic switch 12 volts
in the GO position.
Terminal for wire 005R to ground.

for wire 004R (O) and the 15 amp
fuse in the rear fuse block No. 2.
Also check the 15 amp fuse in the
rear fuse block No. 2.
Check the auxiliary hydraulic switch.
Check the auxiliary hydraulic switch.
1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 109
Index
91

104


108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Left power switch - Testing (A.30.A.90.86 - G.40.A.20)
108
Auxiliary fuse and relay box Relay - Testing (A.30.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
108

Auxiliary fuse and relay box Right power switch - Testing (A.30.A.90.87 - G.40.A.20)
109
106
106
99

95

97

100
102

101

93
10
13
17
21
24

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 110
28
31
35
38
41
43
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
105

103
103
57
58
59
61
63
64
65
66
68
70
72
73
75

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 111
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
88
89
90

48074 1 17/06/2005
A.30.A / 112
56
LIGHTING SYSTEM - 40.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48075 1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Marker light
Marker light Indicator lamp - Testing (A.40.A.12.84 - G.40.A.20)
Marker light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.12.83 - G.40.A.20)
Turn/hazard light
Turn/hazard light Diode - Testing (A.40.A.13.81 - G.40.A.20)
Turn/hazard light Turn switch - Testing (A.40.A.13.83 - G.40.A.20)
Beacon
Beacon Switch - Testing (A.40.A.15.83 - G.40.A.20)
Beacon - Testing (A.40.A.15 - G.40.A.20)
Rear work light

Rear work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.17.85 - G.40.A.20)
Front work light

Front work light Electrical light - Testing (A.40.A.16.85 - G.40.A.20)
Brake light
Brake light Switch - Testing (A.40.A.14.83 - G.40.A.20)
Road light
Road light - Testing (A.40.A.36 - G.40.A.20)
48075 1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 2
10
DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - LIGHTING SYSTEM

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178EC (B) to
Continuity
ground.
2 Bulb
Good
12 volts
position.
Terminal for wire 711D and 713D to
ground.

Bad ground circuit.
Bad bulb.
Push and release the light button on
the instrument cluster.
Check the circuit between the rear
position lamps and the light relay
No. 2. Also check the light relay No.
2.

Test Point
N
position.
Terminal for wire 706E to ground.
2 Place the lamp switch in the road
lamp position.
Expected Result
12 volts

Check the circuit between the lamp
switch and the 20 amp fuse in the
primary fuse block. Also check the
20 amp fuse in the fuse block.
Bad lamp switch.
12 volts
Bad lamp switch.
12 volts
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 3

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Disconnect the diode from the
Continuity in one direction only.
connector.
With the voltmeter set to the DIODE
TEST setting, check between the
terminals of the diode.

Bad diode.

Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.09) Wiring harness - Electrical schematic
frame 12 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.12)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
position.
Terminal for wire 755B (Y) to ground.
2 Place the hazard switch on the
HAZARD position.
Terminal for wire 701A (G) and 702A
(Y) to ground.
3 Terminal for wire 178DJ (B) to
Continuity
ground.
4 TESTS 4 THROUGH 6 APPLY TO 12 volts

MACHINES WITH LEFT HANDLE
OPTION G ONLY.
position.
Terminal for wire 754AG (Y) to
ground.
5 Place the turn signal switch into the 12 volts
left turn signal position.
Terminal for wire 771AG (Y) to
ground.
6 Place the turn signal switch into the 12 volts
right turn signal position.
Terminal for wire 791AG (DG) to
ground.
7 THE FOLLOWING TESTS
7 THROUGH 10 APPLY TO
EUROPEAN MODELS ONLY.
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 4

hazard switch and the 10 amp fuse
in the rear fuse block No. 2. Also
check the 10 amp fuse in the rear
fuse block No. 2.
Bad hazard switch.
Bad ground circuit for hazard switch

indicator lamp.
If the readings are correct and the
indicator lamp on the hazard switch
does not illuminate, replace the
hazard switch.
Check circuit to flasher module
terminal for wire 754C (Y).

for wire 771AG (Y) to the left turn
indicator lamp.
Also check the left turn indicator
lamp.
Also check the turn signal switch.
for wire 791AG (DG) to the right turn
indicator lamp.
Also check the right turn indicator
lamp.
Also check the turn signal switch.
Check 6 amp diode.
Also check flasher module.
Also check 10 amp fuse in rear fuse
block No. 2.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
8 Place the hazard switch on the
HAZARD position.
Terminal for wire 791A (P) and 771A
(P) to ground.
9 Place the road light switch in the
Approximately 12 volts periodic, in
ROAD position.
step with flasher module output
Terminal for wire 709A (P) and wire
707A (P) to ground.
10 Place the hazard/beacon switch in Approximately 12 volts
the BEACON position.
Terminal for wire 761A (P) to ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 5

flasher switch return and the
instrument cluster connector pin 16.
Also check the instrument cluster.
Bad switch.
Bad flasher module.
Check the circuit continuity for wire
753B (O) to the battery through the
10 amp fuse in the rear fuse block
No. 2.
Bad switch.
Check 7.5 amp fuse in the options
fuse.
Check the circuit continuity for wire
137D (O) to the ACC position of the
key switch.

Test Point
N
position.
Terminal for wire 137F to ground.
Expected Result
12 volts
2 Place the rotating beacon switch in 12 volts

the ON position.
Terminal for wire 761C to ground.
3 Terminal for wire 178BM to ground. Continuity

rotating beacon switch and the 7.5
amp fuse in the options fuse block.
Also check the 7.5 amp fuse in the
options fuse block.
Bad rotating beacon switch.
If the readings are correct and
the indicator lamp on the rotating
beacon switch does not illuminate,
proceed to test 3.
Bad ground circuit for rotating
beacon switch indicator lamp.
If the readings are correct and
the indicator lamp on the rotating
beacon switch does not illuminate,
replace the rotating beacon switch.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Bulb
Good
position.
Terminal for wire 137F (O) at the 7.5
amp fuse block to ground.
position. Turn the rotating beacon
switch to the ON position.
Terminal for wire 761C (Y) to
ground.
4 Terminal for wire 178BM to ground. Continuity
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 6

Bad bulb
Check the circuit between the ACC
position of the key switch and the
terminal for wire 137F (O)..
Bad key switch.
Also check the separate 7.5 amp
fuse clipped to the metal bracket
under the right - hand overhead fuse
compartment swing-aside cover.
Check the wire 721C (O) between
the 7.5 amp fuse block and the
rotating beacon key switch.
Bad ground circuit.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178F (B) to ground. Continuity
2 Bulb
Good
12 volts
position. Push the rear work lamp
button on the instrument cluster in
the ON position.
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 7

Bad ground circuit.
Bad bulb
Check the circuit continuity from the
rear work lamps and the light relay
No. 2 and to the light relay No.1.
Check the in-line diode in series
with light relay No.2.
Check the 15 amp fuse in the rear
fuse block No. 2.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178X (B) and 178R Continuity
(B) to ground.
2 Bulb
Good
position. Push the work light button
on the instrument cluster to the ON
position.
Terminal for wire 783F (P) and 783G
(P) to ground.
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 8

Bad ground circuit.
Bad bulb.
Check the circuit continuity between
the front lamps and the light relay
No. 1. Also check the instrument
cluster.
fuse block No. 2.

NOTE: THE FOLLOWING TEST PROCEDURES ARE FOR EUROPEAN MODELS ONLY:
For wiring diagram refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.09)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Place the drive control levers in the Approximately 12 volts
neutral position.
Have another person sit in the
operators seat and start the engine.
Terminal for wire 550B (DG) to
ground.
2 Terminal for wire 551A (DG) to
ground.
3 Terminal for wire 731A (P) to ground. Approximately 12 volts
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 9

Check the 7.5 amp fuse in the cab
options fuse block.
Check the circuit continuity from the
fuse block 7.5 amp fuse through
wire 137D (O) to the ACC position
of the ignition key switch.
Check the first in-line pressure
activated brake switch.
Check the first in-line pressure
activated brake switch.

NOTE: THE FOLLOWING TEST PROCEDURES ARE FOR EUROPEAN MODELS ONLY:
For wiring diagram refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 09 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.09)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
position.
Press the ROAD light switch on the
instrument cluster.
POSN position.
ROAD position.
Terminal for wire 707A (P) to ground
1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 10

Bad switch.

flasher switch return and the
instrument cluster connector pin 16.
Bad switch.
Index
6

10


48075 1 17/06/2005
A.40.A / 11
CNH America LLC 245 E NORTH AVENUE CAROL STREAM, IL 60188 U.S.A
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
2004 CNH America LLC.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
New Holland Construction policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices, specification
or equipment at any time without notice is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only and
the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any particular
product, please consult your New Holland Construction
48070 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
POWER PRODUCTION
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48077 1 17/06/2005
B
Contents
ENGINE
B.10.A
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM
B.20.A
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
B.30.A
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM
B.50.A
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
B.60.A
STARTING SYSTEM
B.80.A

48077 1 17/06/2005
B
ENGINE - 10.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48078 1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 1
Contents
ENGINE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
LS180.B
LS185.B, LT185.B
LS190.B, LT190.B
SERVICE
LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
11
ENGINE - Install (B.10.A - F.10.A.15)

LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
14
LS190.B, LT190.B
20

LS190.B, LT190.B
48078 1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE

LS180.B
Manufacturer
Make and Model
Number of Cylinders
Bore and Stroke
Displacement
Firing Order
Compression Ratio
Aspiration
Fuel Type
Cooling Style
Injection Style
Valve Clearance (Intake)
Valve Clearance (Exhaust)
Engine Speed (High Idle No Load)
Engine Speed (Rated Full Load)
Engine Speed (Low Idle)
Horsepower, Gross Bare Engine
Horsepower, Net
Peak Torque
Engine Specifications
CNH Family III
New Holland - 334/M2
3
104 X 132 mm (4.10 in X 5.20 in)
3.36 L (205 cubic inch)
1,2,3
17.1 to 1
Natural
No. 2 Diesel
Liquid
Direct
0.254 mm (0.010 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in)
2500 50 rpm
2300 rpm
1300 50 rpm
46.9 kW (63 hp)
44 kW (59 hp)
242 Nm (179 pound-feet)

LS185.B, LT185.B
Manufacturer
Make and Model
Number of Cylinders
Bore and Stroke
Displacement
Firing Order
Compression Ratio
Aspiration
Fuel Type
Cooling Style
Injection Style
Horsepower, Net
Peak Torque
CNH Family III
New Holland - 334T/M2
3
104 X 132 mm (4.10 in X 5.20 in)
1,2,3
17.1 to 1
Turbo
No. 2 Diesel
Liquid
Direct
0.254 mm (0.010 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in)
2500 50 rpm
2300 rpm
1300 50 rpm
58 kW (78 hp)
53.7 kW (72 hp)
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 3

LS190.B, LT190.B
Manufacturer
Make and Model
Number of Cylinders
Bore and Stroke
Displacement
Firing Order
Compression Ratio
Aspiration
Fuel Type
Cooling Style
Injection Style
Horsepower, Net
Peak Torque
CNH Family III
New Holland - 445/M2
4
104 X 132 mm (4.10 in X 5.20 in)
1,3,4,2
17.1 to 1
Natural
No. 2 Diesel
Liquid
Direct
0.254 mm (0.010 in)
0.508 mm (0.020 in)
2480 50 rpm
2300 rpm
1050 50 rpm
60 kW (80.5 hp)
55.2 kW (74 hp)
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 4

LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
1.
ENGINE REMOVAL BY TILTING THE CAB AND

BOOM FORWARD
2.
Securely block the skid steer loader with all four

wheels off the ground.
ATTENTION: Failure to securely support the skid steer

loader could result in movement of the loader causing
serious injury or damage to the equipment.
3.
Tilt cab and boom forward. ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74

- F.35.B.11) for more detailed information on this
procedure.
4.
Remove the battery.
5.
Open the rear door and disconnect the radiator

overflow hose (1) at the overflow tank. Remove the
cap screw and nut (2) at the lower hinge. Remove
the rear door.
6.
If the unit is equipped with a Backup Alarm Kit,

disconnect the two wires from the alarm module.
Remove the wires from the wire clip on the support
frame.
7.
Drain the engine cooling system.
8.
Refer to Radiator - Remove (B.50.A.32 F.10.A.10). Remove the upper radiator hoses (1),
from the engine block (2) and plug the hoses with
plastic plugs.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 5
bd04h104_2
bd04h156

9.
Remove the lower radiator hose (3) from the engine

block connection.
10.
Remove cap screws and nuts from the fan shroud

and slide the fan shroud forward.
11.
Refer to Oil cooler - Remove (A.10.A.32 F.10.A.10). Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the
oil cooler and place caps and plugs on the lines to
prevent loss of oil.
12.
Disconnect the air hoses, (1) and (2). Remove air

cleaner canister support hardware at (3).
13.
14.
bd04h112
bd04h160
bd04h157
Remove the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch

wires, (1), and harness clamps.
Disconnect hydraulic line (2) and (3) from the oil

filter base.
NOTE: Figure illustrates original configuration without any

kit installation. With kits installed there may be additional
wiring and hydraulic hoses to disconnect.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 6

15.
Optional Battery Removal - Remove the engine

compartment right engine compartment shield.
Disconnect the battery positive (+) cables (negative
cable previously removed during cab tilt procedure).
Remove the battery hold down brackets and lift the
batteries out of the engine compartment.
ATTENTION: If the batteries are left in the skid steer

loader, extreme care must be taken to protect the batteries
from damage during engine removal and installation.
16.
17.
18.
Loosen clamps, (1), and remove the fuel tank filler

neck, (2).
bs04h109
bd04h103
19984502
Remove the rear door latch bracket (1) by removing

the two cap screws.
Remove eight mounting cap screws, (1) (four cap

screws on each side). Remove the radiator/oil
cooler support assembly from the skid steer.
NOTE: The radiator/oil cooler support assembly is heavy

and may require a lifting device to remove.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 7

19.
Disconnect the engine harness. Remove ground

strap from the engine mounting location. (1).
bd04h161
20.
21.
22.
Disconnect throttle cable (1).
bd04h159
10
19995956
11
bd04h162
12
Remove fuel supply line, (1), and return line, (2).
Remove the fan (1) from the water pump shaft to

prevent damage during the removal process.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 8

23.
Refer to Pump drive - Remove (C.10.B.40 F.10.A.10). Remove the hydrostatic pump mounting
plate bolts (1) from the engine housing. Slide the
hydrostatic pump away from the engine.
24.
Remove ground wire connections and wire harness

clamps from the engine housing.
25.
Attach a chain or cable rated for lifting 1000 pounds

to the engine lift eyes at (1), and hook to a suitable
lifting device to support the engine.
26.
bd04h164
13
bs04h112
14
bd04h158
15
Remove the front engine motor mounting bolt(1).
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 9

27.
Remove the rear engine mounting bolts (2) on

each side of the engine. Slide the engine to the
rear to clear the hydrostatic pumps. Lift the engine
assembly from the skid steer.
bd04h163
28.
Either place the engine on floor jacks (blocking

under the engine motor mounts), or place the
engine in a suitable engine repair stand.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 10
16

LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
1.
Install the engine assembly into the skid steer,

aligning the engine mounts.
2.
Install the front engine mounting hardware, (1).

Torque the mounting cap screws to 172 Nm (127
lb ft).
3.
bd04h158
bd04h163
19995956
Install the rear engine mounting hardware, (1).

Torque the mounting cap screws to 172 Nm (127
lb ft).
4.
Refer to Pump drive - Install (C.10.B.40 F.10.A.15) and install the hydrostatic pump drive
assembly to the engine.
5.
Install previously removed ground wires and

harness clamps to the engine housing.
6.
Install engine fan.
7.
Install fuel supply line, (1), and return line, (2).
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 11

8.
9.
10.
Connect the throttle cable (1). Adjust as required.
bd04h159
bd04h161
19984502
Connect the engine harness. Install ground strap

(1) to the engine block.
Install the radiator/oil cooler support assembly onto

the skid steer. Use a right angle device to ensure the
radiator/oil cooler support assembly is at a 90 angle
to the frame. Secure the radiator/oil cooler support
assembly with the eight mounting cap screws (1).
11.
Refer to Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A.32 - F.10.A.15)

and install the oil cooler.
12.
Install fan shroud, (3), and secure with four cap

screws and nuts, (2).
13.
Refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A.32 - F.10.A.15)

Install the upper and lower radiator hoses.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 12

14.
Connect hydraulic lines (2) and (3) to the filter base.
bd04h157
15.
Connect the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch

wires, (1), and harness clamps.
16.
Install the air cleaner and tighten all hose clamps.
17.
Install the fuel tank filler neck and tighten clamps.
18.
Install the rear door latch bracket.
19.
Install the rear door and connect the overflow hose

to the tank. Be sure the door is aligned correctly
with the frame. Further adjustment may be required.
20.
Install the battery.
21.
Refill all fluids to the proper level.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 13

LS190.B, LT190.B
1.
ENGINE REMOVAL BY TILTING THE CAB AND

BOOM FORWARD - LS190.B
2.
Securely block the skid steer with ALL FOUR

wheels off the ground.

could result in movement of the skid steer, causing serious
personal injury or damage to the equipment.
NOTE: Block the skid steer at a sufficient height to allow
for access under the skid steer during engine removal.
3.
Tilt cab and boom forward. ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74 F.35.B.11) detailed information on this procedure.
NOTE: Dealer installed options that interfere with tilting

the cab forward include the Cab Heater/Defroster Kit and
Rear bumper Kit. Disconnect the hoses of the heater and
remove the rear bumper prior to tilting the cab.
4.
5.
Disconnect the air hoses (2) at the air cleaner

(1)Remove the air cleaner canister support
hardware (3).
bd04h108
bd04h104_2
Open the rear radiator housing door and disconnect

the radiator over-flow hose, (1), at the radiator
and secure the hose to the back door, keeping it
suspended above the fluid level in the overflow
reservoir.
6.
If the unit is equipped with a Backup Alarm Kit,

disconnect the two wires from the alarm module.
Remove the wires from the wire clip on the support
frame.
7.
Remove the rear door by removing the hinge nut

and cap screw, (2).
ATTENTION: The radiator housing back door assembly

is heavy and should be lifted using an appropriate lifting
device.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 14

8.
Drain the engine coolant system by removing the

drain plug at the radiator base, and drain the coolant
into a suitable container. When the radiator is
empty, reinstall the radiator drain plug using thread
sealant on the plug threads.
ATTENTION: Make sure that the engine is cooled prior to

draining the radiator and engine coolant system to prevent
serious injury and possible equipment damage.
9.
10.
bd04h109
bd04h112
bd04h101
19984498
Refer to Radiator - Remove (B.50.A.32 F.10.A.10) Remove the upper radiator hose.
Disconnect the upper radiator hose, (1), at its
engine connections.(2).
Disconnect the lower radiator hose, (3), from the

water pump connection. Plug and cap the coolant
lines to prevent dirt from entering or coolant from
spilling.
NOTE: If the unit is fitted with a Cab Heater/Defroster

Kit, it will also be necessary to disconnect the Cab
Heater/Defroster return hose, (1) and the supply hose (2).
11.
Remove the fuel tank filler neck by loosening the

clamp, (1), and retracting the filler neck, (2), from
the tank. Cover the opening of the fuel tank to
prevent contamination and limit the fuel vapors
escaping the tank.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 15

12.
Disconnect the engine oil dipstick line (1), from the

radiator housing and cap off the end of the line to
prevent dirt from entering the opening.
13.
Remove the cap screws and nuts from the fan

shroud. Slide the fan shroud forward.
14.
Refer to Oil cooler - Remove (A.10.A.32 F.10.A.10) Disconnect the oil cooler hydraulic lines
and cap and plug both the hydraulic lines and cooler
connection to prevent oil loss and contamination
of the hydraulic system.
bd04h105
bd04h107
IMPORTANT: It is critical to maintain the cleanliness of

the hydraulic fluid system. Contamination could lead to
premature component failure or faulty hydraulic system
operation.
15.
16.
Disconnect the hydraulic oil filter restriction

switch wires, (1) harness clamp and ground wire
connections.
Disconnect the hydraulic line, (2), from the oil filter

base. If the unit is fitted with a High-Flow Hydraulic
Kit, also disconnect the high-flow hydraulic line,
(3), from the T-connection on the hydraulic oil
filter base. Cap the hydraulic filter connection and
hose connections to prevent contamination of the
hydraulic system and fluid loss.

premature component failure or faulty hydraulic system
operation.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 16

17.
Optional Battery Removal - Remove the engine

compartment right engine compartment shield.
Disconnect the battery positive (+) cables (negative
cable previously removed during cab tilt procedure).
Remove the battery hold down brackets and lift the
batteries out of the engine compartment.
ATTENTION: If the batteries are left in the skid steer

loader, extreme care must be taken to protect the batteries
from damage during engine removal and installation.
18.
Remove the rear door latch bracket, (1), by

removing the two cap screws.
bd04h103
19.
Support the radiator/oil cooler support housing

assembly with suitable lifting gear and detach the
assembly by removing the mounting cap screws,
(1). Then lift the radiator/oil cooler support assembly
from the skid steer, ensuring that the fan shroud
housing does not fall from the engine compartment.
ATTENTION: The radiator/oil cooler support assembly

is heavy and should only be lifted using an appropriate
lifting device.
20.
19984502-1
10
bd04h102
11
Disconnect the engine ground strap, (1), at the

engine, and engine wiring harness at the engine
components.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 17

21.
22.
23.
24.
Disconnect the throttle cable, (1), from the throttle

body plate, (2). Remove the cable from its mounting
bracket (3), and pull it back out of the engine
compartment.
bd04h111
12
19995956
13
bd04h110
14
Remove the fuel supply line (1) at the engine

connection. Remove the retaining clip, and the fuel
return line (2) at the fuel tank connection. Cap the
line and fittings to prevent dirt from entering the fuel
system.
Remove the fan from the water pump shaft to

prevent damage during the engine removal process.
Drop the skid steer center belly cover plate to allow

access to the forward engine mounting bolt and the
lower attachment points for the hydrostatic pump.

premature component failure of faulty hydraulic system
operation.
25.
Refer to Pump drive - Remove (C.10.B.40 F.10.A.10) Detach the hydrostatic pump from the
engine housing by removing the mounting bolts
the hydrostatic pump mounting plate. Move the
hydrostatic pump away from the engine.
26.
Remove the any remaining ground wire, wire

harness connections, and wire harness clamps from
the engine.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 18

27.
Attach a chain or cable rated for lifting 1000 pounds

to the engine lift eyes at (1), and hook to a suitable
lifting device to support the engine.
NOTE: If nylon slings are used to lift the engine, lifting

shackles of the appropriate rating must be used to attach
the nylon sling to the engine attachment points to prevent
cutting of the sling.
28.
29.
30.
Remove the engine mounts (1), at the rear of the

skid steer.
15
bd04h113
16
Remove the front engine mounts (2) located

between the hydrostatic pump.
Lift the engine slightly to allow the engine to slide

rearward towards the back of the skid steer. Make
sure all components that could interfere with the
engine are clear.
ATTENTION: If the batteries remained in the skid steer,

take extreme care to protect the batteries from damage
during engine removal.
31.
bd04h106
Either place the engine on floor jacks (blocking

under the engine motor mounts), or place the
engine in a suitable engine repair stand.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 19

LS190.B, LT190.B
1.
Install the engine assembly into the skid steer

by slowly lowering the engine into the engine
compartment. It will be necessary to slide the
engine forward as it is lowered into the engine
compartment.
2.
If the hydrostatic pump was left in the skid steer,

take care to lift the hydrostatic pump into the engine
housing as the engine is being lowered into the
engine compartment.
3.
Once the engine is aligned over the engine isolation

mounts completely, lower the engine into the skid
steer.
ATTENTION: If the batteries remained in the skid steer

loader, take extreme care to protect the batteries from
damage during engine replacement.
4.
5.
Install the front engine mounting bolts. (1) Torque

the mounting cap screws 172 Nm (127 lb ft).
bd04h106
bd04h113
Install the rear engine mounting bolts. (1) Torque

the mounting cap screws 172 Nm (127 lb ft).
6.
Refer to Pump drive - Install (C.10.B.40 F.10.A.15). Reattach the hydrostatic pump to the
engine housing by installing the mounting bolts.
Tighten the mounting bolts.
7.
Reconnect the high-pressure (line to selector valve)

hydraulic line from the High-Flow pump and its
engine mounting support bracket. Tighten the
fittings at this time.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 20

8.
9.
Install the engine ground strap, (1), ground wires

and harness clamps. Install the engine wiring
harness and reattach to engine components:
bd04h102
bd04h110
bd04h111
Install the fan blade assembly (1) onto the water

pump shaft.
10.
Install the engine fuel supply line at the engine

connection. Install the retaining clip and the fuel
return line at the fuel tank connection.
11.
Connect the throttle cable, (1), to the throttle body

plate, (2), and the cable to its mounting bracket.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 21

12.
Install the radiator/oil cooler support assembly onto

the skid steer. Use a right angle device to ensure the
radiator/oil cooler support assembly is at a 90 angle
to the frame. Secure the radiator/oil cooler support
assembly with the eight mounting cap screws (1).
13.
Refer to Oil cooler - Install (A.10.A.32 - F.10.A.15)

and install the oil cooler.
14.
Install the fan shroud onto the radiator housing by

installing and tightening the cap screws.
15.
Refer to Radiator - Install (B.50.A.32 - F.10.A.15)

and install the upper and lower radiator hoses to the
engine connections. Tighten the hose clamps.
16.
Install the engine oil dipstick line (1) to the radiator

support assembly.
17.
18.
19984502-1
bd04h105
bd04h107
Connect the hydraulic line, (2), to the oil filter base.

If the unit is fitted with a High-Flow Hydraulic kit also
connect the high flow hydraulic line, (3), to the T
connection at the hydraulic oil filter base. Tighten
all fittings.
Connect the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch

wires, (1), harness clamp and ground wire
connections.
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 22

19.
Install the air cleaner canister (1) and support

hardware, (3) Connect the air hoses (2) at the air
cleaner, (1), and tighten the hose clamps.
bd04h108
20.
Install the fuel tank filler neck and tighten the hose
clamps.
21.
Install the radiator housing rear door and adjust the

latch bracket to achieve proper closing and latching
of the door. Tighten all latch bracket and door hinge
hardware.
22.
Attach the radiator overflow hose to the radiator. If

the skid steer was fitted with a Backup Alarm kit,
connect the alarm module wires.
23.
If the batteries were removed, install the batteries

and connect the positive cable and then the
negative cable to the batteries. Attach the engine
compartment side skirt that was previously removed
to facilitate battery removal.
24.
Install the skid steer loader center belly cover plate

and tighten the bolts.
25.
Check the following fluid levels and refill or top off

as necessary:
- Engine oil level
- Hydraulic oil level
- Engine/radiator coolant level
1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 23
Index
ENGINE - 10.A
LS180.B
LS185.B, LT185.B
LS190.B, LT190.B
11

LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
20

LS190.B, LT190.B

LS185.B, LT185.B, LS180.B
14

LS190.B, LT190.B
48078 1 17/06/2005
B.10.A / 24
FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM - 20.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48079 1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Fuel tank
Fuel tank - General specification (B.20.A.22 - D.40.A.10)
Fuel tank - Capacity (B.20.A.22 - D.40.A.20)
SERVICE
Throttle command
Throttle command Mechanical throttle - Tension adjust (B.20.A.06.71 - F.45.A.40)
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Sensing system Level sensor - Testing (B.20.A.95.90 - G.40.A.20)
48079 1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - FUEL AND INJECTION SYSTEM

Use No. 2 diesel fuel in the engine of this machine. The use of other fuels can cause the loss of engine power and
high fuel consumption.
In very cold temperatures, a mixture of No. 1 and No. 2 diesel fuels is temporarily permitted. See the following:
NOTE: See your fuel dealer for winter fuel requirements in your area. If the temperature of the fuel lowers below
the cloud point (wax appearance point), wax crystals in the fuel will restrict the fuel filter and cause the engine to
loose power or not start.
The diesel fuel used in this machine must meet the specifications below, "Specifications for Acceptable No. 2 Diesel
Fuel" or Specification D975-81 of the American Society for Testing and Materials.
Fuel Storage
If you keep fuel in storage for a period of time, you can get foreign material or water in the fuel storage tank.
Many engine problems are caused by water in the fuel.
Keep the fuel storage tank outside and keep the fuel as cool as possible. Remove water from the storage container
at regular periods of time.
Specifications for Acceptable No. 2 Diesel Fuel
34
API Gravity, Minimum
Flash Point, Minimum
60 C (140 F)
Cloud Point (was appearance point), Maximum
-20 C (-5 F)
Pour Point, Maximum
-26 C (-15 F)
Distillation Temperature, 90% Point
282 - 338 C (540 - 640 F)
Viscosity, at 38 C (100 F)
2.0 to 4.3
Centistokes
32 to 40
Saybolt Seconds Universal
Cetaine Number, Mimimum
43 (45 to 55 for winter or high altitudes)
Water and Sediment, by Volume, Maximum
0.5 of 1%
Sulphur, by Weight, Maximum
0.5 of 1%
No. 2
Copper Strip Corrosion, Maximum
Ash, by Weight, Maximum
0.1 of 1%

LS180.B / LS185.B / LT185.B Capacity

LS190.B / LT190.B Capacity
Fuel Tank
68.1 L (18 US gal)
81.4 L (21.5 US gal)
1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 3
Throttle command Mechanical throttle - Tension adjust

(B.20.A.06.71 - F.45.A.40)
1.
Adjust the throttle control tension by tightening or

loosening the throttle control pivot bolt (1). The
tension must be great enough to hold the throttle
lever in the FULL throttle position with the engine
running.
bd04g016
1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 4

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Check the level of fuel in the fuel
Continuity
tank.
Check between the housing of the
fuel level sender and the engine
block.
2 Disconnect the wire terminal from Approximately 12 volts
the fuel sender.
Check the level of fuel in the fuel
tank.
Resistance of the fuel level sender.
1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 5

Bad ground connection inside the
fuel level sender.
Check for continuity between the

fuel level sender and the instrument
cluster connector pin 1. Also check
When the tank is full, the resistance
should be 80 ohms or less.
If the fuel tank is empty, the
resistance should be 180 ohms or
greater. If the ohmmeter readings
are not correct, replace the fuel level
sender.
Index
3

Throttle command Mechanical throttle - Tension adjust (B.20.A.06.71 - F.45.A.40)
48079 1 17/06/2005
B.20.A / 6
AIR INTAKE SYSTEM - 30.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48080 1 17/06/2005
B.30.A / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Testing (B.30.A.95.95 - G.40.A.20)
48080 1 17/06/2005
B.30.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - AIR INTAKE SYSTEM
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Testing (B.30.A.95.95 G.40.A.20)

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178Y (B) to ground. Continuity
position.
3 Remove the switch from the filter
and apply 64m bar vacuum to the
port.
Continuity
1 17/06/2005
B.30.A / 3

Bad ground circuit.
Check the circuit between the return
filter switch and the instrument
Bad switch.
Index
Sensing system Air cleaner restriction - Testing (B.30.A.95.95 - G.40.A.20)
48080 1 17/06/2005
B.30.A / 4
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - 50.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48082 1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - Capacity (B.50.A - D.40.A.20)
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10)
SERVICE
Radiator
Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 - F.35.A.20)
Radiator - Filling (B.50.A.32 - F.60.A.10)
Radiator - Remove (B.50.A.32 - F.10.A.10)
Radiator - Install (B.50.A.32 - F.10.A.15)
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Testing (B.50.A.95.90 - G.40.A.20)
48082 1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM

Capacity
Recovery bottle capacity
Cooling System
17 L (18 US qt)
2 L (2.1 US qt)
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A D.40.A.10)

Specifications
Cooling System
50% water and 50% ethylene glycol
(w/a supplemental coolant additive for cavitation
protection.)
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 3

WARNING
SA023 - Hot coolant can spray out if radiator cap is removed. To remove radiator cap: Let system cool, turn
to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released. Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap.
Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions.
1.
If Engine is HOT do not drain cooling system. Allow

the system to cool before draining the radiator.
2.
Place a acceptable container with the capacity to

hold 17 - L (18) - US qt under the radiator drain
valve at the rear of the machine.
3.
Remove the radiator cap from the radiator. Open

the drain valve (1) on the radiator and allow the
cooling system to drain into the container.
bd04k007
4.
After the radiator has drained completely, close the

radiator drain valve.
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 4

WARNING
SA023 - Hot coolant can spray out if radiator cap is removed. To remove radiator cap: Let system cool, turn
to first notch, then wait until all pressure is released. Scalding can result from fast removal of radiator cap.
Check and service engine cooling system according to maintenance instructions.
1.
2.
3.
Open the rear access door and remove the radiator

cap (1) after the engine has cooled.
bd04c002
bd04h069
bd04c001
Fill the radiator with a 50% mixture of ethylene

glycol engine coolant and 50% water mixture. The
coolant level must be to the top of the radiator fill
neck, just below the overflow tube.
Start and run the engine until it reaches operating

temperature. Stop the engine and check the level
of the coolant in the recovery bottle (2). Fill the
recovery bottle with a 50% mixture of ethylene
glycol engine coolant and 50% water mixture to the
full level marked on the bottle.
IMPORTANT: Do not remove the radiator cap from the

radiator while the engine is HOT.
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 5

Prior operation: Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 - F.35.A.20)

1.
Open rear access door.
2.
Push radiator release handle (2) in the direction of

the arrow to release the radiator from the latch.
3.
Remove the coolant recovery hose from the radiator

neck.
4.
Pull the top of the radiator out to access the top

radiator hose (3).
5.
Loosen and remove the four bolts to remove the top

radiator mounting bracket.
6.
Loosen and remove the clamp on the top radiator

hose (3) and remove the hose from the radiator.
7.
Loosen and remove the clamp on the lower radiator

hose (4) and remove the hose from the radiator.
8.
Lift the radiator and remove the radiator from the

machine.
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 6
bd04k005
bd04k006

1.
Radiator install is the reverse of radiator remove.

2.
After the radiator has been installed refer to the

following procedure for filling the radiator. Radiator
- Filling (B.50.A.32 - F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 7
Sensing system Coolant temperature - Testing (B.50.A.95.90 G.40.A.20)

Test Point
N
1 Disconnect the connector from the
engine coolant temperature sensor
and use a voltmeter set to read
resistance.
Measure resistance from sensor
terminal to machine frame.
2 Reconnect the connector to the
hydraulic oil temperature sensor.
Measure resistance from terminal
25 to terminal 20 of the 26 pin
connector in the wiring harness.
Expected Result
For coolant temperatures greater
than (60 F) and less than (212
F) the sensor resistance should
measure between 4300 ohms (60
F) and 180 ohms (212 F)

Temperature of coolant outside of
range indicated. Bad sensor.
For coolant temperatures greater

than (60 F) and less than (212
F) the sensor resistance should
measure between 4300 ohms (60
F) and 180 ohms (212 F)
Temperature of coolant outside of

range indicated. Bad sensor. Bad
wiring to sensor.
1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 8
Index
ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10)


Sensing system Coolant temperature - Testing (B.50.A.95.90 - G.40.A.20)

48082 1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 9
48082 1 17/06/2005
B.50.A / 10
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - 60.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48083 1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - Capacity (B.60.A - D.40.A.20)
LUBRICATION SYSTEM - General specification (B.60.A - D.40.A.10)
DIAGNOSTIC
Sensing system
Sensing system Oil pressure - Testing (B.60.A.95.91 - G.40.A.20)
48083 1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 2
POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

LS180.B / LS185.B / LT185.B

Capacity - with filter change
LS190.B / LT190.B
Capacity - with filter change
Engine Crankcase Oil

8.0 L (8.5 US qt)
12.0 L (12.7 US qt)

Specifications
Engine Crankcase Oil

NEW HOLLAND AMBRA SUPER GOLD HSP ENGINE
(API Service SH/CH-4)
OIL SAE 15W-40
(See Oil Viscosity/Temperature Ranges Chart)
bc04f170
Oil Viscosity/Temperature Ranges Chart
1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 3
POWER PRODUCTION - LUBRICATION SYSTEM

Test Point
N
1 Check between the housing of the
oil pressure switch and the engine
block.
Expected Result
Continuity
position. Disconnect the connector
from the engine oil pressure switch.
3 Connect the connector to the engine Approximately 0 volts
oil pressure switch. Make sure the
key switch is in the ON position with
the engine not running.
4 Start and run the engine at low idle. Approximately 12 volts
1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 4

Bad sensor internal ground
connection between the engine oil
pressure switch and the engine
block.
engine oil pressure switch and the
instrument cluster. Also check the
instrument cluster.
Bad engine oil pressure switch.
Engine oil pressure less than 70

kPa (10 psi.)
Index

48083 1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 5
48083 1 17/06/2005
B.60.A / 6
STARTING SYSTEM - 80.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48084 1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Engine starter
Engine starter - General specification (B.80.A.82 - D.40.A.10)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Engine starter
Engine starter - Sectional view (B.80.A.82 - C.10.A.30)
Engine starter - Exploded view (B.80.A.82 - C.10.A.20)
SERVICE
Engine starter
Engine starter - Electrical test (B.80.A.82 - F.40.A.50)
Engine starter - Disassemble (B.80.A.82 - F.10.A.25)
Engine starter - Visual inspection (B.80.A.82 - F.40.A.10)
13
Engine starter - Assemble (B.80.A.82 - F.10.A.20)
15
Engine starter - Preliminary test (B.80.A.82 - F.40.A.20)
25
Engine starter - Grease (B.80.A.82 - F.60.A.20)
30
Starter solenoid
Starter solenoid - Electrical test (B.80.A.83 - F.40.A.50)
31
DIAGNOSTIC
Engine starter
Engine starter - Testing (B.80.A.82 - G.40.A.20)
33
Start control
Start control Start relay - Testing (B.80.A.90.80 - G.40.A.20)
34
Start control Start switch - Testing (B.80.A.90.82 - G.40.A.20)

48084 1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 2
34
POWER PRODUCTION - STARTING SYSTEM

Number of teeth
13
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 3

B831437
1. Bolt
2. Lock washer
3. Flat washer
7. Brush holder
8. Bearing
9. Armature
4. O-ring
5. Screw
6. Cover
10. Field frame

11. Cover
12. Gasket
13. Plunger
14. Nut
15. Starter solenoid
assembly
16. Thrust washer
17. Idler gear
18. Roller (5)
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 4
19. Bearing cage

20. Spring
21. Steel ball
22. Starter drive
23. Starter drive housing

B831437
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Bolt
Lock washer
Flat washer
O-ring
Screw
Cover
Brush holder
Bearing
Engine Starter (Exploded View)

9. Armature
10. Field frame
11. Cover
12. Gasket
13. Plunger
14. Nut
15. Starter solenoid assembly
16. Thrust washer
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 5
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
Idler gear
Roller (5)
Bearing cage
Spring
Steel ball
Starter drive
Starter drive housing

1.
To test the brush holders, hold the leads of an

ohmmeter against the frame and the brush holders
that have insulation between them and the frame.
2.
The needle of the ohmmeter must not move when

touching the brush holders and the frame. If the
needle moves, replace with a new brush holder.
3.
4.
b313142
b610614
b610616
To test the field coil, hold one of the leads of an

ohmmeter against the field frame. Hold the other
lead of the ohmmeter against one of the brushes.
Look at the ohmmeter, the needle must not move.
Move the lead that is on the brush to the other
brush. Look at the ohmmeter, the needle must
not move. If the needle of the ohmmeter moves,
replace with a new field frame assembly.
Hold one of the leads of an ohmmeter against

the end of the cable, Hold the other lead of the
ohmmeter against one of the brushes. Look at the
ohmmeter, the needle must move. Move the lead
that is on the brush to the other brush. Look at the
ohmmeter, the needle must move. If the needle of
the ohmmeter does not move, replace with a new
field frame assembly.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 6

1.
2.
3.
Pull back the boot on the motor terminal. Loosen

and remove the nut and lock washer.
b330731
b330732
b330733
Loosen and remove the screws that mount the

cover to the brush holder.
Loosen and remove the bolts that mount cover to

the field frame.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 7

4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the cover.
b330735
b330736
b330737
b330738
There are two brushes connected to the field coil.

Hold back the spring and remove one brush at a
time from the brush holder.
Remove the brush holder.
Remove the field frame assembly.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 8

8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the armature.
b330739
b330740
Fasten the starter solenoid in a vise with soft jaws.

Loosen and remove the screws that hold the starter
drive housing.
Remove the starter drive housing from the starter

solenoid.
b330741
10
b330743
11
Push down on the starter drive housing to loosen

and remove the starter drive.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 9

12.
13.
14.
15.
Remove the steel ball from the starter drive. If

necessary, use a magnet to draw the steel ball out
of the starter drive.
b330744
12
b330701
13
b330702
14
b330703
15
Remove the O-ring from the groove inside the

starter drive housing.
Remove the spring.
Remove the idler gear.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 10

16.
17.
18.
19.
Remove the bearing cage.
b330704
16
b330705
17
b330706
18
b330707
19
Remove the thrust washer.
Loosen and remove the screws that mount the

cover.
If necessary, loosen the cover with a hammer.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 11

20.
21.
22.
Remove the cover.
b330708
20
b330709
21
b330710
22
Remove the plunger.
Inspect the gasket. Remove and replace the gasket

if the gasket is worn or needs repair.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 12

NOTE: All parts except the starter drive, must be cleaned using mineral spirits with a clean, dry cloth or brush.
1.
If the length of a brush that is attached to the brush

holder is less than 11 mm (7/16 in), replace with
a new brush assembly.
2.
If the length of a brush that is attached to the field

coil is less than 11 mm (7/16 in), replace with a new
3.
Use a spring scale to check the tension of the brush

springs. Pull the brush spring up until the brush
spring is just above the brush holder. The scale
indication must be between 1.8 - 4.1 kg (4 - 9 lb). If
a brush spring tension is not as specified, replace
with a new brush spring.
4.
Test the armature on an armature tester. Follow the

equipment manufacturers instructions.
5.
Place the armature on vee-blocks. Check the runout

of the armature with a dial indicator. The runout
must not be more than 0.05 mm (.002 in).
6.
If the runout is more than 0.05 mm (.002 in), use a

lathe to remove enough material for the runout to be
less than specified.
7.
Measure the diameter of the commutator. The

diameter must not be less than 35 mm (1.377 in).
If the diameter is less than specified, replace with a
new armature.
8.
If the depth of the groove between the commutator

bars is less than 0.2 mm (.008 in), cut the insulation
between the commutator bars to a depth of 0.4 - 0.8
mm (1/64 - 1/32 in). Use sandpaper to remove the
rough edges from the commutator bars.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 13
b834918
b313141

9.
Check the bearings on the armature for free rotation,

rough balls, and damage to the inner race or outer
race. If a bearing is to be replaced, use a press and
acceptable tools to remove and install the bearings.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 14

1.
2.
3.
Insert the plunger into the starter solenoid.
b330709
b330711
b330708
If the gasket was worn or needed repair, insert a

new gasket into the groove of the cover.
Align and place the cover onto the starter solenoid.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 15

4.
5.
6.
Mount the cover with screws.
b330712
b330714
b330715
Slide one bearing at a time into the bearing cage.
Lubricate the bearings, the bearing cage and the

teeth of the idler gear with a multipurpose grease.
Please refer to Engine starter - Grease (B.80.A.82
- F.60.A.20).
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 16

7.
8.
9.
Slide the thrust washer down the idler shaft.
b330834
b330835
b330836
Slide the bearing cage down onto the thrust washer.
Slide the idler gear down onto the bearing cage.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 17

10.
11.
12.
13.
Insert the spring into the housing
b330837
10
b330838
11
b330841
12
b330802
13
Lubricate a new O-ring with multipurpose grease.

Please refer to Engine starter - Grease (B.80.A.82
- F.60.A.20). Insert the new O-ring into the groove
of the starter drive housing.
Lubricate the open bearing on the starter drive

with multipurpose grease. Please refer to Engine
starter - Grease (B.80.A.82 - F.60.A.20).
Slide the starter drive into the starter drive housing.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 18

14.
15.
16.
17.
During disassembly the starter drive housing was

pushed down to pop out the starter drive. Please
refer to Engine starter - Disassemble (B.80.A.82 F.10.A.25). Flip the starter drive housing over. Push
down on the starter drive housing so the starter can
be pushed all the way back in.
b330803
14
b330804
15
b330741
16
b330805
17
Place a small amount of multipurpose grease into

the starter drive hole. Insert the steel ball into the
hole.
Connect the starter drive housing to the starter

solenoid.
Lubricate the O-ring for each starter drive screw

with multipurpose grease. Please refer to Engine
starter - Grease (B.80.A.82 - F.60.A.20). Slide
one lock washer, flat washer and O-ring onto each
starter drive screw.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 19

18.
19.
20.
21.
Mount the starter drive housing with the starter drive

screws.
b330807
18
b330740
19
b330739
20
b330738
21
Fasten the starter solenoid in a vise. Tighten the

starter drive screws. Do not overtighten.
Slide the armature into the housing.
Install the field frame assembly onto the armature.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 20

22.
23.
24.
Use the springs to hold the brushes in the brush

holder as shown.
b330808
22
b330809
23
b330810
24
Slide the brush holder into the field frame.
Pull the springs on top of the brushes connected

to the brush holder.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 21

25.
26.
27.
Install the brushes that are connected to the field

coil.
b330811
25
b330812
26
b330813
27
Use a bolt to align the brush holder with the field

frame assembly.
Move the brush holder so it is even with the end of

the armature.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 22

28.
29.
30.
Slide the cover onto the brush holder.
b330814
28
b330815
29
b330816
30
Mount the cover to the brush holder with screws.
Lubricate the O-ring for each bolt that is used to

secure the cover with multipurpose grease. Please
refer to Engine starter - Grease (B.80.A.82 F.60.A.20). Slide a lock washer, flat washer, and
one O-ring onto each bolt.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 23

31.
32.
33.
Use the bolts to mount the cover to the field frame.

Tighten the bolts. Do not overtighten.
b330818
31
b330731
32
Install the cable, lock washer, and nut onto the

motor terminal. Tighten the nut. Do not overtighten.
Pull the boot over the motor terminal.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 24

Prior operation: Before starting the No-Load Test the following testing equipment must be obtained:
(a) One Sun Electric CAS10147 Tester, an equivalent tester, or separate pieces of test equipment.
(b) One hand held tachometer to measure the speed of the armature shaft.
(c) One remote starter button to actuate the starter.
(d) One fully charged 12 volt battery to supply the electricity to turn the starter.
Prior operation: Before starting the No-Load test, check to see if:
(a) The gear on the starter drive can be pulled out of the starter housing.
(b) The starter drive can be turned. To do this, pull the gear on the starter drive out of the starter drive housing. Turn
the gear to turn the starter drive and the armature. If the starter can not be turned, disassemble the starter and
make repairs as needed.
NOTE: The starter needs to be removed from the engine before the No-Load Test can be done.
NOTE: The No-Load Test should be done at 20 C (68 F).
1.
If the Sun Electric CAS10147 is being used, turn

the AMP Range switch to (0 - 100 amps), turn the
Volt Range switch to (18 - 40 volts), flip the Volt
Lead switch to the "EXT." position and turn the Load
Control dial to the "OFF" position.
If the other test equipment is being used, connect
the test equipment according to the above procedure
and follow the manufacturers instructions.
2.
Fasten the starter in a vise or use another method

to prevent the starter from moving. This must be
done to prevent personal injury.
3.
Connect the positive battery cable to the battery

terminal on the starter solenoid and the negative
battery cable to the mounting flange of the starter.
(1) Positive battery cable
(2) Battery terminal
(3) Negative battery cable
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 25
b795328
B831430

4.
5.
6.
Connect the positive load cable to the positive post

of the battery. Connect the negative load cable to
the negative post.
(1) Positive battery cable
(2) Negative load cable
B831431
B831432
B831433
Connect the red voltmeter lead to the motor terminal

on the starter solenoid.
(1) Red voltmeter lead
(2) Motor terminal
Connect the black voltmeter lead to the mounting

flange on the starter.
(1) Black voltmeter lead
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 26

7.
8.
Fasten the ammeter clamp around the positive

battery cable so that the tip of the arrow is toward
the starter.
(1) Ammeter clamp
B831434
B831435
Connect the leads from the remote starter button to

the Battery and Switch terminals.
(1) Remote starter button
(3) Switch terminal
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 27

9.
Actuate the remote starter button and turn the load

control until the voltmeter indicates 11 volts. Do
this within 15 seconds, and then let the starter cool
for 60 seconds.
(1) Remote starter button
(2) Load control
(3) Voltmeter
(4) Ammeter
(5) Hand held tachometer
B831436
10.
Look at the ammeter it should read 200 amps

maximum. Do this within 15 seconds, and then let
the starter cool for 60 seconds. Make a record of
the ammeter indication.
11.
Use the hand held tachometer and check the

armature shaft speed, it should read 3000 RPM
(r/min) minimum. Do this within 15 seconds, and
then let the starter cool for 60 seconds. Make a
record of armature shaft speed.
12.
Release the remote starter button and turn the load

control to the "OFF" position.
13.
If the current draw and the armature shaft speed are

within the ranges under Specifications, the starter
is good.
14.
Low armature shaft speed and high current draw

are indications of too much friction. Possible causes
of too much friction are:
(a) Tight, dirty, or worn bearings.
(b) A bent armature shaft
(c) Loose pole shoes (pole shoes make contact with
the armature).
(d) A short circuit in the armature coil. Disassemble
the starter. Use an armature tester to test the
armature. Use the instructions included with the
armature test.
(e) Damaged field coil. Please refer to the test
Engine starter - Electrical test (B.80.A.82 F.40.A.50).
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 28

15.
If the armature does not rotate and the current draw

is high, possible causes are:
(a) Field terminal making contact with the field
frame. Inspect the insulators for the field terminal.
(b) Damaged field coil. Please refer to the test
Engine starter - Electrical test (B.80.A.82 F.40.A.50).
(c) Damaged bearings.
16.
If the armature does not rotate and the current draw

is zero, possible causes are:
(a) An open field circuit. Disassemble the starter
and inspect the field coil connections.
(b) An open armature coil. Disassemble the starter
and check for burned commutator bars. Use an
armature tester to test the armature. Use the
instructions included with the armature tester.
(c) Brushes not making good contact with the
commutator bars. Check for high insulation between
the commutator bars, broken brush springs, or worn
brushes.
17.
Low armature shaft speed and low current draw are

indications of:
(a) Dirt or corrosion on connections.
(b) Damaged wiring.
(c) Dirty commutator bars.
(d) An open circuit, open armature coil, brushes not
making good contact with the commutator bars.
18.
High armature shaft speed and high current draw

are indications of a short circuit in a field coil. It will
be difficult to find a short circuit in a field coil. Install
a new field coil. Do the No-Load Test again to check
for improvement in the operation of the starter.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 29

NOTE: The shaft, bearings, gears, idler shaft and spring must be lubricated every time the starter is disassembled
or the engine is removed for repairs.
1.
Use a Molykote-GN lubricant on the shaft at the

pinion end of the starter drive.
2.
Use a multipurpose grease on the bearings, gears,

idler shaft and spring.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 30

1.
To test the brush holders, hold the leads of an

ohmmeter against the frame and the brush holders
that have insulation between them and the frame.
2.
The needle of the ohmmeter must not move when

touching the brush holders and the frame. If the
needle moves, replace with a new brush holder.
3.
4.
b313142
b610614
b610616
To test the field coil, hold one of the leads of an

ohmmeter against the field frame. Hold the other
lead of the ohmmeter against one of the brushes.
Look at the ohmmeter, the needle must not move.
Move the lead that is on the brush to the other
brush. Look at the ohmmeter, the needle must
not move. If the needle of the ohmmeter moves,
replace with a new field frame assembly.
Hold one of the leads of an ohmmeter against

the end of the cable. Hold the other lead of the
ohmmeter against one of the brushes. Look at the
ohmmeter, the needle must move. Move the lead
that is on the brush to the other brush. Look at the
ohmmeter, the needle must move. If the needle of
the ohmmeter does not move, replace with a new
5.
The starter solenoid test procedure checks the

condition of the pull-in winding and the hold-in
winding in the starter solenoid. To test the starter
solenoid, remove the rubber boot, nut, lock washer
and the wire from the motor terminal.
6.
The jumper cable connected to the starter mounting

flange and the motor terminal, must have a common
connection at the negative battery post.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 31

7.
Connect a jumper cable to the positive battery post

of a fully charged 12 volts battery. Connect the
other end of the jumper cable to the battery terminal
on the starter solenoid housing.
(1) 12 Volt battery
(2) Starter
(4) Switch terminal
(5) Motor terminal
BC02J086
8.
Connect a jumper wire to the battery terminal and

the switch terminal in the starter solenoid housing.
The jumper wire must be made from No.10 or larger
wire.
9.
Connect the jumper cable with the common

connection to the starter mounting flange and the
motor terminal in the starter solenoid housing.
10.
Connect the jumper cable with the common

connection to the negative battery post. The pinion
gear on the starter drive must come all the out
rapidly and with force. This must be done within 5
seconds to prevent damage to the pull-in winding
and the hold-in winding.
11.
If the pinion gear did not come out rapidly and

with force, the pull-in winding is damaged. The
complete starter solenoid housing assembly must
be replaced.
12.
Disconnect the jumper cable from the motor terminal

in the starter solenoid housing. The pinion gear on
the starter drive must not move toward the starter
drive housing. This must be done within 5 seconds
to prevent damage to the pull-in winding and the
hold-in winding.
13.
If the pinion gear started to move toward the starter

drive housing, the hold-in winding is damaged. The
complete starter solenoid housing assembly must
be replaced.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 32

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Battery terminal of starter to ground. 12 volts
2 Have another person hold the key

switch in the START position.
Terminal for wire 625C (W) to
ground.
12 volts
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 33

Check the battery cable to the
positive post of the battery. Check
the negative battery cable and
connections from the battery to
the loader chassis. Also check the
battery.
Check the circuit between the start
solenoid on the starter motor to the
starter relay. Also check the starter
relay.

NOTE: For wiring diagram refer toWiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 01 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.01)
Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178C (B) to
ground.
Terminal for wire 623A (W) and
623B (W) to ground.
Expected Result
Continuity
12 volts

Bad ground circuit through wire
178C (B)..
START terminal of the key switch,
through the start interlock relay
contacts to the start relay coil.
fuse block No. 1. Check the circuit
from the 5 amp fuse through the
seat switch and the seat belt switch
to the start interlock relay coil.
Also check the ignition switch.
Also check wire 120B (R) from the
start relay to the starter.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Use acceptable tools and remove Approximately 0 volts
the ignition switch panel from
the overhead compartment. Use
caution to ensure that the terminals
of the switch do not come in contact
with the loader frame.
Place the key switch in the OFF
position.
Check between the terminals
marked IGN, ACC, and START to
ground.

Bad ignition key switch.
2 Check between the terminal marked Approximately 12 volts

BATT and ground.
Check the circuit to the 15 amp fuse

in the rear fuse block No. 1.
Also check the 15 amp fuse.
Also check for continuity from the
rear fuse block No. 1. to the start
relay terminal for wire 120D (R).
3 Make sure the seat belt is not

fastened then place the key switch
in the ON position.
Check the IGN terminal of the key
switch to ground.
4 Check the ACC terminal of the key
switch to ground.
Check the START terminal of the
key switch to ground.
6 Check the ACC terminal of the key
switch to ground.
1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 34
Index
15
30
25

33
13
34
34


48084 1 17/06/2005
B.80.A / 35
31
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48077 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
POWER TRAIN
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48085 1 17/06/2005
C
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling
C.10.B
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic
C.20.F

48085 1 17/06/2005
C
POWER TRAIN - C
POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling - 10.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48086 1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
Drive plate
Drive plate - Torque (C.10.B.45 - D.20.A.10)
SERVICE
Pump drive
Pump drive - Remove (C.10.B.40 - F.10.A.10)
Pump drive - Visual inspection (C.10.B.40 - F.40.A.10)
Pump drive - Install (C.10.B.40 - F.10.A.15)
48086 1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 2
POWER TRAIN - POWER COUPLING Fixed coupling

LS180.B / LS185.B
Bolts for pump drive flange (Apply Loctite 243 to the
threads)
Bolts for engine adapter
Screws for pump drive coupler hub
(Apply Loctite 243 to the set screws)
Bolts for tandem pump mounting
Bolts for pump support bracket
Upper
Lower
Pump support bracket to tandem pump
mounting bolts
/ LT185.B Machines
39 - 43 Nm (29 - 32 lb ft)
81 - 109 Nm (60 - 78 lb ft)
50 - 54 Nm (37 - 40 lb ft)
122 Nm (90 lb ft)
122 Nm (90 lb ft)
95 Nm (70 lb ft)
122 Nm (90 lb ft)
LS190.B / LT190.B Machines

Bolts for Pump Drive Flange (Apply Loctite 243 to the
39 - 43 Nm (29 - 32 lb ft)
threads)
Bolts for pump mounting plate
47 - 61 Nm (35 - 45 lb ft)
Set screws for pump drive coupler hub (Apply Loctite
50 - 54 Nm (37 - 40 lb ft)
243 to the threads)
Bolts for pump support bracket
Upper
122 Nm (90 lb ft)
Lower
60 Nm (45 lb ft)
Pump support bracket to tandem pump
122 Nm (90 lb ft)
mounting bolts
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 3

NOTE: Refer to Figure 1 for this procedure.

NOTE: Steps 1 - 20 are the Fixed Coupling Removal procedure for the LS180.B / LS185.B / LT185.B Machines .
Steps 21 - 37 are the Fixed Coupling Removal procedure for the LS190.B. / LT190.B Machines .
1.

from the floorplate and the cover. Remove the
floorplate and the cover to allow the tandem pump
assembly to be moved forward.
2.
Remove the cap from the hydraulic reservoir. Install

the adapter.
3.
Connect a vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir

Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).
4.
5.
Tag, mark, and disconnect the hydraulic hoses

located on the tandem pump assembly (1) and the
gear pump. Tags should indicate front, or rear pump
to aid in installation.
6.
Install environmental plugs on all disconnected

hydraulic fittings and plugs on hoses to prevent
contamination of the hydraulic system and loss of
hydraulic oil.
7.
8.
Disconnect the control linkage from the servo

controls on the tandem pump.
9.
Tag, mark and unplug all of the electrical connectors

from the tandem pump (1).
10.
Install a lifting sling around the tandem pump

assembly (1) and secure the sling to acceptable
lifting equipment.
11.
Loosen and remove the four tandem pump mounting

bolts and washers from the tandem pump mounting
flange and the four mounting bolts and washers in
the pump support bracket.
12.
Lift and disengage the tandem pump (1) from the

engine adapter (4), and the input shaft from the
pump drive element (6). Move the tandem pump
(1) away from the engine adapter (4) to allow for
access for removal of the engine adapter (4).
13.
If space to work is not satisfactory, consider

removing the complete tandem pump assembly (1)
from the unit.
14.
Connect acceptable lifting equipment to the engine.
15.
Loosen and remove the engine adapter mounting

bolts (15), nuts (16), and washers (18 and 19).
16.
Apply tension to the lifting equipment to allow the

front of the engine to raise slightly.
17.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (2, 10, and

11) and washers (3) from the engine adapter (4).
18.
Remove the engine adapter (4) from the engine

housing (9).
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 4

19.
Loosen and remove the bolts (5) and washers (12)

from the pump drive flange (6). Remove the pump
drive flange (6) from the flywheel (8) and the engine
housing (9).
20.
Loosen and remove the set screws from the pump

drive coupler hub (7) and remove the pump drive
coupler hub (7) from the tandem pump (1) input
shaft.
BS04E023
1. Tandem pump
2. Bolt (M12 x 100 mm)
3. Washer
4. Engine adapter
LS180.B / LS185.B / LT185.B Drive Coupling Installation

8. Flywheel
14. Dimension from pump flange to
hub face
9. Housing
15. Bolt (M16 x 110 mm)
16. Nut
10. Bolt (M12 x 120 mm)
17. Engine mount assembly
11. Bolt (M12 x 140 mm)
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 5
5. Cap screw
6. Pump drive flange
7. Pump drive coupler hub
21.

12. Belleville spring
18. Washer
13. PIN
19. Washer

from the floorplate and the cover. Remove the
floorplate and the cover to allow the tandem pump
assembly to the moved forward.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 2.

22.
Remove the cap from the hydraulic reservoir. Install

the adapter.
23.
Connect a vacuum pump to the hydraulic reservoir

Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).
24.
25.
Tag, mark, and disconnect the hydraulic hoses

located on the tandem pump assembly (1) and the
gear pump. Tags should indicate front, or rear pump
to aid in installation.
26.
Install environmental plugs on all disconnected

hydraulic fittings and plugs on hoses to prevent
contamination of the hydraulic system and loss of
hydraulic oil.
27.
28.
Disconnect the control linkage from the servo

controls on the tandem pump.
29.
Tag, mark and unplug all of the electrical connectors

from the tandem pump (1).
30.
Install a lifting sling around the tandem pump

assembly (1) and secure the sling to acceptable
lifting equipment.
31.
Loosen and remove the four tandem pump mounting

bolts and washers from the tandem pump mounting
flange and the four mounting bolts and washers in
the pump support bracket.
32.
Lift and disengage the tandem pump (1) from the

pump mounting plate(4), and the input shaft from the
pump drive element (6). Move the tandem pump (1)
away from the pump mounting plate (4) to allow for
access for removal of the pump mounting plate (4).
33.
If space to work is not satisfactory, consider

removing the complete tandem pump assembly (1)
from the unit.
34.
Loosen and remove the pump mounting plate bolts

(2) and washers (3).
35.
Remove the pump mounting plate.
36.
Loosen and remove the bolts (5) and washers (10)

from the pump drive flange (6). Remove the pump
drive flange (6) from the flywheel (8) and the engine
housing (9).
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 6

37.
Loosen and remove the set screws from the pump

drive coupler hub (7) and remove the pump drive
coupler hub (7) from the tandem pump (1) input
shaft.
BS04E022
1. Tandem pump
2. Bolt
3. Washer
4. Pump mounting plate
LS190.B / LT190.B Drive Coupling Installation

9. Housing
5. Cap screw
10. Washer
hub face
8. Flywheel
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 7

1.
Inspect the pump drive flange (6) for cracks or any

other damage. Inspect the splines on the pump
drive flange (6) for wear or any other damage. Use
new parts as required.
2.
Inspect the pump drive coupler hub (7) for cracks

or any other damage. Inspect the splines on the
inside and outside of the pump drive coupler hub
(7) for wear or any other damage. Use new parts
as required.
3.
Inspect the engine adapter (4) for cracks or any

other damage. Use new parts as required.
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 8


NOTE: Steps 1 - 21 are the Fixed Coupling Install procedure for the LS180.B / LS185.B / LT185.B Machines . Steps
22 - 39 are the Fixed Coupling Install procedure for the LS190.B. / LT190.B Machines .
1.
Install the pump drive coupler hub (7) onto the

tandem pump (1) input shaft.
(1) Dimension from pump flange to outer hub face
BS04E024
2.
The outer face of the pump drive coupler hub should

extend 56.5 mm (2.23 in) from pump mounting
flange as shown in Figure 1. Tighten the pump drive
coupler hub set screws 50 - 54 Nm (37 - 40 lb ft).
3.
Install the pump drive flange (6) onto the flywheel

(8). Install the mounting bolts (5) and washers (12)
into the pump drive flange (6). Tighten the mounting
bolts (5) to a torque of 39 - 43 Nm (29 - 32 lb ft).
4.
Install the engine adapter (4) onto the engine

housing (9). Install the mounting bolts (2, 10 and
11) and washers (3) into the correct locations in the
engine adapter as indicated in Figure 2. Tighten the
mounting bolts (2, 10, and 11) to a torque of 81 109 Nm (60 - 78 lb ft).
5.
Install the engine mount assemblies (17) onto the

engine adapter (4)
6.
Lower the front of the engine to allow the engine

adapter mounting bolts (15), washers (18 and 19),
and nuts (16) to be installed into the engine adapter
(4). Tighten the mounting bolts (15) to a torque of
217 - 265 Nm (180 - 220 lb ft).
7.
Remove the lifting equipment from the engine.
8.
Move the tandem pump (1) towards the engine.

Engage the splines of the pump drive coupler hub
(7) with the splines in the pump drive flange (6).
9.
Apply Loctite 243 to all of the pump and support

mounting bolts except for the 2 bottom support
mounting bolts.
10.
Install the four tandem pump mounting bolts and

washers into the tandem pump mounting flange at
the four mounting bolts and washers in the pump
support bracket.
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 9

11.
Tighten the four pump flange to engine adapter (4)

bolts to a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft). Tighten the
two lower pump support bracket to engine adapter
(4) bolts to a torque of 4 Nm (35 lb in). Use a soft
faced hammer and tap the pump support bracket
until it contacts the pump mounting surface. Tighten
the two upper pump support bracket to engine
adapter (4) bolts to a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft).
Tighten the two lower pump support bracket to the
engine adapter (4) bolts to a torque of 95 Nm (70 lb
ft). Tighten the pump support to tandem pump (1)
bolts to a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft).
12.
Remove the lifting equipment from the tandem

pump (1).
13.
Connect all of the electrical connectors to the

tandem pump (1) electrical connections.
14.
Connect the control linkage to the servo control

controls on the tandem pump (1).
15.
Start the vacuum pump Reservoir - Apply vacuum

(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).
16.
Remove the caps and plugs from the hydraulic

fittings and hoses. Connect and tighten all of
hydraulic hoses to the tandem pump (1) and the
gear pump.
17.
Stop the vacuum pump and remove the vacuum

pump from the reservoir. Install the cap on the
reservoir.
18.
Install the floorplate and the cover. Install the

floorplate and cover mounting bolts and tighten the
bolts.
19.

20.
Stop the engine.
21.

add hydraulic oil as required Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10).
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 10
BS04E023
1. Tandem pump
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Bolt (M12 x 100 mm)

Washer
Engine adapter
Cap screw
Pump drive flange
Pump drive coupler hub

8. Flywheel
hub face
9. Housing
15. Bolt (M16 x 110 mm)
16. Nut
10. Bolt (M12 x 120 mm)
17. Engine mount assembly
11. Bolt (M12 x 140 mm)
12. Belleville spring
18. Washer
13. PIN
19. Washer
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 11

22.
Install the pump drive coupler hub (7) onto the

tandem pump (1) input shaft.

(1) Dimension from pump flange to outer hub face
BS04E024
23.

extend 56.5 mm (2.23 in) from the pump mounting
24.
Install the pump drive flange (6) onto the flywheel

into the pump drive flange (6). Tighten the mounting
25.
Install the pump mounting plate onto the housing

into the pump mounting plate. Tighten the mounting
26.
Move the tandem pump (1) towards the engine.

(7) with the splines in the pump drive flange (6).
27.

mounting bolts except the two bottom support
mounting bolts.
28.
Install the four tandem pump mounting bolts and

washers into the tandem pump mounting flange and
the four mounting bolts and washers in the pump
support bracket.
29.
Tighten the four pump flange to pump mounting

plate (4) bolts to a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft).
Tighten the two lower pump support bracket to
engine adapter (4) bolts to a torque of 4 Nm (35 lb
in). Use a soft faced hammer and tap the pump
support bracket until it contacts the pump mounting
surface. Tighten the two upper pump support
bracket to pump mounting plate (4) bolts to a torque
of 122 Nm (90 lb ft). Tighten the two lower pump
support bracket to pump mounting plate (4) bolts
to a torque of 60 Nm (45 lb ft). Tighten the pump
support to tandem pump (1) bolts to a torque of 122
Nm (90 lb ft).
30.

pump (1).
31.
Connect all of the electrical connectors to the

tandem pump (1) electrical connections.
32.
Connect the control linkage to the servo control

controls on the tandem pump (1).
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 12

33.

vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).
34.

hydraulic hoses to the tandem pump (1) and the
gear pump.
35.

reservoir.
36.
Install the floorplate and the cover. Install the

floorplate and cover mounting bolts and tighten the
bolts.
37.

and check for any leaks. Refer to TRANSMISSION
Hydrostatic - Startup test (C.20.F - F.40.A.21)
38.
Stop the engine.
39.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10).
BS04E022
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 13
1. Tandem pump
2. Bolt
3. Washer
4. Pump mounting plate
LS190.B / LT190.B Drive Coupling Installation

9. Housing
5. Cap screw
10. Washer
hub face
8. Flywheel
1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 14
Index
POWER TRAIN - C
3


48086 1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 15
48086 1 17/06/2005
C.10.B / 16
POWER TRAIN - C
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - 20.F
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48087 1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 1
Contents
POWER TRAIN - C
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Special tools (C.20.F - D.20.A.40)
Pump
Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20 - D.40.A.10)
Pump - Torque (C.20.F.20 - D.20.A.10)
Motor
Motor - General specification (C.20.F.28 - D.40.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Motor - Torque (C.20.F.28 - D.20.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
FUNCTIONAL DATA
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - External view (C.20.F - C.10.A.40)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Exploded view (C.20.F - C.10.A.20)
LT185.B, LT190.B
SERVICE
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Check (C.20.F - F.45.A.10)
10
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Cleaning (C.20.F - F.30.A.10)
11
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Startup test (C.20.F - F.40.A.21)
13
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Travel adjust (C.20.F - F.45.A.45)
14
Command
Command Steering command - Adjust (C.20.F.05.06 - F.45.A.01)
15
Relief valve
Relief valve - Pressure test (C.20.F.16 - F.40.A.30)
19
Pump
Pump - Travel adjust (C.20.F.20 - F.45.A.45)
21
Pump - Disassemble (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.25)

48087 1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 2
22
Pump - Assemble (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.20)
24
Pump Right hand pump - Disassemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25)
25
Pump Right hand pump - Visual inspection (C.20.F.20.21 - F.40.A.10)
45
Pump Right hand pump - Measure (C.20.F.20.21 - F.40.A.16)
46
Pump Right hand pump - Assemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.20)
47
Pump Left hand pump - Disassemble (C.20.F.20.20 - F.10.A.25)
65
Pump Left hand pump - Visual inspection (C.20.F.20.20 - F.40.A.10)
66
Pump Left hand pump - Measure (C.20.F.20.20 - F.40.A.16)
67
Pump Left hand pump - Assemble (C.20.F.20.20 - F.10.A.20)
68
Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10)
69
72
Pump - Install (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.15)

Motor
Motor - Disassemble (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.25)
75
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Motor - Assemble (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.20)
91
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Motor - Remove (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.10)
107
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
108
Motor - Install (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.15)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
109
LT185.B, LT190.B
111

LT185.B, LT190.B
DIAGNOSTIC
TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Troubleshooting (C.20.F - G.40.A.10)

48087 1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 3
113
POWER TRAIN - TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic

B877558M_1
CAS-1804 Pressure Test Kit
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 4

Hydrostatic Pump
Manufacturer
Type
Model
Displacement
Pump Control Style
System Relief Pressure (Forward and Reverse)
Charge Oil Source
Charge Pump Displacement
Charge Pressure
Charge Flow (Approximate at Rated Engine RPM)

Rated Pump Speed
Pump Flow at Rated Engine RPM
Pump RPM/Engine RPM Ratio
Sauer Sundstrand
Tandem Axial Piston
46
46 cc (2.81 in)
Servo
35,991 kPa
(5250 psi)
Integral Pump
22.9 cc
(1.40 in)
2482 kPa
(24.8 bar)
(360 psi)
52.6 litre/min
(13.9 gpm)
2350 RPM
106 litre/min
(28 gpm)
1:1
Pump - Torque (C.20.F.20 - D.20.A.10)

Bolts that hold pumps together

Orifice
Bypass valve
Bolts for servo piston covers
3/8 inch Special bolts for cover
7/16 inch Special bolts for cover
Tandem Pump Mounting Bolts
91 - 111 Nm (67 - 82 lb ft)

0.9 - 1.3 Nm (8 - 12 lb in)
9 - 13 Nm (84 - 120 lb in)
11 - 15 Nm (96 - 132 lb in)
53 - 64 Nm (39 - 47 lb ft)
81 - 100 Nm (60 - 74 lb ft)
Tighten the four pump flange to engine adapter bolts to
a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft). Tighten the two lower
pump support bracket to engine adapter bolts to a torque
of 4 Nm (35 lb in). Use a soft faced hammer and tap
the pump support bracket until it contacts the pump
mounting surface. Tighten the two upper pump support
bracket to engine adapter bolts to a torque of 122 Nm
(90 lb ft). Tighten the two lower pump support bracket
to the engine adapter bolts to a torque of 95 Nm (70 lb
ft). Tighten the pump support to tandem pump bolts to a
torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 5

LT185.B, LT190.B
LT185.B / LT190.B Hydrostatic Final Drive Motors

Rexroth
Manufacturer
Type
Radial Piston
Model
GRM8 (with 3.66:1 reduction)
Maximum Displacement
310 cc (18.9 in)
Minimum Displacement
200 cc (12.2 in)
Motor Planetary Reduction
3.7:1
Motor Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor Maximum 342 RPM
(100% VE) Displacement
530 RPM
Motor Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor Minimum
Displacement
Motor Torque Maximum Displacement and Relief
1703 Nm (1256 lb ft)
Pressure
Motor Torque Minimum Displacement and Relief
1098 Nm (810 lb ft)
Pressure
94 RPM
Sprocket Hub Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor
Maximum (100% VE) Displacement
146 RPM
Sprocket Hub Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor
Sprocket Hub Torque Maximum Displacement and Relief 6229 Nm (4595 lb ft)
Pressure
Yes
Shuttle Valve
Shuttle Oil Flow (Per Motor)
7.6 L/min (2.0 US gpm)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Hydrostatic Drive Motors

(Single Speed and 2 Speed)
Manufacturer
Type
Model
Maximum Displacement
Rexroth
Radial Piston
MCR05
470 cc
(28.7 in)
283 cc
(High Speed Range)
(17.2 in)
Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor Maximum (100% Low Speed Range 240 RPM
VE) Displacement
High Speed Range 400 RPM
LS180.B / LS185.B Machines
Speed at Rated Engine RPM at Motor Maximum (100% Low Speed Range 238 RPM
VE) Displacement
High Speed Range 396 RPM
LS190.B Machines
Torque
2424 Nm
Maximum Displacement and Relief Pressure
1788 ft/lbs
LS180.B / LS185.B / LS190.B Machines

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Drive Motor/Brake Assembly Mounting Bolts
122 - Nm (90 - lb ft) plus turn 60 degress -
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 6

LT185.B, LT190.B
Final Drive Motor/Brake Assembly Mounting Bolts
Initial Torque 67 - 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft) Tighten in

Star Pattern
Final Torque 183 - 205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft) Tighten in
Star Pattern
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 7

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
HI01E018_1
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 8

LT185.B, LT190.B
bs05c163_1

(2) Right Hand Final Drive Motor
(3) Left Hand Final Drive Motor
LT185.B / LT190.B Hydrostatic System

(4) Gear Pump
(5) Manifold
(6) Brake/Two Speed Valve
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 9

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Check the oil level, type, and grade in the hydraulic

reservoir. Refer to PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM - General specification
(A.10.A - D.40.A.10) PRIMARY HYDRAULIC
POWER SYSTEM - Capacity (A.10.A - D.40.A.20)
PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM General specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10) for
correct oil type and capacity.
2.
Check hydraulic oil filter condition and change as

necessary. See Operators Manual for procedure.
3.
Check control linkage for correct operation. Refer

to STEERING Steering clutch - Travel adjust
(D.20.F - F.45.A.45) STEERING Steering clutch Travel adjust (D.20.F - F.45.A.45)for adjustment.
4.
Check drive chain tension.
5.
Check that the tires are correct for the application

and surface, same size, and correctly inflated. See
operators manual for inflation pressure.
6.
Flotation tires are designed for dirt, when used on

concrete surfaces they can cause resistance when
steering.
7.
Check for correct balance and counter weights for

attachments and machine application.
NOTE: This is a Skid Steer. More weight is to be carried

by one pair of tires (front or rear) depending on the
application or portion of the duty cycle. This allows the
tires with the lighter load to skid easily when turning.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 10

The hydrostatic system is a closed loop made up of the charging pump, piston pump, drive motors and the hoses
between these components. The hydraulic cooler and reservoir are also part of the closed loop system. Any
contamination in the hydrostatic system will stay in the closed loop, and probably cause damage. If the piston
pump or a motor in the hydrostatic system is removed for repair or replacement, you must clean the hydrostatic
system. If any contamination is left in the closed loop, the contamination will damage the remaining components of
the hydrostatic system.
1.
Remove the piston pumps and at least the motor

in the circuit that failed. If there is a quantity of
contamination present, removal of the opposite
pump and motor is also required.
2.
Disassemble, clean, and inspect the piston pumps

and motor(s).
3.
Clean all hoses and tubes in the hydrostatic system.

Remove each hose and tube from the machine.
Flush and clean the hoses and tubes with hot soapy
water. Hang and allow them to air dry. Hoses and
tubes must be dry before installing.
4.
Install, inspected and repaired, or new piston pumps

and motors.
5.
6.
Make sure that the hydraulic system is clean so that

the charge pump will not cause new contamination
in the closed loop. Remember that the oil cooler
may have internal passages that can trap and hold
contamination that can be dislodged later and cause
a repeat failure.
NOTE: THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE SHOULD

BE USED FOR CLEANING HOSES, TUBES, AND
FITTINGS.
It is recommended that hoses, tubes and fittings be
cleaned with a steam cleaner and dried with compressed
air.
7.
Fasten the parts to a rack in a position as near to

vertical as possible. This will allow water to drain
as you flush parts.
8.
Clean the exterior surfaces of the parts thoroughly.
9.
Clean the interior surfaces of the parts. Use hot

water and soap first. Then use clean hot water to
rinse.
NOTE: If the steam cleaner does not have a soap

injection system, spray an oil solvent into the parts. This
will dissolve the oil film that holds contaminants inside the
parts. Then use clean hot water to rinse.
10.
Fasten the parts in the rack so that the parts can be

flushed from opposite ends. Repeat steps 8 an 9.
11.
Use compressed air to dry the inside of each part.

Dry the parts from both ends to make sure all of the
water is removed.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 11

12.
Install caps or plugs in the ends of each hose, tube

or fitting as soon as the parts are dry. This will
prevent entry of contaminants. Remove the caps or
plugs from the part only when the part is in position
in the machine and you are ready to make the
connection.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 12

1.
Prior to installation, inspect the pump, motor, hoses,

adapters, and fittings for cleanliness. Check for
proper pump rotation.
2.
Install the pump and/or motor with attaching parts

on the machine. Be sure to install hoses properly
without twisting. See figure 1.
hs01d069
3.
Fill reservoir with recommended clean hydraulic

oil. Refer to the following: Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
4.
Install a 40 bar (600 PSI) pressure gauge with a

dampener valve in the charge pressure test port.
5.
Disconnect the wire from the shutoff solenoid on

the injection pump.
6.
Center the control lever on the pump to insure the

pump is in neutral.
IMPORTANT: Raise the machine up on supports until the

tires are up off of the floor. This will allow the ground drive
to be operated to get the air out of the system. Clear the
area of all unauthorized personnel and operate the starter
from the operators seat.
NOTE: Cranking the engine will get hydraulic oil into the
circuit without harming the components.
7.
Crank the engine until pressure starts to build on

the gauge.
8.
Connect the wire for the fuel injection pump.
9.
Start the engine and run at low idle until the 40

bar (600 PSI) pressure gauge rises and stabilizes
above the minimum pressure specified in the charge
pressure test.
10.
After proper charge pressure has been reached,

increase engine to full throttle and operate system to
its fullest travel in all directions. If charge pressure
remains stable, the system is satisfactory.
11.
Stop the engine. Remove the pressure gauge and

reinstall the plug. Check all fittings for leaks.
12.
Check oil level in the reservoir. Refer to the

following: Reservoir - Filling (A.10.A.22 F.60.A.10) Add hydraulic oil as required.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 13

The hydrostatic pump is controlled with a hydraulic servo control valve that uses oil from
the charge pump to move the servo piston. This valve is spring centered to a neutral
position in which the charge pump oil is blocked from both ends of the servo piston and
at the same time both ends of servo piston are connected to tank through the pump case
drain. For the machine to track equally, the hydraulic servo control valve must be properly
adjusted. Use the following procedure to adjust the hydraulic servo control valve:
1.
2.
Disconnect the positive terminal of the Neutral

Override Solenoid (brake) valve from the chassis
harness.
3.
Connect the positive terminal of the neutral override

solenoid to a 12 volt power source.
4.
Start and run engine at full throttle.
5.
Loosen the lock bolt (1) for the servo control

adjustment bracket (2). Move the bracket in one
direction until the tires just begin to rotate in one
direction and mark the position of the bracket. Move
the bracket in the opposite direction until the tires
just begin to rotate in the opposite direction and
mark the position of the bracket. Repeat the above
steps to assure that the proper bracket position was
marked. Center the adjustment bracket between
the marks and tighten the lock bolt. Securely hold
the bracket in position when tightening the lock bolt
to prevent movement caused by the bolt head.
BS99F194
6.
After the bracket has been secured in position,

gradually move the pump control lever away from
the centered position in both directions. The servo
control adjustment bracket is properly adjusted
when an even amount of lever travel is required to
begin tire rotation in both directions.
7.
Repeat steps 5 and 6 as necessary to attain the

centering position.
8.
Stop the engine. Repeat steps 4 through 7 for the

other pump.
9.
Remove the jumper wire connected to the neutral

override solenoid.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 14

If the machine creeps (tires or tracks rotate slowly with the steering control in neutral)
and the transmissions make a noise indicating that they are being slightly stroked the
steering controls may need adjustment.
1.
Raise and securely block the machine with the

wheels or tracks off the ground so that the wheels
or track will rotate freely.
2.
Remove any attachments from the boom. Raise the

boom and engage the locking pins (1) so that the
boom is resting on the locking pins (1).
3.
OPS85101
OPS85207
4825-09
Raise the operators seat and latch in the raised

position.
ATTENTION: Never work under the operator seat in the

raised position unless it is securely latched in the raised
position.
4.
The seat support rod (1) shown in the latched (2)

position.
ATTENTION: Make sure the seat is properly latched

before working under the seat assembly.
5.
Before making any adjustments, make sure there is

no binding of the control linkage, shock absorbers
etc.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 15

6.
Start and run the engine and stroke the control

levers in each direction (forward and reverse) and
allow then to return to the neutral position. The
wheels or tracks should come to a complete stop
with the engine running. If one side or the other
continues to move, adjustment is required on the
side that is moving.
7.
Stop the engine.
NOTE: Refer to Figure 4 for the following procedure.

8.
Loosen and remove the bolts (7) nuts (9) washers

(10) and spacers (8) from each end of the left
hand control linkage (14) and the right hand control
linkage (1).
9.
Remove the left hand control linkage (14) from the

left hand arm (17) and left hand plate (18).
10.
Remove the right hand control linkage (1) from the

right hand arm (6) and left hand plate (4).
11.
Check the right hand and left hand centering plates

(11 and 19) to make sure that they are in the right
hand and left hand neutral cam position (13 and 21)
on the right hand and left hand bearing (12 and 20).
12.
If the right hand and left hand centering plates (11

and 19) are not in the right hand and left hand
neutral cam position (13 and 21) on the right hand
and left hand bearing (12 and 20) loosen the bolt
(22) and adjust the shaft (23) until the right hand
and left hand centering plates (11 and 19) are in the
right hand and left hand neutral cam position (13
and 21) on the right hand and left hand bearing (12
and 20). Tighten the bolt (22) on the shaft (23).
13.
The right and hand pump control levers (5 and 16)

have there own centering spring and will return to
the neutral position.
14.
Loosen the lock nuts (3) on the left and right hand
rod ends (2 and 15).
15.
Adjust the length of the right and left hand control

linkage (1 and 14) until the bolts (7) will slide into
the holes without binding on the right and left hand
plate (4 and 18) and the right and left hand arm (6
and 17).
16.
After the length of the right and left hand control

linkage (1 and 14) is adjusted correctly install the
bolts (7) spacers (8) washers (10) and nuts (9).
Tighten the bolts and nuts (7 and 9).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 16
bs04n041_1
(1) Right Hand Control Linkage

(2) Right Hand Rod End
(3) Lock Nut
(4) Right Hand Plate
(5) Right Hand Pump Control Lever
Transmission Centering
(9) Nut
(10) Washer
(11) Right Hand Centering Plate
(12) Right Hand Bearing
(13) Right Hand Neutral Cam Position
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 17
(17) Left Hand Arm

(18) Left Hand Plate
(19) Left Hand Centering Plate
(20) Left Hand Bearing
(21) Left Hand Neutral Cam Position
(6) Right Hand Arm

(7) Bolt
(8) Spacer
Transmission Centering
(14) Left Hand Control Linkage
(15) Left Hand Rod End
(16) Left Hand Pump Control Lever
17.
Start and run the engine and check for wheel

or track movement. Stop the engine. If further
adjustment is required, repeat the above steps.
18.
Place the operators seat in the operating position.

Start the engine and lower the boom to the ground.
Lower the machine to the ground.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 18
(22) Bolt
(23) Shaft
(24) Shock Absorber

IMPORTANT: It is important to raise and block the machine securely off of the ground so the wheels or tracks are
not in contact with the ground in case the park brakes would fail to hold during the test procedure.
1.
Raise the machine until the wheels or tracks are

completely off the ground. Securely block the
machine in the raised position.
2.
Raise the operators seat and securely latch the seat

in the raised position.
3.
Connect a 690 bar (10 000 psi) pressure gauge to

the test port. See the illustration.
NOTE: To create a hydrostatic stall the park brakes must

applied. If the park brakes are not applied, push the park
brake button and apply the park brakes.
bs05f029
4.

Override Solenoid / Brake valve from the chassis
harness and connect the positive terminal of the
Neutral Override Solenoid / Brake valve to a 12 volt
power source.
5.
If the hydraulic oil is not at operating temperature,

run the engine at full throttle and hold the bucket
control lever in the ROLLBACK position for 5
seconds. Then return the bucket control lever to
NEUTRAL for 5 seconds. Repeat this cycle until the
temperature of the oil is at least 52C (125F).
6.
Increase the engine speed to full throttle. Move the

control lever for the circuit being tested one half
the distance of full travel and watch the pressure
gauge. When the pressure gauge stops increasing,
read the pressure gauge and move the control lever
to NEUTRAL.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 19

7.
Refer to : Pump - General specification (C.20.F.20

- D.40.A.10) for the relief valve specifications. The
correct pressure is the gauge reading minus the
charge pressure. If the pressure is not correct, use
a new circuit relief valve. You can temporarily repair
a forward circuit by interchanging a functioning
reverse circuit relief valve with the forward circuit
relief valve. A faulty circuit relief valve must be
replaced with new circuit relief valves. See the
illustration below.
bs05f030
8.
After the test and repairs has been completed,

remove the jumper wire connected to the Neutral
Override Solenoid / Brake valve.
9.
Lower the operators seat to the operating position.
10.
Remove the blocks and lower the machine to the

ground.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 20

The hydrostatic pump is controlled with a hydraulic servo control valve that uses oil from
the charge pump to move the servo piston. This valve is spring centered to a neutral
position in which the charge pump oil is blocked from both ends of the servo piston and
at the same time both ends of servo piston are connected to tank through the pump case
drain. For the machine to track equally, the hydraulic servo control valve must be properly
adjusted. Use the following procedure to adjust the hydraulic servo control valve:
1.
2.

Override Solenoid (brake) valve from the chassis
harness.
3.
Connect the positive terminal of the neutral override

solenoid to a 12 volt power source.
4.
Start and run engine at full throttle.
5.
Loosen the lock bolt (1) for the servo control

adjustment bracket (2). Move the bracket in one
direction until the tires just begin to rotate in one
direction and mark the position of the bracket. Move
the bracket in the opposite direction until the tires
just begin to rotate in the opposite direction and
mark the position of the bracket. Repeat the above
steps to assure that the proper bracket position was
marked. Center the adjustment bracket between
the marks and tighten the lock bolt. Securely hold
the bracket in position when tightening the lock bolt
to prevent movement caused by the bolt head.
BS99F194
6.
After the bracket has been secured in position,

gradually move the pump control lever away from
the centered position in both directions. The servo
control adjustment bracket is properly adjusted
when an even amount of lever travel is required to
begin tire rotation in both directions.
7.
Repeat steps 5 and 6 as necessary to attain the

centering position.
8.
Stop the engine. Repeat steps 4 through 7 for the

other pump.
9.
Remove the jumper wire connected to the neutral

override solenoid.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 21

Some types of failures will require the disassembly of the tandem pump for cleaning and inspection. If there is
failure in the drive motors or tandem pump, disassemble both the rear and front pumps, the drive motors, and all
hoses between the pumps and drive motors.
1.
Remove the bolts that fasten the pumps together.
NOTE: During assembly, tighten the bolts to the torque of

91 - 111 Nm (67 - 82 lb ft).
2.
3.
BD01H182
BD01H183
BD01H184
Remove the nut and bracket from the stud.
Separate the pumps.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 22

4.
Replace the O-rings (37) and (38) and back-up ring

(39).
BD01H185
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 23

1.
Assemble the pumps in the reverse order of

separating the pumps.
NOTE: Follow the special torque instructions.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 24

NOTE: Some of the photos in the following procedure may appear slightly different than the model you are repairing.
The procedure is the same.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the charge pump cover. Note the position

of the charge pump cover pin (36) for use during
assembly.
BD01H186
BD01H187
BD01H188
Remove the coupling from the inner gear.
Remove the inner gear from the outer gear.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 25

4.
5.
6.
Remove the outer gear from the charge pump cover.
BD01H189
BD01H192
BD01H190
Remove the bolt stud.
Remove the special bolts from the cover.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 26

7.
8.
9.
Remove the cover, the gasket, and the shaft

assembly.
BD01H191
BD01H193
BD01H194
Remove the swash plate.
Remove the retainer and the pistons.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 27

10.
11.
Remove the guide.
BD01H195
10
BD01H196
11
BD01H198
12
Remove the cylinder block.
NOTE: Do not disassemble the cylinder block.
12.
Do not to lose the three pins that are inserted into

the cylinder block. They must stay in position.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 28

13.
14.
15.
Remove the wear plate (26).
BD01H197_2
13
BD01H199
14
BD01H200
15
Remove the gasket.
Remove the snap ring from the seal.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 29

16.
17.
18.
19.
Fasten the cover in a vise with soft jaws. Use a

prybar to remove the seal.
B518721
16
B518724
17
B518727
18
B518840
19
Remove the snap ring from the groove, just above

the ball bearing.
Push the shaft out of the cover. Inspect the bearing

on the shaft. Replace if necessary.
Inspect the bearings on the cover. If the tan surface

has worn through to the dark base, use new
bearings.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 30

20.
21.
22.
Remove the screws from the cover.
BD01H201
20
BD01H202
21
BD01H203
22
Pull out the piston assembly from the housing.
Remove and discard the gasket.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 31

23.
24.
Fasten the piston assembly in a vise with soft jaws.

Hold the special bolt in place. Remove the special
nut. Ensure that the special bolt does not turn while
removing the special nut.
BD01H229
23
BD01H230
24
BD01H231
25
Measure the distance between the top of the special

bolt and the cover. Record that measurement.
25.
Thread the cover counterclockwise until it is

removed from the special bolt.
26.
Fasten the piston in a vise with soft jaws. Hold the

adjusting nut (10) in place. Loosen the jam nut (9).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 32

27.
28.
Hold the special bolt in place. Tighten the adjusting

nut to push the outer spring guide down, and away
from the retaining ring.
BD01H232
26
BD01H233
27
BD01H234
28
Remove the retaining ring. The retaining ring will be

difficult to remove.
NOTE: The retaining ring will be difficult to remove.
29.
Hold onto the end of the special bolt and pull out
the spring assembly.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 33

30.
31.
32.
Thread the jam nut (9) and the adjusting nut (10)
counterclockwise until they are removed from the
special bolt. Separate the outer spring guide (11),
spring (12), sleeve, and inner spring guide (14) from
the special bolt.
BD01H236
29
BD01H235
30
BD01H204
31
Remove the piston from the housing. Remove and

discard the O-rings (16), and the piston rings (31)
from each end of the piston.
Remove the screws from the cover.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 34

33.
34.
35.
Remove the cover and discard the gasket.
BD01H205
32
BD01H206
33
BD01H207
34
Go to the spool assembly. Mark the position of

where the stop bracket is bolted. Repeat for the
other side.
Remove the bolts and the spool assembly from the

housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 35

36.
37.
38.
Remove the sleeve from the housing.
BD01H209
35
BD01H210
36
BD01H213
37
Remove the lock nut and washer from the spool.
Remove and discard the backup ring (25) and the

O-ring (26) from the spool (27).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 36

39.
40.
41.
Remove and discard the backup ring (28) and the

O-ring (29) from the sleeve (30).
BD01H214
38
BD01H215
39
BD01H227
40
Remove the hex plug and shims for the charge

pressure relief valve.
Remove the shims from the hex plug. Save the

shims for later use.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 37

42.
43.
44.
Remove the spring.
BD01H216
41
BD01H217
42
BD01H218
43
Remove the valve poppet with a slide hammer.
Mark the hex plug that is used for the circuit

relief-check valve.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 38

45.
46.
47.
Remove the hex plug.
BD01H219
44
BD01H220
45
BD01H221
46
Remove the spring.
Remove the circuit relief-check valve.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 39

48.
49.
50.
Loosen the bypass valve.
BD01H222
47
BD01H223
48
BD01H228
49
Thread the bypass valve counterclockwise until it

is removed.
Remove and discard the O-ring (15) and backup

ring (16).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 40

51.
Remove the plug.
BD01H225
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 41
50
BS98F144
51
Right Pump Cylinder, Bearings, Shaft, and Plates

1. Seal

17. Retainer
9. Cover
25. Spring seat
2. Snap ring
10. Roll pin
18. Guide
26. Ring
3. Snap ring
11. Ball bearing
19. Retaining ring
27. Plate
4. Journal bearing
12. Snap ring
20. Pin
28. Needle bearing
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 42
33. Charge pump

gear
34. Charge pump
gear housing
35. Charge pump
gear cover
36. Pin
5.
6.
7.
8.
Shaft
Special bolt
Special bolt
Roll pin
13.
14.
15.
16.

Plate
21. Cylinder block
29. Gasket
22. Pin
30. Housing
Guide
Pin
23. Washer
31. Coupling
Piston
32. Pin
24. Spring
BS01H274
37. O-ring
38. O-ring
39. Back-up ring
52
Right Pump Piston, Covers, and Bracket

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Tandem pump
Special nut
Screw
Hex plug
O-ring
Cover
Gasket
Right Pump, Piston, Covers, and Bracket

8. Retaining ring
22. Lever
15. Special bolt
9. Nut
16. Ring
23. Bracket
10. Nut
17. O-ring
24. Guide
18. Piston
25. Backup ring
11. Guide
12. Spring
19. Cover
26. O-ring
20. Nut
13. Guide
27. Spool
21. Lock washer
28. Bracket ring
14. Guide
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 43
29. O-ring
30. Sleeve
31. Ring
BS03D066
53
Right Pump Valves, Plugs, and Adapter

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Housing
Plug
O-ring
Relief valve
Spring
Plug
Right Pump Valves, Plugs, and Adapter

7. Plug
13. Bolt
8. Hex plug
14. Seal
9. O-ring
15. O-ring
10. Hex ring
16. Backup ring
17. By-pass valve
11. O-ring
12. Adapter
18. Valve poppet
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 44
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Spring
Shim kit
O-ring
Hex plug
Plug
O-ring

1.
Inspect the face of the cylinder block for wear,

scoring, and other damage. Use a new cylinder
assembly as necessary.
2.
Inspect the cylinder bores for wear, scoring, and

other damage. Use new cylinder assembly as
necessary.
3.
Inspect the bronze surface of the wear plate. Use a

new wear plate as necessary.
4.
Inspect the parts of the charging pump for wear and

damage. Use a new pump as necessary.
5.
Inspect the pistons for wear and damage, use new

parts as necessary.
6.
Inspect the shaft for damage to the splines and

wear at the seal surfaces.
7.
Inspect the bearings. Replace any damaged

bearings.
8.
Inspect the circular relief valve seats in the housings.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 45

1.
2.
Measure the free travel between the shoes and

the pistons. If all the measurements are not equal
to within 0.13 mm (0.005 in), use a new cylinder
assembly.
B313202
B313327
Measure the thickness of each shoe. If the

measurements are not equal to within 0.02 mm
(0.0001 in), use a new cylinder assembly.
3.
Check the fit of the pistons in the bores. The piston

must move freely with minimum clearance. Use a
new cylinder assembly as necessary.
4.
Measure the gear tip clearance between the inner

gear and the outer gear. Clearance must not be
more than 0.13 mm (0.005 in).
5.
Measure the width of the inner gear and the outer

gear. The width of each gear must be equal to within
0.05 - 0.06 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 46

NOTE: Some of the photos in the following procedure may appear slightly different than the model you are repairing.
The procedure is the same.
1.
2.
3.
Install the plug. Tighten the plug to a torque of 0.9

- 1.3 Nm (8 - 12 lb in).
BD01H224
B9109027_2
BD01H223
Slide a new backup ring (16) and O-ring (15) into

the grooves of the bypass valve (17).
Thread the bypass valve into the housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 47

4.
5.
6.
Tighten the bypass valve to a torque of 9 - 13 Nm

(84 - 120 lb in)
BD01H222
B9109025_2
BD01H220
Thread the circuit relief-check valve (4) into the

housing.
Insert the spring on top of the circuit relief-check

valve.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 48

7.
8.
9.
Thread the plug on top of the spring. Tighten the

plug to a torque of 115 - 230 Nm (85 - 170 lb ft).
BD01H219
BD01H217
BD01H216
Use a slide hammer to insert the valve poppet into

the housing for the charge pressure relief valve.
Insert the spring on top of the valve poppet.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 49

10.
11.
12.
13.
Insert the necessary quantity of shims into the hex

plug. Thread the hex plug on top of the spring.
Tighten but do not overtighten.
BD01H215
10
BD01H214
11
BD01H213
12
BD01H211_2
13
Slide a new O-ring (29) and backup ring (28) into

the grooves of the sleeve (30).
Slide a new O-ring (26) and backup ring (25) into

the grooves of the spool (27).
Insert the spool into and through the stop

bracket. Refer to the alignment mark made
during disassembly Pump Right hand pump Disassemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 50

14.
15.
16.
Slide the washer and nut onto the protruding threads

of the spool. Hold the spool assembly in place.
Tighten the nut, but do not overtighten.
BD01H210
14
BD01H209
15
BD01H208
16
Lubricate the sleeve. Insert the sleeve into the

housing. Ensure that the notch on the end of the
sleeve is properly aligned with the notch inside
housing.
Lubricate the spool. Insert the spool inside the

sleeve.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 51

17.
18.
19.
Refer to the alignment mark made during

disassembly Pump Right hand pump Disassemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25). Ensure
the marks are in alignment. Secure the spool
assembly with two bolts.
BD01H207
17
BD01H205
18
BD01H204
19
Place the new gasket and cover onto the rim of the
housing.
Secure the cover with screws.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 52

20.
21.
22.
Slide the inner spring guide (14), sleeve, spring

(12), outer spring guide (11), the adjusting nut (10),
and the jam nut (9) onto the special bolt (15).
BD01H236
20
BD01H237
21
BD01H235
22
Hold the bolt assembly in place. Tighten the

adjusting nut to begin compression of the spring.
Insert one new ring (31) and one O-ring (16) into the
grooves on each end of the piston.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 53

23.
24.
25.
Fasten the piston in a vise with soft jaws. Hold onto

the end of the of the special bolt to insert the spring
assembly into the piston.
BD01H234
23
BD01H238
24
BD01H239
25
Hold the special bolt in place. Tighten the adjusting

nut until the outer spring guide is below the groove.
This will allow space for the retaining ring.
Install the retaining ring onto the spring assembly.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 54

26.
27.
28.
Slightly loosen the special bolt. Ensure that the

spring and adjusting nut do not become loose.
BD01H232
26
BD01H241
27
BD01H242
28
Hold the adjusting nut and special bolt in place.

Tighten the jam nut. Recheck the special bolt and
spring. Verify that the spring did not become loose.
Lubricate the piston with clean oil. Slide the piston

into the housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 55

29.
30.
31.
Slide a new gasket and cover onto the special bolt.
BD01H243
29
BD01H244
30
BD01H245
31
During disassembly, the measured distance

between the top of the special bolt and cover was
recorded. Pump Right hand pump - Disassemble
(C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25). Thread the cover up or
down the special bolt until the distance is equal to
that recorded measurement.
Secure the cover with four screws. Tighten the

screws to the torque of 11 - 15 Nm (96 - 132 lb in).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 56

32.
33.
Hold the special bolt in place. Slide the special nut

(with the sealing surface side down) onto the special
bolt. Tighten the special nut, but do not overtighten.
bd01h246
32
b518838_1
33
B518843
34
B518730
35
During disassembly, the bearings on the cover were

inspected Pump Right hand pump - Disassemble
(C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25). If one of the bearings
need to be replaced, align and insert the cover roll
pin (1) into the hole of the bearing. This will ensure
proper placement.
NOTE: If a new cover is being used, install new roll pins

(1) so the distance between the tops of the roll pins (1)
and the face cover are 2.3 - 2.8 mm (0.090 - 0.110 in).
34.
35.
During disassembly, the ball bearing for the

shaft was inspected Pump Right hand pump Disassemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25). If the ball
bearing for the shaft has been replaced, install one
snap ring on each side of the ball bearing.
Fasten the cover in a vice with soft jaws. Firmly

press the ball bearing and the shaft into the cover.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 57

36.
37.
38.
Install the snap ring into the groove, just above the
ball bearing.
B518944
36
B518904
37
BD01H200
38
Lubricate the lip of the seal with clean oil. Carefully

press the new seal with the lip down, into the cover.
Install the snap ring into the seal.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 58

39.
40.
41.
Lubricate the wear plate with clean oil. Align the

notch on the wear plate with the roll pin that is
located inside the cylinder port. Insert the wear plate
with the bronze surface side up, into the cylinder
port.
BD01H197
39
BD01H198
40
BD01H247
41
Ensure that the three pins are still inserted in the

cylinder block.
Hook the retaining collar and slide it up the splines

until it reaches the top.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 59

42.
43.
44.
Insert the cylinder block into the pump.
BD01H196
42
BD01H248
43
BD01H249
44
Align and install the guide on top of the pins.
Slide the retainer on top the guide. Ensure that the

holes of the retainer are properly aligned with the
holes of the cylinder block
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 60

45.
46.
47.
Lubricate the pistons with clean oil. Insert one

piston into each aligned hole of the retainer and
cylinder block. Ensure that the guide is still properly
positioned on top of the three pins.
BD01H250
45
b518618_1
46
B519113
47
If a new swash plate or pin is being used, go to the

underside of the swash plate. Insert the pin (1)
into the top, center slot. Press down on the pin (1)
until the distance between the top of the pin (2) and
the swash plate is 8.4 - 8.9 mm (0.33 - 0.35 in) as
shown in figure 46.
Slide the guide (14) onto the pin located on the side
of the swash plate.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 61

48.
49.
50.
Install the swash plate. The pin must engage the

slot in the body of the control valve. The retainer
must engage the groove in the piston.
BD01H193
48
B9109117
49
B9109118
50
Place a new gasket on the outside rim.
Carefully place the cover and the shaft assembly

onto the gasket. Rotate the shaft to align the
support with the cylinder block.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 62

51.
52.
53.
Secure the cover with special bolts. Use the bolts to

evenly draw the cover to the housing. Tighten the
3/8 in special bolt to a torque of 53 - 64 Nm 39 - 47
lb ft. Tighten the 7/16 in special bolts to a torque of
81 - 100 Nm (60 - 74 lb ft).
BD01H190
51
BD01H192
52
BD01H189
53
Insert the bolt stud into the housing.
Slide the outer gear into the charge pump cover.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 63

54.
55.
56.
Slide the inner gear into the outer gear.
BD01H188
54
BD01H187
55
BD01H186_2
56
Align the coupling pin with the inner gear slot. Slide
the coupling into the inner gear.
Lubricate the charge pump cover with clean oil.

Align the cover pin (35) with the hole found at the
top of the housing. Slide the cover onto the cylinder
block and into the housing.
Next operation: TRANSMISSION Hydrostatic - Startup test (C.20.F - F.40.A.21)

Next operation: Pump - Travel adjust (C.20.F.20 - F.45.A.45)
Next operation: Adjust the controls and piston for NEUTRAL.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 64

1.
Disassembly and inspection for the left pump is the

same as the right pump except for the shaft and end
cover. Please refer to Pump Right hand pump Disassemble (C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.25).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 65

1.
Visual inspection for the left pump is the same

as the right pump. Please refer to Pump Right
hand pump - Visual inspection (C.20.F.20.21 F.40.A.10).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 66

1.
Measuring the left pump is the same as the right

pump. Please refer to Pump Right hand pump Measure (C.20.F.20.21 - F.40.A.16).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 67

1.
The assembly of the left pump is the same as the

right pump except for the shaft and end cover.
Repeat steps as necessary for the left pump. Please
refer to Pump Right hand pump - Assemble
(C.20.F.20.21 - F.10.A.20).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 68
Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10)

1.
The hydrostatic pump can be removed from the top

and front, or the cab and boom can be tilted forward
for more access. Refer to ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74 F.35.B.11) for the tilting procedure. To remove the
hydrostatic pump without tilting the ROPS use the
following procedure.
2.
Lower the boom and bucket to the lowered position

(resting on the ground), or remove any attachment
and raise the boom until it rests on the boom lock
pins (1).
3.
Stop the engine and turn the ignition key to the RUN
position and operate the boom and bucket pedals
to relieve any pressure in the boom and bucket
circuits. Turn the key to the OFF position.
4.
Place the Service/Run switch in the SERVICE

position.
5.
Engage the parking brake.
6.
Raise the operators seat and latch in the raised

position.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 69
3170-04
bd04j032

7.
8.
Remove the mounting bolts and washers for the

step shield and remove the step shield.
bd04j033
bd04c029
Loosen and remove the nuts on the ball joints for

the control lever linkage. Remove the control lever
linkage from the tandem pump mounting locations.
9.
Disconnect the wiring from the connectors on each

of the backup alarm switches on the tandem pump.
10.
Disconnect the wire from the case drain temperature

switch on the tandem pump.
11.
bd04j031

Start the vacuum pump. Disconnect all of the hoses
from the tandem pump. Tag the hoses and fittings
for use during assembly. Install caps and plugs on
the fittings.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 70

12.
Disconnect the hoses from the gear pump. Tag the

hoses and fittings for use during assembly. Install
caps and plugs on the fittings.
13.
14.
Connect acceptable lifting equipment to the tandem

pump.
15.
Loosen and remove the bolts from the lower

mounting bracket on the tandem pump.
16.
bd04j034
bd04c029
bd04j032
Loosen and remove the bolts from the tandem pump

mounting plate.
17.
Move the tandem pump away from the engine as

far as possible.
18.
Use the lifting equipment to remove the tandem

pump from the chassis.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 71

1.
If the pump drive coupler hub was removed from

the tandem pump input shaft, install the pump drive
coupler hub onto the tandem pump input shaft.
(1) Dimension from pump flange to outer hub face.
2.

extend 56.5 mm (2.23 in) from pump mounting
3.
Connect acceptable lifting equipment to the tandem

pump.
4.
Use the lifting equipment to move the tandem pump

into the mounting location.
5.
Move the tandem pump towards the engine.

with the splines in the pump drive flange.
6.

mounting bolts except for the 2 bottom support
mounting bolts.
7.
Install the 4 tandem pump mounting bolts and

washers into the tandem pump mounting flange
and the 4 mounting bolts and washers in the pump
support bracket.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 72
BS04E024
bd04c029

8.
Tighten the 4 pump flange to engine adapter bolts

to a torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft). Tighten the 2 lower
pump support bracket to engine adapter bolts to a
torque of 4 Nm (35 lb in). Use a soft faced hammer
and tap the pump support bracket until it contacts
the pump mounting surface. Tighten the 2 upper
pump support bracket to engine adapter bolts to a
torque of 122 Nm (90 lb ft). Tighten the 2 lower
pump support bracket to the engine adapter bolts
to a torque of 95 Nm (70 lb ft). Tighten the pump
support to tandem pump bolts to a torque of 122
Nm (90 lb ft).
9.

pump .
10.
Start the vacuum pump Reservoir - Apply vacuum

(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50).
11.

fittings and hoses for the gear pump. Install the
hydraulic hoses onto the gear pump and tighten
the fittings.
12.
13.
bd04c029
bd04j034
bd04j033

hydraulic hoses to the tandem pump.

reservoir.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 73

14.
Connect the wire to the case drain temperature

switch on the tandem pump.
15.
Connect the wiring to the backup alarm switches on

the tandem pump.
16.
Install the ball joints onto the control lever linkage.

Install and tighten the nuts on the ball joints.
17.
Install the step shield onto the machine. Install

the mounting bolts and washers and tighten the
mounting bolts.
18.
Unlatch the operators seat and lower the seat to the

operating position.
19.

20.
Stop the engine.
21.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 74
bd04c029
bd04j033

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
NOTE: The following Steps 1 through 34 are the Disassembly procedure for the Single Speed Drive Motor. Steps 35
through 63 are the Disassembly procedure for the Two Speed Drive Motor.
1.
2.
3.
Make reference marks on the motor case for correct

alignment during assembly.
bd04e002-2
bd04e002-2
bd04e004
Loosen and remove the socket head cap screws

alternately, one turn at a time from the cover plate.
Remove the cover plate.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 75

4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the gasket.
bd04e005
bd04e006
bd04e008
bd04e009
Remove the disc spring.
Use compressed air in the port to force the piston

up for removal.
Remove the piston
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 76

8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the O-ring.
bd04e010
bd04e011

and washers from the brake housing.
Use a soft hammer to loosen the brake housing.
bd04e014
10
bd04e015
11
Remove the brake housing from the motor case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 77

12.
13.
14.
15.
Remove the brake discs and shims as one unit from

the shaft.
bd04e016
12
bd04e017
13
bd04e020
14
bd04e021
15
Remove the O-ring.
Loosen the plug for the flushing spool valve.
Remove the flushing spool valve plug.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 78

16.
17.
18.
19.
Remove the flushing valve spool, 2 springs, and

washer from the valve port. Make a record of
the parts assembly for use during the assembly
procedure.
bd04e022
16
bd04e023
17
bd04e024
18
bd04e025
19
Loosen the plug for the flushing valve poppet.
Remove the plug from the port.
Remove the spring and the flushing poppet.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 79

20.
21.
22.
23.
Loosen the socket head cap screws.
bd04e026
20
bd04e028
21
bd04e029
22
bd04e030
23
Remove the socket head cap screws.
Remove the rear motor case.
Remove the seal from the rear case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 80

24.
25.
26.
27.
Drop the rear case assembly from approximately

80mm onto a wooden or plastic surface. This will
release the distributor from the rear case.
bd04e042
24
bd04e031
25
bd04e032
26
bd04e033
27
Remove the distributor from the rear case.
Make a record of the number of springs and the

stop pin location in the distributor for use during the
assembly procedure.
Remove the cam from the front case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 81

28.
29.
30.
31.
Remove the seal from the front case.
bd04e034
28
bd04e035
29
bd04e041
30
bd04e063
31
Remove the cylinder block from the front case.
Place the front case assembly in the press. Use

acceptable tools and remove the split ring from the
shaft.
Use acceptable tools and press the shaft out of the

front case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 82

32.
33.
34.
35.
Use acceptable tools and press the seal out of the

front case.
bd04e065
32
bd04e066
33
bd04e068
34
bd04e002-2
35
If required, use acceptable tools and press the outer

bearing cup from the front case.
If required, use acceptable tools and press the inner

bearing cup from the front case. Motor - Visual
inspection (C.20.F.28 - F.40.A.10)
Make reference marks on the motor case for correct

alignment during assembly.
NOTE: Steps 35 through 63 are the Disassembly

procedure for the Two Speed Drive Motor.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 83

36.
37.
38.
39.

alternately, one turn at a time from the cover plate.
bd04e002-2
36
bd04e004
37
bd04e005
38
bd04e006
39
Remove the cover plate.
Remove the gasket.
Remove the disc spring.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 84

40.
41.
42.
43.
Use compressed air in the port to force the piston

up for removal.
bd04e008
40
bd04e009
41
bd04e010
42
bd04e011
43
Remove the piston.
Remove the O-ring.

and washers from the brake housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 85

44.
45.
46.
47.
Use a soft hammer to loosen the brake housing.
bd04e014
44
bd04e049
45
bd04e016
46
bd04e050
47
Remove the brake housing from the motor case.
Remove the brake discs and shims as one unit from

the shaft.
Remove the O-ring.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 86

48.
49.
50.
51.
Remove the two speed spool valve and spring from

the valve port.
bd04e051
48
bd04e052
49
bd04e026
50
bd04e028
51
Remove the O-ring.
Loosen the socket head cap screws.
Remove the socket head cap screws.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 87

52.
53.
54.
55.
Remove the rear motor case.
bd04e053
52
bd04e030
53
bd04e042
54
bd04e055
55
Remove the seal from the rear case.
Drop the rear case assembly from approximately

80mm onto a wooden or plastic surface. This will
release the distributor from the rear case.
Remove the distributor from the rear case. Make

a record of the number of springs and the stop
pin location in the distributor for use during the
assembly procedure.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 88

56.
57.
58.
59.
Remove the cam from the front case.
bd04e033
56
bd04e034
57
bd04e035
58
bd04e041
59
Remove the seal from the front case.
Remove the cylinder block from the front case.
Place the front case assembly in the press. Use

acceptable tools and remove the split ring from the
shaft.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 89

60.
61.
62.
63.
Use acceptable tools and press the shaft out of the

front case.
bd04e063
60
bd04e065
61
bd04e066
62
bd04e068
63
Use acceptable tools and press the seal out of the

front case.
If required, use acceptable tools and press the inner

If required, use acceptable tools and press the outer

Next operation: Motor - Visual inspection (C.20.F.28 - F.40.A.10)

1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 90

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
NOTE: The following Steps 1 through 38 are the Assembly procedure for the Single Speed Drive Motor. Steps 39
through 73 are the Assembly procedure for the Two Speed Drive Motor.
1.
2.
If removed, install a new inner bearing cup in the

front case.
bd04e061
bd04e067
If removed, install a new outer bearing cup in the

front case.
3.
Lubricate a new shaft seal with clean hydraulic oil.

Use acceptable tools and install the new shaft seal
onto the shaft.
4.
Place the shaft in a press. Use acceptable tools and

warm the outer bearing. Use acceptable tools and
press the outer bearing onto the shaft.
5.
Cover the splines on the shaft with tape to protect

the seal. Install the shaft into the front case.
Remove the tape from the splines.
6.
Use acceptable tools and warm the inner bearing.
7.
Use acceptable tools and press the inner bearing

onto the shaft and into the inner bearing cup.
Press the bearing into the cup to a preload of 5
tonnes (5000 kg). Rotate the front case during this
procedure. Allow the assembly to cool.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 91

8.
9.
10.
11.
Place special tool 380001894 onto the shaft. Using

a press and apply a preload 2 tonnes (2000 kg) to
the inner bearing.
bd04e059
bd04e039
bd04e038
bd04e040
Use acceptable tools and install the split ring onto

the shaft.
With the preload still applied, use acceptable tools

and measure the gap between the split ring and the
bearing.
Use acceptable tools and remove the split ring.

Install a shim with a thickness of 0.005 to 0.2 mm
(0.002 to 0.008 inches) greater than the measured
gap between the split ring and the bearing surface.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 92

12.
Install the split ring on the shaft.
13.
Release the preload from the bearing and remove

the front case assembly from the press.
14.
Check the shaft to make sure it rotates in the front

case assembly.
15.
Install the cylinder block onto the shaft.
16.
bd04e039
bd04e035
bd04e034
Lubricate the seal with clean hydraulic oil. Install

the seal on the front case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 93

17.
18.
19.
20.
Install the cam on the cylinder block. Be sure to

align the cam with the alignment mark on the front
case.
bd04e033
10
bd04e032
11
bd04e031
12
bd04e030
13
Install the springs and the stop pin in the distributor.
Lubricate the seals on the distributor with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the distributor into the rear
case. Be careful not to dislodge the springs while
installing the distributor into the rear case. Make
sure to the stop pin is aligned with the hole in the
rear case. Tap the distributor with a soft hammer
until it is seated in the rear case.

the seal on the rear case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 94

21.
22.
23.
24.
Use the marks made during disassembly and install

the rear case onto the cam.
bd04e029
14
bd04e028
15
bd04e027
16
bd04e025
17
Apply Loctite 243 to the threads and install the

socket head cap screws into the rear case.
Tighten the socket head cap screws alternately

from side to side to a torque of 117 to 122 Nm (86
to 90 pound feet).
Lubricate the spring and flushing poppet with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the spring and flushing poppet
into the port.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 95

25.
26.
27.
28.
Lubricate the O-ring on the plug with clean hydraulic

oil. Install and tighten the plug.
bd04e023
18
bd04e022
19
bd04e020
20
bd04e017
21
Lubricate the springs and flushing spool with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the 2 springs, washer, and
flushing spool into the valve port.
Lubricate the O-ring on the plug with clean hydraulic

oil. Install and tighten the plug.
Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil. Install

the O-ring on the brake housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 96

29.
30.
31.
32.
Lubricate with the brake discs and shims with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the brake discs and shims as
one unit on the shaft. Make sure all of the tabs on
the brakes discs are aligned.
bd04e016
22
bd04e015
23
bd04e013
24
bd04e012
25
Install the brake housing on the rear motor case.
Apply Locktite 243 to the threads and install the

socket head cap screws into the brake housing.
Tighten the socket head cap screws alternately from

side to side to a torque of 70 to 77 Nm (52 to 57
pound feet).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 97

33.
34.
35.
36.
Lubricate the seal with clean hydraulic oil. Install the

seal in the brake housing.
bd04e010
26
bd04e009
27
bd04e006
28
bd04e005
29
Lubricate the seals on the piston with clean hydraulic

oil and install the piston into the brake housing.
Install the disc spring on top of the piston.
Install the gasket on the brake housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 98

37.
38.
39.
Install the cover plate onto the brake housing.
bd04e004
30
bd04e003
31
bd04e061
32
bd04e067
33
Install the socket head cap screws into the cover

plate. Tighten the socket head cap screws
alternately from side to side to a torque of 14 to 16
Nm (10 to 12 pound feet).
If removed, install a new outer bearing cup in the

front case.
NOTE: Steps 39 through 73 are the Assembly procedure

for the Two Speed Drive Motor.
40.
If removed, install a new inner bearing cup in the

front case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 99

41.
Lubricate a new shaft seal with clean hydraulic oil.

Use acceptable tools and install the new shaft seal
onto the shaft.
42.
Place the shaft in a press. Use acceptable tools and

warm the outer bearing. Use acceptable tools and
press the outer bearing onto the shaft.
43.
Cover the splines on the shaft with tape to protect

the seal. Install the shaft into the front case.
Remove the tape from the splines.
44.
Use acceptable tools and warm the inner bearing.
45.
Use acceptable tools and press the inner bearing

onto the shaft and into the inner bearing cup.
Press the bearing into the cup to a preload of 5
tonnes (5000 kg). Rotate the front case during this
procedure. Allow the assembly to cool.
46.
Place special tool 380001894 onto the shaft. Using

a press and apply a preload 2 tonnes (2000 kg) to
the inner bearing.
47.
48.
bd04e059
34
bd04e039
35
bd04e038
36
Use acceptable tools and install the split ring onto

the shaft.
With the preload still applied, use acceptable tools

and measure the gap between the split ring and the
bearing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 100

49.
50.
Use acceptable tools and remove the split ring.

Install a shim with a thickness of 0.005 to 0.2 mm
(0.002 to 0.008 inches) greater than the measured
gap between the split ring and the bearing surface.
bd04e040
37
bd04e039
38
bd04e035
39
Install the split ring on the shaft.
51.
Release the preload from the bearing and remove

the front case assembly from the press.
52.
Check the shaft to make sure it rotates in the front

case assembly.
53.
Install the cylinder block onto the shaft.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 101

54.
55.
56.
57.

the seal on the front case.
bd04e034
40
bd04e033
41
bd04e055
42
bd04e031
43
Install the cam on the cylinder block. Be sure to

align the cam with the alignment mark on the front
case.
Install the springs and the stop pin in the distributor.
Lubricate the seals on the distributor with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the distributor into the rear
case. Be careful not to dislodge the springs while
installing the distributor into the rear case. Make
sure to the stop pin is aligned with the hole in the
rear case. Tap the distributor with a soft hammer
until it is seated in the rear case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 102

58.
59.
60.
61.

the seal on the rear case.
bd04e030
44
bd04e053
45
bd04e028
46
bd04e027
47
Use the marks made during disassembly and install

the rear case onto the cam.
Apply Loctite 243 to the threads and install the

socket head cap screws into the rear case.
Tighten the socket head cap screws alternately

from side to side to a torque of 117 to 122 Nm (86
to 90 pound feet).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 103

62.
63.
64.
65.
Lubricate the two speed valve spring and spool

with clean hydraulic oil. Install the two speed valve
spring and spool into the valve port.
bd04e051
48
bd04e017
49
bd04e016
50
bd04e049
51
Lubricate the O-ring with clean hydraulic oil. Install

the O-ring on the brake housing.
Lubricate with the brake discs and shims with clean

hydraulic oil. Install the brake discs and shims as
one unit on the shaft. Make sure all of the tabs on
the brakes discs are aligned.
Install the brake housing on the rear motor case.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 104

66.
67.
68.
69.
Apply Locktite 243 to the threads and install the

socket head cap screws into the brake housing.
bd04e013
52
bd04e012
53
bd04e010
54
bd04e009
55
Tighten the socket head cap screws alternately from

side to side to a torque of 70 to 77 Nm (52 to 57
pound feet).
Lubricate the seal with clean hydraulic oil. Install the

seal in the brake housing.
Lubricate the seals on the piston with clean hydraulic

oil and install the piston into the brake housing.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 105

70.
71.
72.
73.
Install the disc spring on top of the piston.
bd04e006
56
bd04e005
57
bd04e004
58
bd04e003
59
Install the gasket on the brake housing.
Install the cover plate onto the brake housing.
Install the socket head cap screws into the cover

plate. Tighten the socket head cap screws
alternately from side to side to a torque of 14 to 16
Nm (10 to 12 pound feet).
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 106

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Prior operation: The tandem pump must be removed before the drive motor/brake assembly can be removed
from the chassis. Refer to the following procedure for removing the tandem pump. Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20
- F.10.A.10)
NOTE: Some of the photos in the following steps may appear slightly different than the model you are repairing. The
procedure is the same.
1.
Refer to the following procedures for the removal of

the drive chains from the drive sprocket on the drive
motor/brake assembly. FRONT AXLE - Remove
(D.10.A - F.10.A.10) REAR AXLE - Remove
(D.12.A - F.10.A.10)
2.

CAS1871
3.
Connect a vacuum pump to the reservoir.

CAS10192
4.

vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
5.
Tag and disconnect all of the hydraulic connections

(1 and 2) from the drive motor.
6.
Install caps on the fittings and plugs in the hoses.
7.
8.
Connect acceptable lifting equipment to the drive

motor/brake assembly.
9.
Loosen and remove the drive motor mounting bolts

(3) (not shown) from the drive motor/brake assembly
(4)mounting flange.
10.
Remove the drive motor/brake assembly from the

chassis mounting location.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 107
BD04E082
BD04E081

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
NOTE: Some of the photos in the following steps may appear slightly different than the model you are repairing. The
procedure is the same.
1.
Use acceptable lifting equipment and move the drive

motor/brake assembly into the chassis mounting
location.
2.
Install the drive motor/brake assembly (4) mounting

bolts (3) (not shown) into the drive motor/brake
assembly mounting flange. Tighten the mounting
bolts using the torque turn method to a torque of 122
Nm (90 lb ft) plus turn an additional 60 degrees.
3.

vacuum (A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
4.
Remove the caps from the fitting and plugs from

the hoses.
5.
Connect the hydraulic connections (1 and 2)to the

proper locations on the drive motor/brake assembly.
Tighten the connections.
6.
Stop the vacuum pump. Remove the vacuum

pump from the reservoir. Install the filler cap on the
reservoir.
7.
Refer to the following procedure for tandem pump

installation. Pump - Install (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.15)
8.

9.
Stop the engine.
10.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 108
BD04E081
BD04E082

LT185.B, LT190.B
Prior operation: Refer to Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and remove the track from the machine.
bd05c010
1.
2.
Loosen and remove the upper and lower mounting

bolts (1) which fasten the rear cover (2) to the main
frame (3).
bs05c139_1
bs05c164_1
Next Operation : Reservoir - Apply vacuum

(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
Loosen and remove all of the hydraulic lines that
are connected to the drive motor. Place plugs in
all of the lines.
NOTE: Clean the hydraulic lines, fittings, and connectors

and the area around motor connections to prevent dirt
from entering the hydraulic system when the lines are
disconnected from the motor.
3.
4.
Loosen and remove all of the connectors from the

ports on the drive motor to allow room to slide
the drive motor out of the main frame. Install
clean plastic plugs into the ports (1) to avoid
contamination.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 109

5.
Make a reference mark on the drive motor (2) and

the main frame (3) to be used for alignment of the
drive motor during the installation procedure.
bs05c164_2
6.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) which

fasten the drive motor (2) to the main frame (3).
7.
Slide the drive motor (2) out of the main frame (3)
and place on the bench.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 110

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
3.
4.
Slide the drive motor (1) into the main frame (2)
mounting location. If the same motor is being
installed, use the marks made during removal and
align the drive motor in the main frame. If a new
motor is being installed, transfer the reference mark
from the old motor to the same location on the new
motor and align the drive motor in the main frame.
bs05c164_3
bs05c164_4
bs05c156_1
Install the mounting bolts (1) into the main frame.
Tighten the mounting bolts to a initial torque of 67

- 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft) using the star tightening
sequence shown. After the initial torque is complete,
tighten the mounting bolts to a final torque of 183 205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft) using the star tightening
sequence shown.
Remove the plastic plugs from the motor ports (1).

Install the connectors into the motor ports (1) and
tighten the connectors.
(A.10.A.22 - F.35.A.50)
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 111

5.
Start the vacuum pump. Remove the caps from

the lines and connect the lines to the drive motor.
Tighten all of the hydraulic lines.
6.

pump from the reservoir.
Next Operation: Rubber track - Install (D.50.B.47 F.10.A.15) and install the track on the machine.
Next Operation: Rubber track - Tension adjust
(D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and adjust the tension of
the track.
7.

8.
Stop the engine.
9.
Install the rear cover (2) onto the main frame (3).
Install the upper and lower mounting bolts (1) into
the rear cover (2). Tighten the mounting bolts (1).
10.

add hydraulic oil as required. Refer to : Reservoir
- Filling (A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 112
bs05c164_1
bs05c139_1

Problem
One transmission works
(Left or Right) works
correctly and the other
does not.
Machine Does Not Have

Enough Power
Possible Cause
1. Check to see that the direction control
levers are adjusted correctly. Refer to
Command Steering command - Adjust
(C.20.F.05.06 - F.45.A.01)for adjustment
procedure.
2. Check for charge pressure at the servo
bypass valve fitting while in neutral.
Correction
A. Is there still a problem?
No: Troubleshooting complete.
Yes: Go to Next Step 2.
A. Charge pressure OK? Stroke the control

lever. A 20 psi or greater drop indicates a
leaky servo.
B. Is there still a problem?
Yes: Go to Step 3.
3. Check the pressure setting of the circuit A. Preform Checking the Circuit Relief
relief valve for the transmission with the
Valve Test
problem.
Refer to Relief valve - Pressure test
(C.20.F.16 - F.40.A.30)
Yes: Go to Step 4.
4. There is too much leakage in the
Disassemble and inspect the piston pump
hydrostatic system.
and drive. Repair as required.
1. Full throttle and rated engine speeds
are incorrect.
Yes: Go to Step 2.
2. Full throttle engine speed is good, rated A. Problem in engine or fuel system.
engine speed is low.
Repair as required.
Yes: Go to Step 3.
3. Insufficient Charge Pressure
Perform Checking Charge Pressure Test
Charge pump - Pressure test (A.10.A.21
- F.40.A.30)
Also check for damaged parts.
Adjust pressure setting.
Yes: Go to Step 4.
4. Faulty hydrostatic pump or hydrostatic Disassemble and inspect the hydrostatic
drive motors.
pump and hydrostatic drive motors. Repair
as required.
1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 113
Index
POWER TRAIN - C
15
91

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
75

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
108

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
111

LT185.B, LT190.B
107

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
109

LT185.B, LT190.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LT185.B, LT190.B
24

22

72
Pump - Remove (C.20.F.20 - F.10.A.10)
69

Pump - Torque (C.20.F.20 - D.20.A.10)

21

68
65

67
66
47
25
46

48087 1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 114
45
19
10
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
11
LT185.B, LT190.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
13
14

48087 1 17/06/2005
C.20.F / 115
113
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48085 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
TRAVELLING
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48090 1 17/06/2005
D
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE
D.10.A
REAR AXLE
D.12.A
STEERING Steering clutch
D.20.F
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic
D.32.C
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks
D.50.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels
D.50.C
Final drive
D.15.A
LS180.B, LS185.B, LS190.B

LS180.B, LS185.B, LS190.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
LS180.B, LS185.B, LS190.B
48090 1 17/06/2005
D
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
48091 1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
TECHNICAL DATA
FRONT AXLE - Torque (D.10.A - D.20.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
SERVICE
FRONT AXLE - Remove (D.10.A - F.10.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
FRONT AXLE - Install (D.10.A - F.10.A.15)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
FRONT AXLE - Disassemble (D.10.A - F.10.A.25)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
FRONT AXLE - Assemble (D.10.A - F.10.A.20)
12
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
FRONT AXLE - Visual inspection (D.10.A - F.40.A.10)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48091 1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 2
15
TRAVELLING - FRONT AXLE

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Nuts for Axle Housing
190 - Nm (140 - lb ft)
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 3

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
2.
Axle Housing Assembly Removal
OPS847
OPS848
The axle housings must be removed to service

the axle seals, axle bearings, drive chains, drive
sprockets, and axle housing mounting bolts.
NOTE: The axle housings may be removed without

removing the final drive side cover or draining the case oil.
3.
Lower the boom and attachment to the ground.
4.
If the work is going to be done with the boom in the

raised position, remove the attachment, raise the
boom, and rest the boom on the boom lock pins, (1).
ATTENTION: Never work under a raised boom unless it is

properly supported by the boom lock pins.
Never work under a raised boom with an attachment.
Always remove the attachment from the loader.
5.
Securely block the skid steer with all four wheels off
the ground. Support the loader at the front of the
final drive cases at (1), and at the rear, (2).

could result in movement of the loader causing serious
injury or damage to the equipment.
NOTE: When repairing a rear axle, the front of the unit
should be supported slightly higher than the rear for easier
rear axle assembly reinstallation.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 4

6.
Remove the tire and wheel from the axle being

serviced.
7.
Clean the axle and final drive area to prevent debris

from entering the final drive case.
8.
Remove the eight axle housing retaining nuts and

washers, (1).
9.
Slide the axle housing from the retaining studs and

lift the assembly from the final drive case.
OPS849
OPS8410
ATTENTION: The axle assembly is heavy and may

require two persons to adequately support if handling
manually.
NOTE: When the axle assembly is removed, the drive
sprocket and chain will drop slightly to the bottom of the
case.
10.
There is a large O-ring at (1) that seals the axle

housing to the side of the final drive case. Remove
the O-ring from the case or the axle housing.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 5

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Reinstallation.
2.
Clean the final drive case.
3.
Inspect the axle opening in the case to make

sure it is flat for a good seal between the case
and axle housing. To check surface flatness, lay
a straight-edge across the axle opening in the
horizontal and vertical planes, (1). Straighten if
required.
4.
Inspect the axle assembly retaining bolts, (2), and

replace if damaged.
5.
To replace a stud, the old stud can be driven out

with a hammer and suitable driver.
6.
Thoroughly clean the inside and outside of the case

in the stud area.
7.
Wipe the new stud with a wicking-type sealant. the

new stud can be installed into the case by using a
3/4 inch thick spacer over the stud and then using
the nut and a flat washer to pull the stud in place.
8.
Wipe around the stud with a wicking-type sealant to

ensure an oil tight seal.
9.
If there are signs of oil leaking out of the bottom of

the axle housing, the oil may be escaping between
the final drive case sheet and the outer reinforcing
plate. The reinforcing plate, (1), has a narrower
opening than the drive case sheet, (2). If the loader
frame is welded between the reinforcing plate and
drive case sheet, the case should not leak.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 6
OPS8424
19987113

10.
To seal off this area and prevent leaks, clean the

final drive case around the pilot mating area, (2),
and around the studs, (3), with an appropriate
cleaner. Place a bead of silicone sealant (such as
part #L58775), around the side sheet mating area,
(2), and the studs, (3).
NOTE: When installing the final drive case, the case must
lay flat against the frame and the pilot must rest on the
edge of the frame opening.
11.
Position the drive sprocket, (1), in the axle opening.

Make sure the drive sprocket is placed in the drive
chain properly.
NOTE: When installing a rear final drive case, the rear

drive sprocket will stay in place better with the front of
the loader raised.
12.
Lift the axle housing assembly and mate the splines

on the axle shaft, (2), and drive sprocket and slide
together. Lifting the axle housing assembly over the
retaining studs, pilot the center of the housing, (3),
into the hole in the case and slide the housing tight
against the case.
13.
With the axle housing, (1), tight against the case,

install the retaining nuts and flat washers, (2), to
hold the housing against the case.
14.
Slide the axle housing assembly to tighten the drive

chains.
NOTE: The chains are properly tensioned when there is

0 - 6 mm (0 - 1/4 in) movement at the outer edge of tire
tread.
15.
Torque the axle retaining hardware to 140 lb ft (190

Nm).
ATTENTION: When tightening the axle retaining

hardware, the axle housing must be tight against the case
at (1), or damage to the case may occur.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 7
OPS8426
OPS8427

16.
Check the final drive case oil level at check plug, (1)
the correct type and quantity of oil. Replace any
shields that were removed for the repair.
OPS8428
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 8

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Disassembly
NOTE: A press is required to remove the axle shaft and

hub assembly from the housing.
2.
Remove the retaining ring, (1), from the axle shaft.
3.
Remove the shims, (2). Note the thickness and

number of shims.
4.
Place the housing assembly in a press; support the

housing as close to the center of the housing as
possible to prevent damage to the housing.
5.
Press the axle and hub assembly, (3), from the

housing.
6.
The outer axle seal, (1), may be replaced at this

time without further disassembly. The seal can be
replaced without removing the bearing, (2).
7.
Install a bearing separator/puller and remove the

outer axle bearing, (2).
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 9
OPS8411
OPS8412

8.
Remove the inner bearing race, (1), by driving it

from the housing with a suitable hammer and driver.
9.
Remove the outer replaceable seal sleeve, (1), by

prying it from the axle housing.
10.
Remove the outer bearing race, (2), and seal, (3),

by driving them from the housing with a suitable
hammer and driver.
Note the positioning of the oil seal before removal,
as the replacement seal should be positioned in the
same position.
11.
OPS8413
OPS8414
OPS8415
The axle hub wheel studs, (1), can be removed from

the hub, by pressing them from the hub.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 10

12.
Shown here are the related parts used in the axle

assembly.
(1) Housing
(2) Axle and hub assembly
(3) Outer seal
(4) Outer seal sleeve
(5) Outer bearing assembly
(6) Inner bearing assembly
OPS8416
(7) Inner seal

(8) Shims
(9) Retaining ring
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 11

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Reassembly.
2.
Install the outer seal, (1), as shown, on the axle hub

assembly. Fill the grooves in the seal with grease.
3.
Pack the bearing with grease and install the outer

bearing, (2), with a suitable bearing driver.
4.
Wrap the axle in the retaining ring groove area, (3),

with a single layer of plastic tape to prevent damage
to the seal during assembly.
OPS8419
OPS8420
NOTE: If the bearing failed because of excessive

contamination, use green Loctite 609 on the seal housing
to shoulder press-fit joint. If the axle shoulder is worn from
previous seal rotation, use a new axle and seal, and use
Loctite to seal the joint.
5.
When reinstalling the axle into the axle housing,

be sure both bearings are packed with grease.
The cavity in between the triple lip seal and axle
seal, where the outer bearing is positioned, must
be full of grease. If any old or hardened grease is
in a housing that will be reused, be sure to clean
the housing and fill it with new grease. The axle
bearings should be greased every 500 hours, or if a
wheel or tire is removed for repair, grease the axle
bearings at that time.
6.
Install inner seal, (1), in the housing as shown with

the flat side of the seal to the center of the housing
and retainer and the lip of the seal to the outside.
7.
Install bearing race, (2).
8.
Install replaceable seal sleeve, (3), in the housing.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 12

9.
Place the housing over the axle and hub assembly

making sure the outer bearing is properly seated
in the race.
10.
Remove the tape from the axle shaft.
11.
Install the inner bearing race, (1), into the housing.
12.
Pack the bearing with grease and install the inner

bearing, (1).
13.
OPS8421
OPS8422
OPS8423
Press the inner bearing on the axle shaft and into

the housing to obtain housing rolling torque of 9 to
15 lbs.
NOTE: To check housing rolling torque, hook a spring

scale in one of the housing flange slots, (2), and pull on
the scale to rotate the housing.
14.
Add shims to fill the space between the bearing

race, (3), and retaining ring, (4).
15.
Install the retaining ring in groove, (5).
16.
Fill the outer seal area with grease until the grease
appears around the hub at (1); spin the axle housing
while adding grease.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 13

17.
Install the O-ring in the groove in the axle housing

flange at (2); wipe a layer of grease over the O-ring
to help hold the O-ring in place during assembly.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 14

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Parts Inspection.
2.
Thoroughly clean all parts before inspection.
3.
Inspect the housing flange, (1), and bearing race

areas, (2). Replace the seals and replaceable seal
sleeve if worn or damaged.
4.
Inspect the axle shaft and hub assembly.
5.
Inspect the bearing areas, (1), for wear.
6.
Inspect the splines, (2), and retaining groove, (3),

for wear.
7.
Inspect the seal area.
8.
Inspect the wheel lug studs for damaged threads or

looseness in the hub, replace studs if required.
1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 15
OPS8417
OPS8418
Index
TRAVELLING - D
FRONT AXLE - 10.A
12

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48091 1 17/06/2005
D.10.A / 16
15
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
48092 1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
TECHNICAL DATA
REAR AXLE - Torque (D.12.A - D.20.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
SERVICE
REAR AXLE - Remove (D.12.A - F.10.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
REAR AXLE - Install (D.12.A - F.10.A.15)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
REAR AXLE - Disassemble (D.12.A - F.10.A.25)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
REAR AXLE - Assemble (D.12.A - F.10.A.20)
12
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
REAR AXLE - Visual inspection (D.12.A - F.40.A.10)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48092 1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 2
15
TRAVELLING - REAR AXLE

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Nuts for Axle Housing
190 - Nm (140 - lb ft)
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 3

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
2.
Axle Housing Assembly Removal
OPS847
OPS848
The axle housings must be removed to service

the axle seals, axle bearings, drive chains, drive
sprockets, and axle housing mounting bolts.
NOTE: The axle housings may be removed without

removing the final drive side cover or draining the case oil.
3.
4.


5.
Securely block the skid steer with all four wheels off
the ground. Support the loader at the front of the
final drive cases at (1), and at the rear, (2).

NOTE: When repairing a rear axle, the front of the unit
should be supported slightly higher than the rear for easier
rear axle assembly reinstallation.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 4

6.
Remove the tire and wheel from the axle being

serviced.
7.

8.

washers, (1).
9.

OPS849
OPS8410
ATTENTION: The axle assembly is heavy and may

require two persons to adequately support if handling
manually.
case.
10.
There is a large O-ring at (1) that seals the axle

1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 5

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Reinstallation.
2.
Clean the final drive case.
3.
Inspect the axle opening in the case to make

sure it is flat for a good seal between the case
and axle housing. To check surface flatness, lay
a straight-edge across the axle opening in the
horizontal and vertical planes, (1). Straighten if
required.
4.
Inspect the axle assembly retaining bolts, (2), and

replace if damaged.
5.
To replace a stud, the old stud can be driven out

with a hammer and suitable driver.
6.
Thoroughly clean the inside and outside of the case

in the stud area.
7.
Wipe the new stud with a wicking-type sealant. the

new stud can be installed into the case by using a
3/4 inch thick spacer over the stud and then using
the nut and a flat washer to pull the stud in place.
8.
Wipe around the stud with a wicking-type sealant to

ensure an oil tight seal.
9.

drive case sheet, the case should not leak.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 6
OPS8424
19987113

10.
To seal off this area and prevent leaks, clean the

final drive case around the pilot mating area, (2),
and around the studs, (3), with an appropriate
cleaner. Place a bead of silicone sealant (such as
part #L58775), around the side sheet mating area,
(2), and the studs, (3).
11.

chain properly.

the loader raised.
12.

on the axle shaft, (2), and drive sprocket and slide
together. Lifting the axle housing assembly over the
retaining studs, pilot the center of the housing, (3),
into the hole in the case and slide the housing tight
against the case.
13.

14.

chains.

tread.
15.

Nm).

1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 7
OPS8426
OPS8427

16.
Check the final drive case oil level at check plug. (1)
the correct type and quantity of oil. Replace any
shields that were removed for the repair.
OPS8428
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 8

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Disassembly
NOTE: A press is required to remove the axle shaft and

hub assembly from the housing.
2.
Remove the retaining ring, (1), from the axle shaft.
3.
Remove the shims, (2). Note the thickness and

number of shims.
4.
Place the housing assembly in a press; support the

housing as close to the center of the housing as
possible to prevent damage to the housing.
5.
Press the axle and hub assembly, (3), from the

housing.
6.
The outer axle seal, (1), may be replaced at this

time without further disassembly. The seal can be
replaced without removing the bearing, (2).
7.
Install a bearing separator/puller and remove the

outer axle bearing, (2).
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 9
OPS8411
OPS8412

8.
Remove the inner bearing race, (1), by driving it

from the housing with a suitable hammer and driver.
9.
Remove the outer replaceable seal sleeve, (1), by

prying it from the axle housing.
10.
Remove the outer bearing race, (2), and seal, (3),

by driving them from the housing with a suitable
hammer and driver.
Note the positioning of the oil seal before removal,
as the replacement seal should be positioned in the
same position.
11.
OPS8413
OPS8414
OPS8415
The axle hub wheel studs, (1), can be removed from

the hub, by pressing them from the hub.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 10

12.
Shown here are the related parts used in the axle

assembly.
(1) Housing
(2) Axle and hub assembly
(3) Outer seal
(4) Outer seal sleeve
(5) Outer bearing assembly
(6) Inner bearing assembly
OPS8416
(7) Inner seal

(8) Shims
(9) Retaining ring
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 11

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Reassembly.
2.
Install the outer seal, (1), as shown, on the axle hub

assembly. Fill the grooves in the seal with grease.
3.
Pack the bearing with grease and install the outer

bearing, (2), with a suitable bearing driver.
4.
Wrap the axle in the retaining ring groove area, (3),

with a single layer of plastic tape to prevent damage
to the seal during assembly.
OPS8419
OPS8420
NOTE: If the bearing failed because of excessive

contamination, use green Loctite 609 on the seal housing
to shoulder press-fit joint. If the axle shoulder is worn from
previous seal rotation, use a new axle and seal, and use
Loctite to seal the joint.
5.
When reinstalling the axle into the axle housing,

be sure both bearings are packed with grease.
The cavity in between the triple lip seal and axle
seal, where the outer bearing is positioned, must
be full of grease. If any old or hardened grease is
in a housing that will be reused, be sure to clean
the housing and fill it with new grease. The axle
bearings should be greased every 500 hours, or if a
wheel or tire is removed for repair, grease the axle
bearings at that time.
6.
Install inner seal, (1), in the housing as shown with

the flat side of the seal to the center of the housing
and retainer and the lip of the seal to the outside.
7.
Install bearing race, (2).
8.
Install replaceable seal sleeve, (3), in the housing.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 12

9.
Place the housing over the axle and hub assembly

making sure the outer bearing is properly seated
in the race.
10.
Remove the tape from the axle shaft.
11.
Install the inner bearing race, (1), into the housing.
12.
Pack the bearing with grease and install the inner

bearing, (1).
13.
OPS8421
OPS8422
OPS8423
Press the inner bearing on the axle shaft and into

the housing to obtain housing rolling torque of 9 to
15 lbs.
NOTE: To check housing rolling torque, hook a spring

scale in one of the housing flange slots, (2), and pull on
the scale to rotate the housing.
14.
Add shims to fill the space between the bearing

race, (3), and retaining ring, (4).
15.
Install the retaining ring in groove, (5).
16.
Fill the outer seal area with grease until the grease
appears around the hub at (1); spin the axle housing
while adding grease.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 13

17.
Install the O-ring in the groove in the axle housing

flange at (2); wipe a layer of grease over the O-ring
to help hold the O-ring in place during assembly.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 14

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Parts Inspection.
2.
3.
Inspect the housing flange, (1), and bearing race

areas, (2). Replace the seals and replaceable seal
sleeve if worn or damaged.
4.
Inspect the axle shaft and hub assembly.
5.
Inspect the bearing areas, (1), for wear.
6.
Inspect the splines, (2), and retaining groove, (3),

for wear.
7.
Inspect the seal area.
8.
Inspect the wheel lug studs for damaged threads or

looseness in the hub, replace studs if required.
1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 15
OPS8417
OPS8418
Index
TRAVELLING - D
REAR AXLE - 12.A
12

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48092 1 17/06/2005
D.12.A / 16
15
TRAVELLING - D
STEERING Steering clutch - 20.F
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48093 1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
SERVICE
Command
Command Lever - Remove (D.20.F.05.05 - F.10.A.10)
Command Lever - Visual inspection (D.20.F.05.05 - F.40.A.10)
Command Lever - Install (D.20.F.05.05 - F.10.A.15)

48093 1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 2
TRAVELLING - STEERING Steering clutch

NOTE: The right hand control lever is shown in the following procedure. The procedure for the left hand control
lever is the same.
1.
Refer to figure 1. Loosen and remove the bolt, nut,

washer, and spacer (2,3,4,5) from the right hand
pump control rod (1). Remove the right hand pump
control rod (1) from the right hand plate (6).
2.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolt (7) for the

control rod (8) and the shock absorber (13).
bs05e109
(1) Right Hand Pump Control Rod

(2) Bolt
(3) Nut
(4) Washer
(5) Spacer

(7) Bolt
(8) Control Rod
(9) Bolt
(10) Washer
3.
Refer to figure 2. Remove the pin (12) from the

shaft.
4.
Loosen and remove the nuts and washers (8 and

9) from the bearings (7).
5.
Slide the bearings (7) and shims (10) off the shaft.
Make a note of the correct numbers of shims (10) for
each bearing (7) for use during the control handle
install procedure.
6.
Slide the right hand control handle (1) off of the shaft
and remove from the right hand kick panel (2).
1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 3
(11) Bearing
(13) Shock Absorber
bs05e110_1
(1) Right Hand Control Handle

(2) Right Hand Kick Panel
(3) Control Rod End
(4) Right Hand Shaft
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 4

1.
Inspect the control rod ball joint ends for looseness

and wear in the swivel.
2.
Inspect the control rods, for straightness.
3.
Inspect the control pivot bearings , for wear and

damage.
4.
Check for wear and bending of the pivot shafts.
5.
Replace any parts that are worn, damaged, or bent.
bs05e110_1

(3) Control Rod End
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 5

1.
Command Lever Install is the reverse procedure

of Command Lever Remove. Refer to Command
Lever - Remove (D.20.F.05.05 - F.10.A.10)
2.
After the install procedure is complete refer

to Command Steering command - Adjust
(C.20.F.05.06 - F.45.A.01) for adjustment procedure.
1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 6
Index
TRAVELLING - D

48093 1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 7
48093 1 17/06/2005
D.20.F / 8
TRAVELLING - D
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - 32.C
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48094 1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Control valve
Control valve - External view (D.32.C.14 - C.10.A.40)
SERVICE
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - Remove (D.32.C - F.10.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic - Install (D.32.C - F.10.A.15)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Brake
Brake - Disassemble (D.32.C.58 - F.10.A.25)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Brake - Assemble (D.32.C.58 - F.10.A.20)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
DIAGNOSTIC
Command
Command Button - Testing (D.32.C.05.06 - G.40.A.20)
Sensing system
Sensing system Pressure sensor - Testing (D.32.C.95.81 - G.40.A.20)
Electrical control
Electrical control Solenoid - Testing (D.32.C.91.11 - G.40.A.20)

48094 1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 2
10
TRAVELLING - PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic

bs05e121
(1) Valve Body

(2) Solenoid Valve
Brake Valve
(3) Charge Pressure Switch
bs04b013_1x
(1) Valve Body

(2) Brake Solenoid Valve
(3) 2 Speed Solenoid Valve
Brake / Two Speed Valve

(4) Charge Pressure Switch
(5) Sequence Valve
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 3

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
To remove the parking brake refer to the following

procedure: Motor - Remove (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 4

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
To install the parking brake refer to the following

procedure: Motor - Install (C.20.F.28 - F.10.A.15)
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 5

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
To disassemble the park brake, refer to the following

procedure: Motor - Disassemble (C.20.F.28 F.10.A.25)
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 6

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
To assemble the park brake, refer to the following

procedure: Motor - Assemble (C.20.F.28 F.10.A.20)
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 7

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Have another person sit in the
Continuity
operators seat with the with the seat
belt fastened. Turn the key switch
to the ON position. Disconnect the
connector for the brake switch from
the wiring harness.
Terminal for wire 311 to ground.
2 Check between the B and D terminal Open or continuity.
in the connector to the switch.
3 If the reading was open in test
Continuity
point 2, have another person sit in
the operators seat and push and
release the brake button again.
Check between the B and D terminal
in the connector to the switch.
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 8

Check the circuit between the brake
switch and the interlock relay. Also
check the interlock relay.
Bad brake switch.

Bad brake switch.
If the readings are bad replace the
brake switch.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178S (B) to ground. Continuity
2 Disconnect wire 258B (T) from the Approximately 12 volts
hydraulic brake solenoid. Turn the
key switch to the ON position.
End of wire 258B (T).
3 Reconnect wire 255B (T) to the
hydraulic brake solenoid.
End of wire 258B (T) at the hydraulic
brake solenoid.
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 9

Bad ground connection.
Open circuit in wire to instrument
cluster. Check the instrument
cluster.
Shorted hydraulic brake solenoid
winding. Replace hydraulic brake
solenoid.

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178CJ (B) to
ground.
2 Disconnect wire 258B (T) from the
hydraulic brake solenoid. Have
another person sit in the seat and
fasten the seat belt. Start the
engine.
Visually observe the flashing LED
next to the EIC button labeled with
the I/O symbol (a circle with a
vertical bar inside).
Have another person push and
release the I/o button.
Check end of wire 258B (T) to
ground.
3 Connect wire 255B (T) to the
hydraulic brake solenoid.
Check the end of wire 258B (T) at
the hydraulic brake solenoid.
Expected Result
Continuity

Open circuit in wire from instrument

Faulty hydraulic brake solenoid

winding. Replace the hydraulic
brake solenoid.
1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 10
Index
TRAVELLING - D
7

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
10
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48094 1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 11
48094 1 17/06/2005
D.32.C / 12
TRAVELLING - D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - 50.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48095 1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - Capacity (D.50.B - D.40.A.20)
LT185.B, LT190.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - General specification (D.50.B - D.40.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Drive sprocket
Drive sprocket - Torque (D.50.B.45 - D.20.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Roller
Roller - Torque (D.50.B.56 - D.20.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Idler wheel
Idler wheel - Torque (D.50.B.57 - D.20.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Frame
Frame - Torque (D.50.B.70 - D.20.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
SERVICE
Drive sprocket
Drive sprocket - Remove (D.50.B.45 - F.10.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Drive sprocket - Install (D.50.B.45 - F.10.A.15)
10
LT185.B, LT190.B
Rubber track
Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10)
12
LT185.B, LT190.B
Rubber track - Install (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.15)
14
LT185.B, LT190.B
Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40)
15
LT185.B, LT190.B
Track tensioning mechanism

Track tensioning mechanism - Remove (D.50.B.48 - F.10.A.10)
17
LT185.B, LT190.B
Track tensioning mechanism - Install (D.50.B.48 - F.10.A.15)
18
LT185.B, LT190.B
Roller
Roller - Remove (D.50.B.56 - F.10.A.10)
19
LT185.B, LT190.B
20
Roller - Install (D.50.B.56 - F.10.A.15)

LT185.B, LT190.B
Idler wheel
48095 1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 2
Idler wheel - Remove (D.50.B.57 - F.10.A.10)
21
LT185.B, LT190.B
Idler wheel - Install (D.50.B.57 - F.10.A.15)

LT185.B, LT190.B
48095 1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 3
23
TRAVELLING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks

LT185.B, LT190.B
Capacity - Each Side
Final Drive
0.55 L (0.58 US qt)
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - General specification (D.50.B D.40.A.10)

LT185.B, LT190.B
Specification
Final Drive
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE SSL GEAR LUBE
75W-90 (Synthetic)
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 4

LT185.B, LT190.B
Bolts for Drive Sprockets
Initial Torque: 67 - 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft)

Tighten in Star Pattern
Final Torque: 285 - 320 Nm (208 - 235 lb ft)
Tighten in Star Pattern
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 5

LT185.B, LT190.B
Bolts for Rollers
336 - 371 Nm (248 - 274 lb ft)
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 6

LT185.B, LT190.B
Front Idler Wheel

Rear Idler Wheel
183 - 205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft)

555 - 620 Nm (406 - 460 lb ft)
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 7

LT185.B, LT190.B
Track frame Mounting Bolts
183 - 205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft)

Follow Sequence Below:
1. Torque Bottom Bolts Snug.
2. Torque Side Bolts.
3. Torque Bottom Bolts.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 8

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
Prior operation: Refer to Rubber track - Tension

adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and completely
loosen the tension on the track.
Make reference marks on the cover and the drive
sprocket to be used for alignment and the bolt
torque procedure during installation.
bd05c020_2
bd05c020_3
Loosen and remove the socket head cap screws (1)

from the drive sprocket (2). Use acceptable lifting
equipment and lift the track above the drive sprocket
to allow the guide teeth to disengage from the drive
sprocket. Slide the drive sprocket off of the hub and
remove the drive sprocket.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 9

LT185.B, LT190.B
NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows socket head cap screws installed on the drive sprocket.
1.
2.
3.
Slide the drive sprocket over the hub. If the same

sprocket that was removed is being installed, use
the alignment marks made during removal to align
the drive sprocket on the hub. Lift the track above
the drive sprocket to allow the drive sprocket to
engage the guide teeth (1) on the track. Make sure
the drive sprocket is between the guide teeth (1)
on the track.
bd05c020_4
bd05c020_3
bd05c020_5
Install the socket head cap screws (1) into the drive
sprocket (2).
Use the reference mark on the hub as the starting

point and tighten the socket head cap screws to
a torque of 67 - 163 Nm (50 - 120 lb ft) in the
sequence shown.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 10

4.
Tighten the socket head cap screws to a final torque

of 285 - 320 Nm (208 - 235 lb ft) in the sequence
shown.
Next operation: After the drive sprocket has been
installed, follow the procedure - Rubber track Tension adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and adjust
the tension of the track.
bd05c020_5
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 11

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
Park the machine on a level surface with the bucket

approximately 125 mm (5 inches) off of the ground
and stop the engine.
2.
Place 101 mm (4 inch) blocks (1) on the ground

under the bucket. Enter the operators compartment
and start the engine and lower the bucket until the
front of the machine is raised off the ground. Stop
the engine and exit the operators compartment.
Place a floor jack (2) under the rear of the machine
and raise the rear of the machine until the tracks are
completely off of the ground. Install blocks under
the machine to securely block the machine in the
raised position with the tracks off the ground.
3.
Remove the screws (1) from the adjuster cover (2)

and remove the cover.
4.
bd05c009
bd05c012_1
bd05c011_1
Slowly loosen the grease valve (1) on the adjuster

(2) until the grease begins to discharge from
the adjuster (2). Allow the grease to completely
discharge from the adjuster (2) to release the
tension on the track as the idler wheel moves
rearward.
NOTE: DO NOT remove the grease valve body from the

adjuster. Internal parts (ball, spring, and poppet) may be
lost.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 12

5.
6.
7.
The idler wheel (1) can be moved farther rearward

either by pushing the idler wheel rearward or by
lifting on the center (2) of the track.
bd05c010_2
bd05c010_3
bd05c009_1
Use acceptable lifting equipment and lift the track

(2) off of the drive sprocket (1) to allow room for the
drive sprocket (1) to slide off of the hub.
Next operation: Refer to Drive sprocket - Remove
(D.50.B.45 - F.10.A.10) and remove the drive
sprocket (1).
Remove the rubber track from the main frame (2)
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 13

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
3.
Follow the procedure in Steps 1 and 2 of Rubber

track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and raise
and install blocks under the machine to securely
block the machine in the raised position so that the
tracks are off the ground.
bd05c010
bd05c063_1
bd05c064_1
Install the track around the rear idler wheel (1).

Make sure the rear idler wheel is between the guide
teeth (2) on the track.
Continue towards the front idler wheel (1) engaging

the track guide teeth (3) between the rollers (2) and
then around the front idler wheel (1). Make sure the
front idler wheel (1) is between the guide teeth (3)
on the track.
Next operation: Refer to Drive sprocket - Install
(D.50.B.45 - F.10.A.15) and install the drive
sprocket.
Next operation: Refer to Rubber track - Tension
adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and adjust the
tension of the track.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 14

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
Follow the procedure in Steps 1 and 2 of Rubber

track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and raise
and install blocks under the machine to securely
block the machine in the raised position so that the
tracks are off the ground.
bd05c010
bd05c012_1
bd05c011_2
Remove the screws (1) from the adjuster cover (2)

and remove the cover (2).
3.
Tighten the grease valve (1) to a torque of 90 10

Nm (66 10 lb ft) . Install a power grease gun on
the grease zerk (3) on the grease valve (1).
4.
To tighten the track, apply grease to the adjuster (2)

to increase the tension to the track.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 15

5.
Apply grease to the adjuster until the distance from

the bottom of the 2 center rollers (1) to the top
surface (2) of the track is within 12 - 19 mm (0.47 0.75 in)
bd05c014_1
6.
To loosen the track, loosen the grease valve on the

adjuster until grease discharges from the adjuster.
Allow the grease to discharge from the adjuster until
the distance from the bottom of the 2 center rollers
to the top surface of the track is within 12 - 19 mm
(0.47 - 0.75 in) as shown in the step above. When
the distance is within the specifications, tighten the
grease valve to a torque of 90 10 Nm (66 10
lb ft) .
NOTE: DO NOT remove the grease valve body from the

adjuster. Internal parts (ball, spring, and poppet) may be
lost.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 16

LT185.B, LT190.B
Prior operation: Refer to Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and remove the track from the machine
1.
2.
3.
Remove the track (1) from the machine.
bd05c010_4
bs05c135_1
bs05c134_1
Slide the track tension assembly (2) out of the main

frame (1).
Slide the yoke assembly (2) off of the track tension

assembly (1).
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 17

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
Slide the yoke assembly (2) onto the track tension

assembly (1).
bs05c134_2
bs05c135_2
Slide the track tension assembly (2) into the main

frame (1).
Next operation: Refer to Rubber track - Install (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.15) and install the track.
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and
adjust the tension of the track.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 18

LT185.B, LT190.B
Prior operation: Refer to Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and remove the track (1) from the
machine.
NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows track installed on the machine.
bd05c010_4
1.
2.
After the track has been removed from the machine,

loosen and remove the cap screws and washers
(1) from the roller (2). Remove the roller (2) from
the track assembly.
bd05c021_1
bd05c021_2
Repeat the procedure above and remove the

remaining rollers (1) from the track assembly.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 19

LT185.B, LT190.B
NOTE: Photos are for reference only. Photo shows track installed on the machine.
1.
2.
Install the roller (2) into the mounting location in the

track frame. Install the cap screw (1) and washer
into the track frame and through the roller pilot hole.
Tighten the mounting bolt (1) to a torque of 336 371 Nm. (248 - 274 lb ft)
bd05c021_1
bd05c021_2
Install the remaining rollers in the track frame

mounting locations. Install the cap screw and
washer into the track frame and through the roller
pilot hole. Tighten the mounting bolt to a torque of
336 - 371 Nm. (248 - 274 lb ft)
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40) and
adjust the tension of the track.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 20

LT185.B, LT190.B
Prior operation: Refer to Rubber Track - Rubber track - Remove (D.50.B.47 - F.10.A.10) and remove the track (1)
from the machine.
bd05c010_4
1.
2.
Front Idler Wheel:

Remove the track from the machine. Slide the track
tension assembly (2) out of the main frame (1).
bs05c135_1
bs05c134_3
Loosen and remove the mounting screw (1) in the

yoke (2) which fastens the front idler wheel (3) to
the yoke (2). Remove the front idler wheel (3) from
the yoke (2).
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 21

3.
Rear Idler Wheel:

Loosen and remove the cap screw (1) and washer
from the rear idler wheel (2). Remove the rear idler
wheel (2) from the main frame (3).
bs05c139_2
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 22

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
2.
3.
Front Idler Wheel:

Install the front idler wheel (3) into the yoke (2).
Install the screw into the yoke and into the front idler
wheel. Tighten the screw (1) to a torque of 183 205 Nm (136 - 153 lb ft)
bs05c134_3
bs05c135_2
bs05c139_2
Slide the track tension assembly (2) into the main

frame (1).
Rear Idler Wheel:

Install the rear idler wheel (2) into the main frame
(3). Install the screw (1) into the main frame and
into the rear idler wheel (2). Tighten the screw (1)to
a torque of 555 - 620 Nm (406 - 460 lb ft).
After the track has been installed, follow the procedure - Rubber track - Tension adjust (D.50.B.47 - F.45.A.40)
and adjust the tension of the track.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 23
Index
TRAVELLING - D
10

LT185.B, LT190.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
LT185.B, LT190.B

LT185.B, LT190.B
23

LT185.B, LT190.B
21

LT185.B, LT190.B

LT185.B, LT190.B
20

LT185.B, LT190.B
19

LT185.B, LT190.B

LT185.B, LT190.B
14

LT185.B, LT190.B
12
LT185.B, LT190.B
15
LT185.B, LT190.B
18
LT185.B, LT190.B
17
LT185.B, LT190.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Tracks - General specification (D.50.B - D.40.A.10)

LT185.B, LT190.B
48095 1 17/06/2005
D.50.B / 24
TRAVELLING - D
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - 50.C
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
48096 1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
TECHNICAL DATA
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Tire pressure (D.50.C - D.30.A.45)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Torque (D.50.C - D.20.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Capacity (D.50.C - D.40.A.20)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - General specification (D.50.C - D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
SERVICE
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - Tire inflating (D.50.C - F.60.A.11)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Drive chain
Drive chain - Tension adjust (D.50.C.42 - F.45.A.40)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48096 1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 2
TRAVELLING - WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Tire
8.25 x 15 Chevron tread
7.50 x 15 HST-Hollow segmented
12.00 x 16.5 R4-Cleat tread
12.00 x 16.5 PHD-Premium heavy-duty
12.00 x 16.5 HST-Hollow segmented
14.00 x 17.5 - cleat tread
Pressure
50 psi
N/A
40 psi
65 psi
N/A
60 psi
(414 kPa)
(276 kPa)
(448 kPa)
(410 kPa)
1. Maintain proper tire inflation.

NOTE: latco "Air Boss" segmented tires are approved for all new generation New Holland loader models. These
tires must be mounted with the wheel dish "in" to the frame (narrowest wheel tread position). Reversing the wheels
with the dish "out" is not recommended, as increased axle and frame loading occurs, which may lead to eventual
axle bearing and/or main frame failure.

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
If the machine is new or if the wheels have just been installed, check the wheel nuts every 2 hours. Continue to
check the wheel nuts every 2 hours until they remain tight.
Wheel nut torque. 169 - 196 Nm (125 - 145 lb ft)
bd04j040
NOTE: When the tires are installed, make sure that the tread is in the same direction. See the photo above.

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Chain Compartments
LS180.B / LS185.B Machines Capacity - Each Side
10.1 L (10.7 US qt)
LS190.B Machines Capacity - Each Side
12.3 L (13 US qt)
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - General specification (D.50.C D.40.A.10)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Specifications
Chain Compartments
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA AUTO SUPREME SAE
10W-30
1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 3

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
NOTE: Always have a qualified tire mechanic service the tires and rims on this machine.
NOTE: It is recommended to have the tires inflated by a qualified tire mechanic.
IMPORTANT: To prevent accidents, always use a restraining device (tire inflation cage), correct equipment, and
correct procedure. Explosive separation of the tire can cause serious injury.
1.
If the tire has lost all pressure or needs to be

serviced, install the tire on a machine or a restraining
device (tire inflation cage). Do this before the tire
is inflated.
2.
Get an air hose with a self-locking air chuck and

a remote shut-off valve.
3.
Ensure that all persons are away from the side of

the tire.
4.
Stand behind the tread of the tire.
5.
Inflate the tire up to the recommended air pressure.
NOTE: Do not exceed the recommended air pressure

while inflating the tire.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 4

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Lower the loader bucket or the attachment to the

ground.
2.
Use a jack or hoist to lift the machine off of the

ground. Place blocks or stands under the machine
to raise it completely off the ground.
3.
4.
bd04g024
bs04h104
bd04g024_1
With the machine raised off the ground, rotate each

tire and check for allowable movement. at the outer
edge of the tire tread. The allowable range is 0 to
6 - mm (0 to 1/4 - in) If the movement is not in the
allowable range, adjust the drive chain tension.
Remove the wheels from the machine. Loosen the

axle retaining nuts (1) on the front and rear axles.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 5

5.
6.
7.
To tighten the drive chains, slide the front axle

towards the front of the machine and the rear axle
towards the rear of the machine.
bd04g024_2
bd04g024_1
bs04h104
Tighten the axle retaining nuts (1) to a torque of 190

- Nm (140 - lb ft) . Repeat this procedure for the
other side of the machine.
Install the wheels back on the machine. Tighten the

wheel retaining nuts to a torque of 169 - Nm (125 lb ft). Check for allowable movement. at the outer
edge of the tire tread. The allowable range is 0 to
6 - mm (0 to 1/4 - in) If the movement is not in the
allowable range, repeat the adjust the drive chain
tension procedure.
1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 6
Index
TRAVELLING - D
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
WHEELS AND TRACKS Wheels - General specification (D.50.C - D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
48096 1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 7
48096 1 17/06/2005
D.50.C / 8
TRAVELLING - D
Final drive - 15.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48097 1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 1
Contents
TRAVELLING - D
Final drive - 15.A
TECHNICAL DATA
Final drive - Capacity (D.15.A - D.40.A.20)
LT185.B, LT190.B
Final drive - General specification (D.15.A - D.40.A.10)
LT185.B, LT190.B
SERVICE
Final drive - Remove (D.15.A - F.10.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Final drive - Visual inspection (D.15.A - F.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Final drive - Install (D.15.A - F.10.A.15)
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
Housing
Housing Wheel hub housing - Remove (D.15.A.74.46 - F.10.A.10)
11
LT185.B, LT190.B
Housing Wheel hub housing - Install (D.15.A.74.46 - F.10.A.15)

LT185.B, LT190.B
48097 1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 2
12
TRAVELLING - Final drive

LT185.B, LT190.B
Capacity - Each Side
Final Drive
0.55 L (0.58 US qt)

LT185.B, LT190.B
Specification
Final Drive
New Holland Ambra SSL 75W-90 Gear Lube (Synthetic)
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 3

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Drive Chain and Sprocket Removal.
2.
The axle housing assemblies and final drive case

cover will need to be removed to access the drive
chains and drive sprockets.
3.
The four final drive chains are an endless design,

with no connector link.
4.
Removal.
5.
6.

OPS847
OPS8430
ATTENTION: Never work under a raised boom unless it

is properly supported by the boom lock pins. Never work
under a raised boom with an attachment. Always remove
the attachment from the loader.
7.
8.
Securely block the skid steer with all four wheels

off the ground.
Support the loader at the front of the final drive

cases at (1), and at the rear at (2).

1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 4

9.
Remove the tires and wheels from the final drive

bearing serviced.
10.

11.

washers, (1), from each axle.
12.

OPS8431
OPS8432
OPS8433

case.
ATTENTION: Axle assembly is heavy and may require
two persons to adequately support if handling manually.
13.
14.
There is a large O-ring, (1), that seals the axle

Remove the final drive cover, (1).
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 5

15.
Drive chain and Sprocket Removal.
19997744
16.
Remove the drive chains from the drive sprocket,

(1).
NOTE: In order to remove the chain and driven sprockets

from the chain case, the gearbox must be loosened
and moved toward the center of the machine. This will
remove the interference of the double sprocket with the
large driven sprockets. It is not necessary to remove the
gearbox from the machine.
17.
Roll the rear driven sprocket to the chain case

opening, remove the chain from the sprocket and lift
the sprocket from the chain case. Repeat for the
front driven sprocket.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 6

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Parts Inspection.
2.
3.
Inspect the drive sprockets in the center spline area,

(1 ), for excessive wear and the tooth area, (2), for
wear
4.
Inspect the drive chains for broken or cracked

rollers, (1).
5.
Inspect the drive chains for cracked or broken side

bars, (2).
6.
Inspect the side bar to pin wear or looseness at (3).
7.
Inspect the drive chains for excessive stretch

(bushing wear).
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 7
OPS8435
OPS8436

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
1.
Install.
2.
Clean all surfaces which require resealing of old

silicone sealer, dirt, etc.
3.
If replacing the oil, it will have to be syphoned from

the chain case. Thoroughly clean the inside of the
case to remove all debris.
4.
If removed, place the chains into the chain case.

Install the front chain (the longer chain) into the
case first.
5.
Place the front driven sprocket into the chain case

with the longer center hub, (1), to the outside of the
case.
OPS8437
19997743
NOTE: The driven sprockets are not centered in the chain

case. The front sprocket is installed with the longer hub,
(1), to the outside of the machine and the rear driven
sprocket is installed with the short hub, (2), to the outside.
6.
Install the longer chain on the large sprocket and

roll it into position.
7.
Place the rear driven sprocket in the chain case,

install the shorter chain and roll it into position.
8.
Reinstall the gearbox.
9.
Install the drive chains onto the gearbox drive

sprocket, (1) with the front chain, (2), to the inside
and the rear chain, (3), to the outside.
10.
Fill the chain case with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA

HYPOIDE SSL GEAR LUBE to the bottom edge of
the lower two threaded holes at (4).
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 8

11.
Clean all sealer and oil from the chain case cover
mating area at (5).
12.

drive case sheet, the case should not leak. To seal
off this area and prevent leaks, clean the final drive
case around the pilot mating area, (2), and around
the studs, (3), with an appropriate cleaner. Place
a bean of silicone sealant (such as part #L58775),
around the side sheet mating area, (2), and the
studs, (3).
13.
19987113
OPS8426
OPS8427

chain properly.

the loader raised.
14.

on the axle shaft, (2), and the drive sprocket and
slide together. Lifting the axle housing assembly
over the retaining studs, pilot the center of the
housing (3), into the hole in the case and slide the
housing tight against the case.
15.

16.

chains.

tread.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 9

17.

Nm).

18.
Place a continuous bead of sealer around the

perimeter of the chain case cover hole, (1), and
to the bottom of the heads on the cover retaining
bolts (2). Install the cover and eight retaining bolts.
Torque to 11 lb ft (15 Nm).
OPS8428-1
19.
Check the final drive oil level at the check plug,

(3). Add NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE SSL
GEAR LUBE as required.
20.
Reinstall all shields removed for this repair.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 10

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
Cover Remove:
To remove the cover, rotate the final drive until the
drain / fill plug (1) is at the bottom.
2.
Place a container capable of holding 0.55 L (0.58

US qt) below the drain / fill plug. Loosen and remove
the drain / fill plug and allow the oil to drain from
the housing.
3.
bd05c052_1
bd05c052_2
Use acceptable tools and remove the snap ring (1)

from the cover (2).
4.
Remove the cover (2) from the housing.
5.
Remove and discard the O-ring from the housing.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 11

LT185.B, LT190.B
1.
Cover Install:
Install a new O-ring in the housing.
2.
Install the cover (2) onto the housing.
3.
4.
5.
bd05c020_1
bd05c052_2
bd05c052_3
Install a new snap ring (1) into the groove in the

housing to secure the cover (2) to the housing.
Make sure the snap ring is completely seated in the
groove in the housing.
Rotate the final drive housing until the drain / fill plug
(1) is in the position shown at the fill line (2).
Remove the drain / fill plug (1). Fill the final drive
assembly with NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE
SSL GEAR LUBE 75W-90 (Synthetic) until it starts
running back out of the fill hole. Install and tighten
the drain / fill plug (1). Check for any leaks.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 12

6.
Refer to: Final drive - General specification

(D.15.A - D.40.A.10) and Final drive - Capacity
(D.15.A - D.40.A.20) for the correct type and
quantity of synthetic gear oil.
1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 13
Index
TRAVELLING - D
Final drive - 15.A
3

LT185.B, LT190.B
LT185.B, LT190.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
LS185.B, LS190.B, LS180.B
12
LT185.B, LT190.B

LT185.B, LT190.B
48097 1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 14
11
48097 1 17/06/2005
D.15.A / 15
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48090 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
BODY AND STRUCTURE
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48099 1 17/06/2005
E
Contents
BODY AND STRUCTURE - E
USER CONTROLS AND SEAT
E.32.A
USER PLATFORM
E.34.A
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system
E.40.B
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
E.40.C
SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety
E.50.B

48099 1 17/06/2005
E

USER CONTROLS AND SEAT - 32.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48102 1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Console
Console - Component diagram (E.32.A.80 - C.20.A.71)
Instrument panel
Instrument panel - Component diagram (E.32.A.81 - C.20.A.71)
Instrument panel - Static description (E.32.A.81 - C.30.A.20)
SERVICE
Seat
Seat - Remove (E.32.A.70 - F.10.A.10)
11
Seat - Install (E.32.A.70 - F.10.A.15)

Instrument panel
Instrument panel - Remove (E.32.A.81 - F.10.A.10)
13
Instrument panel - Install (E.32.A.81 - F.10.A.15)
14
Instrument panel - Electrical test (E.32.A.81 - F.40.A.50)

48102 1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 2
15
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER CONTROLS AND SEAT

bd04h059
1. Switch panel
2. Key switch
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 3

bd04e088
1. Seat Belt Indicator Lamp
6. Work lamp switch
2. Engine oil pressure indicator lamp 7. Auxiliary hydraulic interlock

and alarm
override switch
3. Park brake indicator lamp
8.Road lamp switch
4. Hourmeter
5. Fuel Gauge
9. Park brake ON/OFF switch

10. Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 4
11. Coolant temperature warning

lamp and alarm
12. Engine air filter warning lamp
13. Engine grid heater lamp (if
equipped)
14. Charge pressure warning lamp
15. Hydraulic fluid temperature
warning lamp

bd04e088
1. Seat Belt Indicator Lamp
6. Work lamp switch
2. Engine oil pressure indicator lamp 7. Auxiliary hydraulic interlock

and alarm
override switch
3. Park brake indicator lamp
8.Road lamp switch
4. Hourmeter
5. Fuel Gauge
9. Park brake ON/OFF switch

10. Hydraulic oil filter warning lamp
11. Coolant temperature warning

lamp and alarm
12. Engine air filter warning lamp
13. Engine grid heater lamp (if
equipped)
14. Charge pressure warning lamp
15. Hydraulic fluid temperature
warning lamp
The EIC monitors and controls certain loader functions and engine parameters. When a monitored parameter limit
is exceeded, the EIC issues audible and visual warnings to the operator.
Monitored functions and parameters:
1. Operator (in/out seat) lighted indicator
2. Operator seat belt (buckled/unbuckled, NH), lighted indicator (same as lighted indicator in (1).
3. Engine oil pressure (high/low) lighted indicator
4. Hydraulic charge pressure (high/low) lighted indicator
5. Hydraulic oil temperature (high/low) lighted indicator
6. Engine coolant temperature (high/low) lighted indicator
7. Hydraulic oil filter condition (free/restricted) lighted indicator
8. Engine air filter condition (free/restricted) lighted indicator
9. Parking brake state (ON/OFF) lighted indicator
10. Engine preheat state (ON/OFF) lighted indicator
11. Battery voltage (over/under) displayed in place of engine hours when out of limits high/low
12. Engine hours (accumulated to tenth hour) character display.
13. Fuel level eight element vertical bar graph.
Controlled Functions:
1. Hydraulic interlock solenoid output inhibits boom/bucket movement when operator out of seat or seat belt
unbuckled (NH brand) or seat bar raised.
2. Hydraulic brake output prevents loader motion when operator out of seat , seat belt unbuckled (NH brand) This
output is not connected for NH loaders with the manual brake.
3. Grid heat output applies power to the grid heater relay for an interval of time determined by the temperature
of the engine coolant each time the ignition key is turned from off to on.
4. Hydraulic auxiliary override enables a continuous hydraulic flow to attachments when an operator leaves the
seat to operate an attachment. If not pushed, provides a safety interlock during operator entry/exit of the loader.
Additionally, a four push-button operator selector area located on the EIC provides the following functions during
normal operation: (6) work lights (ON/OFF) (8) road lights (ON/OFF) (9) parking brake (SET/RELEASE) and
(7) auxiliary hydraulic interlock override.
Push Button Functional Description:
Work lights and road lights toggles the state of the lights indicated by an associated LED. Only works when the
ignition key is ON.
Parking brake for machines with hydraulically actuated brake, this button toggles the state of the parking brake. A
back lighted symbol displays the state of the brake. At power up, loader motion, hydraulic flow to attachments and
movement of the boom and bucket are inhibited until this button is pushed. At power up only, a flashing LED near this
push button prompts the operator to release the brake to begin operation. Only works when the ignition key is ON.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 5

Auxiliary hydraulic override if pressed, the light next to the switch will turn on for thirty seconds. Within that period
of time, an operator may leave the seat without interruption to attachment hydraulic flow. This feature is turned off or
reset while the operator is in the seat and (1) the operator again pushes the button during the thirty seconds (2)
automatically after thirty seconds or (3) leaves to operate the attachment and then sits back down in the seat at
some later time. When the operator returns to the seat after using an implement for an extended period of time, the
brake button must be pushed again to enable the loader hydraulic system and turn off the brake. The override
feature is primarily used to support attachments such as a backhoe or other out-of-cab operated implements.
Restraint System:
The New Holland version of the EIC contain logic to ensure operator safety. The EIC continually monitors the seat
switch, seat belt switch (NH). If, during operation, any of these restraint devices indicates to the EIC that the
operator has left the seat or is about to leave the seat, the EIC will inhibit hydraulic flow to the boom and bucket
and will set the brake. Additionally, if the operator has not pressed the auxiliary hydraulic override push button,
flow will be halted to attachments via hydraulic solenoid interlock or automatic engine shut down provided that the
auxiliary control is displaced from neutral.
To prevent annoying attachment flow interruption and hydraulic brake activation due to operator-induced seat switch
bounce, the NH brand implements a short seat switch time delay prior to halting auxiliary flow.
The New Holland brand logic requires that the seat belt must be unfastened prior to operation at power on. The
New Holland brand also requires that the seat belt be unbuckled then buckled if the operator is out of the seat for
more than two seconds.
The EIC will power up when an operator sits in the seat. This enables viewing of fuel level and engine hours
without use of the ignition key. If the operator is in the seat for more than thirty seconds and the ignition key is
not turned on, the EIC will turn itself off.
EIC Special Functions (Setup Menu):
Special machine setup features are available via the operator push button selector area. The EIC will display the
word SETUP as a first menu item visual anchor message. The choices available are (1) select engine type (for
correct cold engine preheat profile) (2) select brake type: hydraulic, none or manual (NH only) (3) display EIC
software revision level and (5) modify engine hours (coded entry required).
Push Button Definitions:
Any button: Any button may be depressed and held for six seconds to enter the setup mode. The seat must be
unoccupied and the ignition key off during this time, but the operator may sit in the seat after the setup mode
is entered.
Parking brake: Provides for editing the values that a setup menu item (engine type, brake type, engine hours) can
have. When a value has been changed, this button is also used to save the value in memory. Verification of the
saved value is automatic. The display will blank and go dark. Then, after a short delay time, the value will be
retrieved from memory and shown again in the display. After this visual verification, the word SETUP will again
appear in the display.
Road light: Used to view in succession all of the values that an item can have. When changing engine hours, this
button increments a flashing digit value in a circular manner from 0 9.
Work light: Used to navigate to the next menu item. When changing engine hours, this button causes the flashing
emphasis to move to the next digit to the right.
Auxiliary override: This button functions as an unconditional setup exit without save from any location in the menu.
When this button is pushed, the EIC will turn off. If the operator is in the seat, the EIC will immediately power up
normally. None of any changed information will be saved unless that information was first saved using the parking
brake button and then verified.
To exit the Setup Menu: (1) Leave the loader. After three seconds the EIC will automatically power down, (2) place
the ignition key in either the ACC or the ON position or (3) push and release the auxiliary override button.
Special feature choices (1) display/select engine type, (2) display/change brake type and (3) display/change
engine hours are the only values that may be modified.
NOTE: For the following three descriptions, it is assumed that the operator has already placed the instrument cluster
in the SETUP mode and is sitting in the seat. The word SETUP appears in the text display.
Detailed description of setup items:
Selecting an engine preheat profile:
To select an engine preheat profile (item 1), press and release the work light push button one time. The word
ENGIN will be displayed. Then, push and release the park brake push button. The engine type NH (for
NH brand) or ISM will be displayed depending on the profile currently stored in the EIC. Push and release the
road light push button to switch between the engine types. When the desired engine type is displayed, push
and release the park brake push button to store the new selection. After visual verification, the word SETUP
will again appear in the display.
Changing brake type:
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 6

To select a brake type (item 2), press and release the work light push button two times. The word BRAKE will be
displayed. Then, push and release the park brake push button. The brake type HYDRL (for hydraulic) NOBRK
(for no brake to adjust drive neutral) or MANUL (for manual) will be displayed depending on the type currently
stored in the EIC. Push and release the road light push button to switch between the brake types. When the
desired type is displayed, push and release the park brake push button to store the new selection. After visual
verification, the word SETUP will again appear in the display.
NOTE: You must contact your CNH Technical Services Advisor to obtain the UNLOCK CODE before the Engine
Hourmeter can be changed.
Changing engine hours:
To change engine hours (item 4), press and release the work light push button four times until the word HOUR
is displayed. Then, push and release the park brake push button. The word UNLOCK will be displayed for two
seconds to prompt that an unlocking code must be entered to change engine hours. After the two second delay, the
display will prompt for the entry of a four-digit code. The leftmost digit after the prompt > will flash, indicating a
digit that can be changed. Using the road light push button to change the digit value and the work light push
button to select the next digit, enter the unlocking code.
Push and release the park brake push button to accept this unlocking code. Currently stored engine hour value
will be retrieved and displayed and the leftmost digit will flash. Using the same technique outlined above, enter
the desired engine hour value. Push and release the park brake push button to store the new engine hour value.
After visual verification, the word SETUP will again appear in the display.
Exit the Setup Menu using one of the three methods described above.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 7
Seat - Remove (E.32.A.70 - F.10.A.10)

1.
Seat Removal.
2.
This section describes how to remove the seat and

seat pan support assembly.
3.
Seat Pan Support Removal.
4.
Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable.
OPS8710
19984338-2
IMPORTANT: Disconnect the (-) negative ground cable.

Failure to disconnect the battery may result in damage to
the EIC (Electronic Instrument Cluster) monitoring system
and other electrical components.
5.
Disconnect the seat and seat belt wire harness

connector, (1).
6.
Remove retaining pin from latch rod at (1), and

remove rod.
7.
Remove the seat pan support hardware at (2).
8.
Unlatch the seat pan support at (3), and lift the seat
and pan support assembly from the loader.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 8

9.
10.
The right side of the seat and pan support assembly

shows the seat belt buckle, (1), wire harness, (2),
and seat latch rod, (3).
OPS8712
OPS8713
OPS8714
To remove the seat belt buckle, remove the wire

harness retaining clamp, (4), and buckle hardware,
(5).
NOTE: When reinstalling the seat belt buckle hardware,

(5), tighten the pivot bolt tight enough to hold the belt in a
set position but will allow movement of the buckle to the
front or rear as required by the operator.
11.
Remove the seat retaining hardware, (1), to

separate the seat and seat track from the seat
pan support. Remove the wire clamp at (2), if the
seat/seat belt wire harness is being replaced.
12.
Holding the seat in place, unplug the seat switch(es).

Disconnect the wire harness from the switch(es) by
releasing the latch away from the switch.
13.
To remove the seat tracks from the seat assembly

remove the track retaining hardware, (1).
14.
Remove the switch(es) from the seat pan, (2). Note

the standard seat uses one switch and the deluxe
seat uses two switches as shown.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 9

15.
To remove the seat/seat belt wire harness remove

the grommet at (1), and pull the harness from the
seat pan.
OPS8715
16.
Remove the seat pan latch rod, (2), by removing the

retaining hardware, (3).
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 10

1.
2.
Seat, Switch and Pan Reinstallation.
OPS8716
OPS8717
19984338-3
Install the switch(es) into the seat pan, making sure

the switch is seated into the hole in the seat pan, (1).
IMPORTANT: If the switch is not seated properly when

the retaining hardware is tightened, the switch flange will
be broken.
3.
Reconnect the wire harness to the switch(es) and

reinstall the seat retaining hardware. Make sure the
harness connector latches are engaged.
4.
Reattach the seat to the seat pan support with

retaining hardware at (1).
NOTE: If the seat/seat belt wire harness was removed

reinstall the wire grommet in seat pan at (2), and wire
clamp on back of seat, (3), to retain the wire harness.
5.
Reinstall the seat and seat pan support assembly

into the loader and attach with hardware at (1).
If the seat pan latch rod, (2), or latch plates, (3),
were removed they may require adjustment to
ensure proper seat latching.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 11

6.
7.
To adjust the latches, (1), lower the seat down to

the operating position and slide the latches, (1), to
obtain full engagement of latches and latch rod.
After the latches are adjusted release latch rod,
raise seat and lower seat to operating position. Try
lifting on the front of the seat to verify seat pan
support is latched securely.
OPS8719
OPS8720
Reconnect the seat/seat belt wire harness connector

to the main wire harness behind the seat at (1).
NOTE: Position the seat/seat belt and main wire harness

to the front of the boom lock linkage, (2), to prevent
interference. If the wires are to the back side of the
linkage it will not stay connected when the seat is raised.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 12

1.
Disconnect the battery.
2.
Loosen and remove the screws that fasten the

instrument panel to the console.
3.
Pull the instrument panel out of the console far

enough to disconnect the electrical connector from
the rear of the instrument panel.
4.
Disconnect the electrical connector from the socket

on the rear of the instrument panel and remove the
instrument panel from the console.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 13

1.
Installation of the instrument panel is the reverse

removal. Instrument panel - Remove (E.32.A.81 F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 14

1.
PROBLEM:
EIC board will not light up when operator sits in the
seat.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Service/Run switch in the service position.
CORRECTION:
Push switch to RUN position.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Faulty seat switch.
CORRECTION:
Replace switch
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage to seat switch.
CORRECTION:
Blown 5 amp fuse electronic battery in engine panel,
replace fuse.
Open in power wire from 5 amp fuse from supply,
check and/or replace battery.
No battery voltage to 5 amp fuse from supply, check
and/or replace battery.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Blown 5 amp fuse (electronic battery) in engine
panel.
CORRECTION:
Replace fuse.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from seat switch to EIC board.
CORRECTION:
Open in power wire from seat switch to EIC board,
repair open wire.
Poor or no connection at EIC board, repair
connection.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Battery voltage from seat switch to EIC board.
CORRECTION:
If battery voltage from seat to board is OK, replace
the EIC.
2.
PROBLEM:
EIC backlighting is dim.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Brightness variations due to production differences
between models and/or EIC board changes.
CORRECTION:
None -- overlay decal material variations cause
differences in brightness.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Backlights dim when the loader worklights are
activated.
CORRECTION:
None -- EIC board circuitry automatically dims the
backlighting when then worklights are on, to reduce
the glare at night.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 15

3.
PROBLEM:
EIC board seat belt light will not go off with the seat
belt fastened.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Seat belt not fastened.
CORRECTION:
Fasten the seat belt.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Faulty seat belt buckle switch.
CORRECTION:
Replace seat belt assembly.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from seat switch to seat belt
switch.
CORRECTION:
Open in wire from seat switch to seat belt switch,
repair open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from seat belt switch to EIC
board.
CORRECTION:
Open in wire from seat belt switch to EIC board,
repair open.
Poor or no connection at EIC board, repair
connection.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Battery voltage from seat belt switch to EIC board.
CORRECTION:
If voltage is OK, replace the EIC.
4.
PROBLEM:
EIC will not read correct Engine RPM, and varies
more than 50 RPM.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Incorrect engine configuration.
CORRECTION:
Correct the engine configuration.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No AC voltage at tachometer terminal at alternator.
CORRECTION:
Repair alternator.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Loose or corroded connection at tachometer
terminal at alternator.
CORRECTION:
Repair connection.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No AC voltage at EIC board from alternator.
CORRECTION:
Open in wire from alternator to EIC board, repair
connection.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
AC voltage from alternator to EIC board.
CORRECTION:
Repair loose or corroded connection at EIC board.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Wire connection from alternator to EIC board.
CORRECTION:
If OK, replace EIC.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 16

5.
PROBLEM:
EIC will not unlock boom and bucket spool locks.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
SERVICE/RUN switch in the SERVICE position.
CORRECTION:
Place switch in RUN position.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
CORRECTION:
Fasten seat belt.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Faulty seat belt buckle.
CORRECTION:
Replace seat belt assembly.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from seat belt switch to EIC.
CORRECTION:
Open in power wire from seat belt switch, repair
open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from EIC to spool lock solenoids.
CORRECTION:
Open in power wire from EIC to solenoids, repair
open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Battery voltage to lock solenoids.
CORRECTION:
If OK, check inoperative solenoids, check solenoid
coils and repair or replace.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 17

6.
PROBLEM:
Engine will not start and/or run.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
CORRECTION:
Fasten seat belt.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Incorrect Engine configuration. (EIC)
CORRECTION:
Correct configuration.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage to start relay.
CORRECTION:
Open in power wire from key switch "START" to
relay, or through seat/seat belt circuits to relay,
repair open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No battery voltage from EIC to fuel solenoid.
CORRECTION:
Open in power wire from EIC to fuel solenoid, repair
open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Open in W/O wire from the seat/seat belt plug to
the start interlock relay.
CORRECTION:
Repair open in W/O wire.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Inoperative start interlock relay.
CORRECTION:
Repair or replace.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Fuel solenoid inoperative.
CORRECTION:
Repair or replace.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Inoperative grid heater system.
CORRECTION:
Incorrect Engine configuration, correct configuration.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No power to grid heater.
CORRECTION:
Grid heater relay or wire open, repair or replace.
Circuit breaker open, replace.
7.
PROBLEM:
Engine turns over, but will not start.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No power to fuel solenoid.
CORRECTION:
Check 7.5 amp fuse in cab fuse block.
Check interlock fuel solenoid relay.
If equipped with auxiliary override switch, make sure
switch is in neutral position.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 18

8.
PROBLEM:
Engine will not turn over.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Inoperative seat switch or operator not present in
seat.
CORRECTION:
Check seat switch.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Inoperative seat belt switch or seat belt not fastened.
CORRECTION:
Check seat belt switch, fasten seat belt.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No power to starter, no power to key switch.
CORRECTION:
Check key switch, seat switch, start interlock relay,
battery.
Check 5 amp fuse in engine fuse panel.
Check 15 amp fuse in engine fuse panel.
9.
PROBLEM:
Engine will start and run but boom and bucket will
not move.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
SERVICE/RUN switch in SERVICE position.
CORRECTION:
Place SERVICE/RUN switch in RUN position.
Unfasten seat belt and then refasten.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
No power to control valve lockout solenoids.
CORRECTION:
Check for power at spool lockout solenoids.
Check 15 amp fuse in cab fuse block.
Replace EIC.
10.
PROBLEM:
EIC will not read monitored circuits.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Incorrect engine configuration.
CORRECTION:
Correct engine configuration.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Open or short in wire from sensor to EIC.
CORRECTION:
Repair ope/short.
POSSIBLE CAUSE:
Faulty sender or sensor.
CORRECTION:
Repair/replace sender or sensor.
1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 19
Index
15
14
13
11
Seat - Remove (E.32.A.70 - F.10.A.10)

48102 1 17/06/2005
E.32.A / 20

USER PLATFORM - 34.A
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48103 1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 1
Contents
SERVICE
ROPS
ROPS - Remove (E.34.A.74 - F.10.A.10)
16
ROPS - Install (E.34.A.74 - F.10.A.15)

17
ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.11)

ROPS - Lower (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.12)
22
DIAGNOSTIC
Wiper system
Wiper system Motor - Testing (E.34.A.65.01 - G.40.A.20)
24
Wiper system Switch - Testing (E.34.A.65.02 - G.40.A.20)

48103 1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 2
24
BODY AND STRUCTURE - USER PLATFORM
ROPS - Remove (E.34.A.74 - F.10.A.10)

1.
To remove the CAB with the cab inner shell and

boom attached:
2.
Remove any attachment from the loader mounting

plate, raise the boom and rest on the boom lock
pins.

3.
Remove the front step shield, (1).
4.
Remove the right and left fenders, (2).
5.
Raise and latch the engine top screen, (2).
6.
Remove the engine side panels.
7.
Lower the boom to the lowered position and turn the

ignition (key) switch to the "OFF position. Do not
unbuckle the seat belt and exit the loader.
8.
Relieve the hydraulic pressure from the boom and

bucket circuits.
9.
Turn the ignition (key) switch to the "ON" position.
10.
Operate the boom and bucket controls relieving all

pressure in the system.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 3
OPS8764
bd04e111_2
OPS8766

11.
Turn the ignition switch "OFF" and exit the loader.
12.
Disconnect the battery cables.
13.
Unplug the engine wire harness from the main

harness.
14.
Unplug the seat/seat belt harness.
15.
Remove the wire harness from along the fuel tank

on the left side of the engine.
16.
Remove the wire harness from the right side of the

engine.
17.
Remove the wire harness clamps and plastic ties

along the left side of the lower frame.
18.
Remove the ground strap, (1), from the cab inner

shell and lower main frame.
19.
bd04e120
OPS8772
bd04e090
Remove the engine fuse/relay panel support

hardware, , and raise and tie the panel assembly to
the back of the cab.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 4

20.
21.
22.
Remove the throttle control cable, (1), from the

control lever.
bd05e512_1
bd04g008_1
bd04e111_2
Loosen and remove the nut (2) on the throttle cable

and remove the cable from the cab.
Refer to Reservoir - Apply vacuum (A.10.A.22 F.35.A.50). With the boom in the lowered position
and the hydraulic pressure relieved in the boom and
bucket circuits, disconnect the boom, bucket, and
auxiliary boom hydraulics hose connections, (1),
and cap and plug all connections. Stop the vacuum
pump.
ATTENTION: Never loosen any hydraulic lines without

first relieving all pressure in the system.
23.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1)for the

air cleaner. Allow the air cleaner to rest on top of
the engine.
24.
Loosen and remove the mounting hardware (3) for

the rear hood (1). Remove the hood prop rod (4).
Allow the rear hood to rest on top of the engine.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 5

25.
26.
27.
28.
If the cab is equipped with a heater refer to Radiator

- Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 - F.35.A.20) and drain the
cooling system. Remove the heater hoses from the
heater. Remove the clamps which attach the hoses
to the cab.
bd04e090
10
bd04e124
11
OPS8776
12
OPS8778
13
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning, refer

to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning
system - Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31) and
discharge the air conditioning system. Remove
the air conditioning hoses from the air conditioning
assembly.
Rotate the boom lock pin control lever to extend

(engage) the boom lock pins (1) above the top of
the lower link, (2) as shown.
With a suitable lifting device, support the boom at

the rear, lifting the boom assembly until it contacts
the boom lock pins, (1).
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 6

29.
30.
31.
32.
With a suitable lifting device, support the boom at

the rear, and lift the boom assembly at the front until
it contacts the boom lock pins (1).
OPS8779
14
bd04h092_1
15
bd04h093_1
16
Remove the left and right rear attaching hardware

(1).
Remove the right and left front retaining bolts, (1).
Lift the CAB and boom assembly from the lower

main frame and move to a level area. Rest the
assembly on the floor, lowering the boom to the
floor.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 7
bs04e140_1
(1)Cab
(2)Rear Wear Strip
(3) Front Wear Strip
(4) Boom Lock
(5) Screw
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
17
Cab Assembly
Right and Side Plate
Screw
Insulator
Pad
Washer
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 8
(25) Lock Nut

(26) Rivet
(27) Screw
(28) Washer
(29)Washer
(6)Instrument Panel Support

(7) Screw
(8) Spacer
(9) Foam
(10) Hammer Strip
(11) Washer
(12) Sealing Strip
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
Cab Assembly
Screw
Washer
Nut
Lock Washer
Striker Plate
Screw
Left Hand Side Plate
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 9
(30) Screw
(31) Support
(32) Nut
bs04e141
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Cab Glass Assembly

Step
Insulator
Screw
18
Rear Widow Assembly

(5) Self Tapping Screw
(6) Washer
(7)Rear Window Support
(8) Filling Strip
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 10
(9) Cab Glass

(10) Glass Moulding
(11) Exit Tab
(12) Strap
22
21
14
20
15
18
10
19
16
17
13
12
11
10
6
8
4
3
2
BS04E053
bs04e053
(2) Cab Glass Assembly (Right and

Left Hand)
(3)Cab Glass
(4) Handle
(5) Cab Glass (Right and Left Hand)
(6) Weatherstrip
19
Cab Windows
(9) Channel
(10) Channel
(11) Bolt
(12) Lock Washer
(13) Nut
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 11
(16) Window Frame (Right and Left

Hand)
(17) Bolt
(18) Washer
(19) Nut
(20) Top Cab Glass
(7) Handle
(8) Cab Glass (Right and Left Hand)
Cab Windows
(14) Channel
(15) Top Guide
bs04n045
20
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 12
(21) Cover
(22) Self Tapping Screw
(1) Door
(2) Wiper Arm
(3) Wiper Blade
(4) Washer tank and Motor
(5) Gasket
(6) Washer Push Button
(7) Nut
Cab Door
(8) Lock Washer
(9)Screw
(10) Angle
(11) Gas Spring
(12) Grommet
(13) Screw
(14) Wire Clamp
bs04n046
21
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 13
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
Screw
Lock Washer
Nut
Wiper Wire Harness
Retaining Wire
Washer Nozzle
(1) Filler Strip

(2) Door Glass
(3) Glass Molding
(4) Molding Sealing Element
(5) Wiper Motor
(6) Screw
(7) Switch Cover
(8) Gasket
(9) Shaft
(10) Shaft
Cab Door Wiper

(11) Gasket
(12) Spacer
(13) Nut
(14) Nut
(15)Lock Washer
(16)Spacer
(17) Screw
(18) Wire Clamp
(19) Ball Stud
(20) Lock Washer
bs04n047
22
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 14
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
Nut
Door
Screw
Spare Part
Spacer
Locking Handle
Cotter Pin
Washer
Self Tapping Screw
Latch
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Door
Angle
Channel
Screw
Washer
Screw
Washer
Nut
Cab Door
(9) Striker Plate
(10) Bolt
(11) Lock Washer
(12) Nut
(13) Hinge
(14) Sealing Element
(15) Brass Washer
(16) Screw
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 15
(17) Angle
(18) Bolt
(19) Rubber Weatherstrip
(20) Lexan Cover
(21)Bracket
(22) Spring
(24) Stud

1.
Lift the Cab and Boom assembly onto the lower

frame resting the rear Cab post on the lower frame
pads. Supporting the front of the Cab, install the
front retaining hardware (1). With the front retaining
hardware (1) installed, align the rear Cab posts and
install the rear hardware (2).
OPS8781
2.
Tighten the front hardware to a torque of 217 Nm

(160 lb ft).
3.
Tighten the rear hardware to a torque of 123 Nm

(91 lb ft).
4.
The remainder of the ROPS install procedure is the

reverse of ROPS - Remove (E.34.A.74 - F.10.A.10).
5.
After the Cab has been installed and the cooling

system was drained, refer to ENGINE COOLANT
SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A D.40.A.10) and ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) for the
correct type and quantity of coolant and refill the
cooling system.
6.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning

and the air conditioning was discharged, refer to
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning
system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) and charge
the air conditioning system.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 16
ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.11)

1.
CAB AND BOOM TILT PROCEDURE
2.
The cab and boom assembly can be tilted forward

for easier access to the major skid steer hydrostatic
transmission or engine components. To tilt the cab,
the proper cab tilting tool must be used to insure a
safe operation and to prevent damage to the skid
steer frame, cab, and boom structure. Contact your
New Holland dealer for major service or repairs of
the skid steer. Using the proper cab tilting tool and
following these steps, the cab and boom can be
tilted forward.
3.
CAB TILTING JACK AND SUPPORT BRACKET

(1) Jack and screw assembly
(2) Lower jack support
(3) Upper jack support
(4) Spacer plate (not required)
4.
Remove any attachment, bucket, etc. from the

boom quick-attach plate.
5.
SM861-7
3462-07r
3170-04
Raise the boom and lower onto boom lock pins, (1).
Raise boom above boom lock pins.
Engage boom lock pins.
Stop engine, turn ignition key to OFF position.
Turn ignition key to the ON position.
Lower boom onto boom lock pins.
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 17

6.
Jack up the skid steer and block it securely with all

four wheels off the ground, as shown. Position the
front blocks to the front of the final drive housing
and the rear blocks to the rear of the flat area of the
final drive housing.
ATTENTION: Never attempt to tilt the skid steer cab over

unless the skid steer is securely supported.
7.
bd04e111_2
OPS8764
bd04e120
Open the rear door and raise and latch the top
engine shield, (2), in the raised position.
8.
Remove engine side covers.
9.
Remove fenders rear fender supports (2), right and

left sides.
10.
3410-15
Disconnect the battery cables.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 18

11.
Remove air cleaner canister support hardware at

(1). Allow the air cleaner canister assembly to rest
on the engine
12.
If the cab is equipped with a heater refer to Radiator

- Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 - F.35.A.20) and drain the
cooling system. Remove the heater hoses from the
heater. Remove the clamps which attach the hoses
to the cab.
13.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning, refer

to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning
system - Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31) and
discharge the air conditioning system. Remove
the air conditioning hoses from the air conditioning
assembly.
14.
Raise the seat and lock in the up position, (1). Make

sure the seat pan assembly is latched securely.
15.
Remove the front step shield, (2).
16.
bd04e111_1
3409-16
Install the lower cab jack support, (1). Hook the

support over the end of the front left final drive
housing and attach with a 1/2" x 8" cap screw, (2).
2541-07r
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 19
10

17.
18.
19.
20.
Install the upper cab jack support, (1). Pivot the

retaining plate, (3), up behind the boom top link and
secure with 1/2" x 1-1/4" carriage bolt and 1/2" wing
nut. Install retaining bolt, (4), 1/2" x 2-1/2" cap screw
through side of cab with a large 1/2" flat washer,
1/2" wind nut to the inside of cab and tighten.
3409-13
11
BS04H138
12
3410-02
13
bd04h093_2
14
Proper Mounting Brackets to Tilt Cab.
Install the jack assembly, (1), between the upper and

lower supports using two pins and retaining clips.
Loosen the front cab mounting bolts, (1), (one each

side) only enough to allow the bolt to rotate in post
and remove the rear front cab bolts, (2), one each
side.
ATTENTION: Never remove the front cab bolts, (1), as

these are the pivot bolts during the cab tilting procedure.
Removal of these bolts could cause cab to fall, and may
cause injury and machine damage.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 20

21.
Remove the rear cab post bolts, (1), four each side.
ATTENTION: Never loosen or remove any cab retaining

hardware before the jack assembly is installed.
22.
bd04h092_1
15
3410-07
16
Jack cab and boom assembly over with the loader

properly supported off the ground. Support the
boom at (1), to support the boom and cab to prevent
tipping of the skid steer when heavy components,
engine, hydrostatic pump etc. are removed from
the lower frame. Jack travel will limit the travel of
the cab assembly to prevent over travel. Be sure all
wire harnesses, hydraulic hoses and throttle cable
clear any obstructions during cab tilting.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 21
ROPS - Lower (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.12)

1.
To return and secure the cab and boom assembly

safely, do the following:
2.
Pull the control handles forward and hold in this

position with rubber tie straps from the handle to
the front cab post.
3.
Jack the cab and boom back into position.
4.
Keep the wire harness and throttle cable in position

to prevent damage from setting the cab on them.
ATTENTION: Keep the wire harness from being damaged.

A Damaged wire harness could result in damage to the
skid steer electrical components.
5.
Pull the wire harness through the loop.
6.
Remove rubber tie straps from the hydrostatic

control handles.
7.
Reinstall the front cab support bolts (2). Torque the

front bolts (1 and 2) to a torque of 217 Nm (160 lb
ft).
bd04h093_2
8.
Install the rear mounting bolts (1). Torque the rear

bolts(1) to a torque of 123 Nm (91 lb ft)
9.
Position the throttle cable inside the frame.
10.
Reinstall the foam, fenders, and front step shield.
ATTENTION: Never attempt to tilt the skid steer cab

without proper instructions and using the proper tool.
See the service manual and/or your New Holland dealer.
Never attempt to operate or move the skid steer without
first installing and properly tightening all cab retaining
hardware.
ATTENTION: Reinstall all shields that were removed for
servicing and adjustment procedures.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 22

11.
Reattach the air cleaner canister with mounting

bolts.(1) .
bd04e111_1
12.
Remove jack and supports.
13.
Reconnect the battery cable.
14.
After the Cab has been installed and the cooling

system was drained, refer to ENGINE COOLANT
SYSTEM - General specification (B.50.A D.40.A.10) and ENGINE COOLANT SYSTEM General specification (B.50.A - D.40.A.10) for the
correct type and quantity of coolant and refill the
cooling system.
15.
If the machine is equipped with air conditioning

and the air conditioning was discharged, refer to
system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) and charge
the air conditioning system.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 23

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178EH (B) to
ground.
position.
ground.
Expected Result
Continuity

Bad ground circuit.
12 volts

fro wire 830C (O) at the wiper switch
to the 15 amp fuse in the cab fuse
block.
Check the circuit from the motor
terminal to the terminal for wire
833A (W) at the wiper switch.
Also check the wiper switch.
Bad ground circuit.
3 Have another person push and hold 12 volts

the wiper switch.
Terminal for wire 833A (W) at the
washer pump motor terminal.
4 Terminal for wire 178EJ (B) at the Continuity
wiper motor to ground.
5 Terminal for wire 830D (W) at the
12 volts
wiper motor.
Check the circuit from the wiper

motor to the 15 amp fuse in the cab
fuse block.

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire 178EH (B) to
ground.
position.
ground.
Expected Result
Continuity

Bad ground circuit.
12 volts

fro wire 830C (O) at the wiper switch
to the 15 amp fuse in the cab fuse
block.
Check the circuit from the motor
terminal to the terminal for wire
833A (W) at the wiper switch.
Also check the wiper switch.
Bad ground circuit.
3 Have another person push and hold 12 volts

the wiper switch.
Terminal for wire 833A (W) at the
washer pump motor terminal.
4 Terminal for wire 178EJ (B) at the Continuity
wiper motor to ground.
5 Terminal for wire 830D (W) at the
12 volts
wiper motor.
Check the circuit from the wiper

motor to the 15 amp fuse in the cab
fuse block.
1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 24
Index
16

22
ROPS - Lower (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.12)

ROPS - Remove (E.34.A.74 - F.10.A.10)
17
ROPS - Tilt (E.34.A.74 - F.35.B.11)

24

48103 1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 25
24
48103 1 17/06/2005
E.34.A / 26

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system - 40.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48104 1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 1
Contents
SERVICE
Heat command
Heat command Fan speed switch - Remove (E.40.B.07.05 - F.10.A.10)
Heat command Fan speed switch - Install (E.40.B.07.05 - F.10.A.15)
Heater
Heater - Remove (E.40.B.33 - F.10.A.10)
Heater - Install (E.40.B.33 - F.10.A.15)
Louver
Louver - Remove (E.40.B.38 - F.10.A.10)
Louver - Install (E.40.B.38 - F.10.A.15)
Ventilation system
Ventilation system - Remove (E.40.B.60 - F.10.A.10)
10
Ventilation system - Install (E.40.B.60 - F.10.A.15)
11
Air filter
Air filter - Remove (E.40.B.25 - F.10.A.10)
12
Air filter - Install (E.40.B.25 - F.10.A.15)
13
DIAGNOSTIC
Heat command
Heat command Fan speed switch - Testing (E.40.B.07.05 - G.40.A.20)
14
Ventilation system
Ventilation system - Testing (E.40.B.60 - G.40.A.20)
48104 1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 2
15
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Heating system
Heat command Fan speed switch - Remove (E.40.B.07.05 F.10.A.10)

1.
Disconnect the negative (-) battery cable to prevent

possible shorting of the electrical system.
Remove the retaining hardware (1) and pull the
panel from the rear support (2) .
Disconnect the switch wires and control cable.
50022914
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 3

1.
Installation of the fan speed switch is the reverse

of removal. Heat command Fan speed switch Remove (E.40.B.07.05 - F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 4

1.
2.
3.
To access the heater core and/or the fan assembly,

the rear light bar, (1), (if equipped with lights) and
top heater cover, (2) must be removed. Remove
the heater cover mounting screws (3) to remove the
cover and the light bar together.
SH88084
19997753
19997755
HEATER CORE REPLACEMENT:

Drain the cooling system enough the drain the
coolant from the heater core, about 2 liters (2
quarts).
Remove the heater hose clamps (1) from the heater
core. Remove the hoses from the heater core and
cap the hoses.
Remove the heater core retaining hardware (2) and
remove the core from the heater support.
HEATER SHUTOFF VALVE REPLACEMENT:

Drain the cooling system enough the drain the
coolant from the heater core, about 2 liters (2
quarts).
Remove the control cable from the valve.
Remove the heater hose clamp (1) from the heater
shutoff valve. Remove the hoses from the valve and
cap the hoses.
Remove the heater shutoff valve.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 5
10
7
2
17
9
6
15
14
14
11
13
11
12
16
BS04E057
bs04e057
(1) Blower Panel

(2) Filter Cover
(3) Heater Cover
(4) Water Valve
(5) Blower
(6) Heater Case Assembly
Heater Assembly
(7) Heater Core
(9) Wire Harness
(10) Grommet
(11) Grommet
(12) Tube
(13) Bleeder Cover
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 6
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
Hose
Grommet
Gasket
Air Filter

1.
Installation of the heater core assembly is the

reverse of removal. Refer to the following removal
procedure: Heater - Remove (E.40.B.33 F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 7

1.
2.
3.
To remove the louver, use a small flat screwdriver

and pry the louver from the support base at (1).
SH88082
SH88083
50022873
Remove the No. 6 self-tapping screws (1) from the

base and remove the base from the headliner.
Remove the remaining louvers as needed.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 8

1.
Installation of the louvers are the reverse of removal.

1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 9

1.
HEATER FAN ASSEMBLY:

Remove the heater core retaining hardware and
pivot the core away from the fan support.
Disconnect the fan power wire (1).
Remove the retaining hardware from the fan and
the motor assembly (2).
19997754
2.
Remove the fan/motor assembly.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 10

1.
Installation of the ventilation system is the reverse of

removal. Ventilation system - Remove (E.40.B.60
- F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 11

1.
2.
The heater contains an air filter element in the rear

right side at (1).
Remove the cover plate (2) by removing the two
self-tapping screws (3) .
SH88091
SH88092
Check the filter element (1) periodically, especially

if running in dirty applications and using the fresh
air ventilation. The element can be blown off with a
LOW PRESSURE air gun and reused or replaced.
The element must be placed with the rubber seal
toward the heater core. Be sure the seal is behind
the top clamp (2) and the lower screw (3) .
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 12

1.
Installation of the air filter is the reverse of removal.

1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 13

Test Point
N
position.
Terminal for wire ET001E (R) to
ground.
2 Place the fan speed switch in the
LOW speed position.
Terminal for wire ET003A (P) to
ground.
MEDIUM speed position.
Terminal for wire ET004A (Y) to
ground.
HIGH speed position.
Terminal for wire ET005A (O) to
ground.
Expected Result
12 volts

Check the circuit between the fan
speed switch and the 20 amp fuse
in the rear fuse block No.2. Also
check the 20 amp fuse and the rear
fuse block No.2.
Also check the HVAC relay.
Check the fan speed switch.
12 volts
12 volts
12 volts
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 14

Test Point
N
1 Terminal for wire ET000A (B) to
ground.
position. Place the fan speed switch
in the LOW position.
Terminal for wire ET005C (O) to
ground.
MEDIUM position.
Terminal for wire ET004C (Y) to
ground.
HIGH position.
Terminal for wire ET005C (O) to
ground.
Expected Result
Continuity

12 volts

blower motor and the fan speed
switch. Also check the fan speed
switch.
12 volts

switch.
switch.
12 volts
1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 15
Index
13

12

Heat command Fan speed switch - Remove (E.40.B.07.05 - F.10.A.10)
14



11
10
15

48104 1 17/06/2005
E.40.B / 16

ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - 40.C
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48105 1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools (E.40.C - D.20.A.40)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General specification (E.40.C D.40.A.10)
Compressor
Compressor - General specification (E.40.C.31 - D.40.A.10)
Compressor - Capacity (E.40.C.31 - D.40.A.20)
Compressor - Torque (E.40.C.31 - D.20.A.10)
Compressor - Special tools (E.40.C.31 - D.20.A.40)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Dynamic description (E.40.C C.30.A.10)
Compressor
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Exploded view (E.40.C.31.80 - C.10.A.20)
SERVICE
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Visual inspection (E.40.C F.40.A.10)
10
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Leakage test (E.40.C - F.40.A.40)
11
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Connect (E.40.C - F.10.A.16)
12
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Evacuate (E.40.C - F.35.A.35)
13
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31)
18
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30)
21
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove (E.40.C - F.10.A.10)
23
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Install (E.40.C - F.10.A.15)
26
Compressor
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.25)
48105 1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 2
27
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Electrical test (E.40.C.31.80 - F.40.A.50)
32
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Assemble (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.20)
33
Compressor - Remove (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.10)
38
Compressor - Install (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.15)
40
Compressor - Filling (E.40.C.31 - F.60.A.10)
42
Compressor Belt - Measure (E.40.C.31.44 - F.40.A.16)
44
Compressor Belt - Tighten (E.40.C.31.44 - F.45.A.20)
45
Condenser
Condenser - Remove (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.10)
47
Condenser - Install (E.40.C.32 - F.10.A.15)
48
Evaporator
Evaporator - Remove (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.10)
49
Evaporator - Install (E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.15)
50
Receiver/drier
Receiver/drier - Replace (E.40.C.35 - F.10.A.30)
51
DIAGNOSTIC
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting (E.40.C G.40.A.10)
53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Testing (E.40.C - G.40.A.20)
53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem solving (E.40.C G.40.A.30)
55
Compressor
Compressor - Problem solving (E.40.C.31 - G.40.A.30)
48105 1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 3
56
BODY AND STRUCTURE - ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools

(E.40.C - D.20.A.40)
299L7C
A22094
OEM1036 BELT TENSION TOOL
OEM1415 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY, RECYCLING AND CHARGING STATION
A22090
OEM1437 ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 4
BS03H012
SAFETY GOGGLES - OBTAIN LOCALLY
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General

specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10)
Air Temperature (F) Entering A/C

Unit
(Fresh or Recirculated)
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
Inlet - Outlet Temperature

Differential
(Low Humidity)
10
15
20
25
30
30
35
Inlet - Outlet Temperature

Differential
(High Humidity)
10
10
15
20
25
25
30
Ambient Air Temperature (F)

Entering Condenser
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
Suction Pressure (PSIG) at

Evaporator Outlet
5-15
5-15
10-20
10-20
15-25
15-25
15-30
Discharge Pressure (PSIG) at

Compressor Outlet
75-125
100-150
125-175
150-225
175-250
200-275
225-352
NOTE: The pressure temperature chart is based on the following conditions:

(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Engine operating at 1500 rpm. No engine load.

Fan speed control in maximum position (full clockwise) and all louvers open.
Cab temperature control set to maximum cooling (full counterclockwise).
A/C switch ON. Cab door open.
All panels and access doors installed and closed.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 5

(6) Cab filter clean and installed. Heater valve closed.
(7) Measurements taken 15 minutes after start-up.
(8) The warmest inlet air temperature (Fresh or Recirculated) should be used for the differential equations.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 6

Lubricant - PAG Oil

Compressor belt tension
Front plate air gap
Capacity - 236.6 mL (8 oz)

200 - 245 N (45 - 55 lb)
0.41 - 0.79 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in)

Refrigerant Charge
828.5 mL (28 oz)

Compressor rotor shaft nut

Oil filler plug
Dust cover screws
15 - 20 Nm (11 - 15 lb ft)
15 - 24 Nm (11 - 18 lb ft)
7 - 11 Nm (5 - 8 lb ft)

T81574
CAS10747A COMPRESSOR TOOL KIT
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 7
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Dynamic

description (E.40.C - C.30.A.10)
The refrigerant circuit of the air conditioning system contains five major components: compressor, condenser,
receiver-drier, expansion valve and evaporator. These components are connected by tubes and hoses and operate
as a closed system. The air conditioner system is charged with HFC134a refrigerant.
The compressor receives the refrigerant as a low pressure gas. The compressor then compresses the refrigerant
and sends it in the form of a high pressure gas to the condenser. The air flow through the condenser then removes
the heat from the refrigerant. As the heat is removed the refrigerant changes to a high pressure liquid.
The high pressure refrigerant liquid then flows from the condenser to the receiver-drier. The receiver-drier is
a container filled with moisture removing material, which removes any moisture that may have entered the air
conditioner system in order to prevent corrosion of the internal components of the air conditioner system.
The refrigerant still in a high pressure liquid form, then flows from the receiver-drier to the expansion valve. The
expansion valve then causes a restriction in flow of refrigerant to the evaporator core.
As the refrigerant flows through the evaporator core the refrigerant is heated by the air around and flowing through
the evaporator fins. The combination of increased heat and decreased pressure causes the air flow through the
evaporator fins to become very cool and the liquid refrigerant to become a low pressure gas. The cooled air then
passes from the evaporator to the cab for the operators comfort.
The electrical circuit of the Air Conditioning System consists of a fan speed control, temperature control, thermostat,
20 amp fuse, a blower motor, compressor clutch, low pressure switch, high pressure switch, and indicator light.
208L95
(1) Expansion valve

(2) Evaporator
(3) Compressor
(4) Condenser
(5) Receiver drier
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 8
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Exploded view (E.40.C.31.80 C.10.A.20)

1016L93
1.
2.
3.
4.
Compressor
Coil assembly
Pulley
Bearing
Clutch Assembly
5. Bearing dust cover
6. Front plate
7. Shim(s)
8. Dust cover
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 9
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Visual

inspection (E.40.C - F.40.A.10)
NOTE: Air Louvers

1.
Make sure louvers and recirculation vents are fully

open for most efficient air conditioning operation.
Defrost louvers must be closed.
2.
Check blower; blower must be running.
NOTE: Air Conditioning

3.
Feel the air conditioning hoses. The high pressure

hoses (small line) must be warmer than the low
pressure hose (large line).
4.
If no temperature difference, the system is low on

refrigerant, or compressor is not working correctly.
NOTE: Duct Temperature

5.
Put a thermometer in the air duct behind the seat

and run the compressor for five minutes to make
temperature stable.
6.
Duct temperature must not be above the Air Louver

Maximum Temperature for the Ambient Temperature
if the system is operating at maximum efficiency.
NOTE: Ambient temperature must be 27 to 43 degrees C

(80 to 110 degrees F).
7.
If the duct temperature is above the Air Louver

Maximum Temperature for the Ambient Temperature
the system is low on refrigerant, there is a restriction
in the system, compressor is not working correctly,
or air ducts are not sealed correctly.
NOTE: Temperature Sensing Probe Check

8.
Turn the engine OFF, key switch ON, blower switch

ON and temperature control switch turned fully
clockwise.
9.
Remove the temperature sensing probe from the

evaporator.
10.
Put the end of the temperature sensing probe in a

container with ice and water.
11.
When the sensing tube has cooled to the

temperature of the ice and water mixture, the
temperature control switch should interrupt the
current flow to the compressor. Check for current at
the control switch terminals as on previous page. If
current is not interrupted then replace the control
switch.
NOTE: Compressor Hoses

12.
Make sure that all hose connections are tight.
13.
Check hoses for bends or cracks. Replace all hoses

that have damage.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 10
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Leakage test

(E.40.C - F.40.A.40)
1.
Shut off the engine.
WARNING
SM109A - When refrigerant comes in contact with an
open flame, it forms phosgene gas. Never breathe
these fumes.
2.
Use electronic leak detector OEM1437 to inspect all

connections. Use instructions from manufacturer
of leak finding tool.
NOTE: When checking compressor seal for a leak,

remove the dust cover and rotate the clutch shaft
clockwise.
NOTE: To properly check the expansion valve for leaks,
remove the insulation tape.
3.
Repair all leaks and recharge the system.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 11
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Connect

(E.40.C - F.10.A.16)
NOTE: Photos may vary from machine being serviced.

1.
Clean the external surfaces of the compressor and

hoses. Remove the caps from the service ports on
the suction (2) hose and pressure hose (1).
(1 and 2) Service ports
WARNING
SM104A - Do not steam clean any air conditioning
system parts while the system is charged. The heat
will cause the refrigerant to rise to a pressure that
could cause the system to explode.
bd04g029_1
2.
Make sure the charging station manifold gauge

valves are in the closed position.
3.
Connect the hose from the low pressure gauge to

the port on the suction hose (2).
4.
Connect the hose from the high pressure gauge to

the port on the discharge hose (1).
WARNING
SM105A - Always wear safety goggles when working
with liquid refrigerant. Liquid refrigerant in your eyes
could cause blindness.
5.
Start the engine and run at 1500 rpm maximum

speed. Operate the air conditioner system at
maximum cooling setting and blower speed for
15 minutes with the cab door open. Observe
the test gauges and check the chart, refer to
system - Testing (E.40.C - G.40.A.20) against the
gauge readings.
NOTE: The temperature control changes the vent outlet

temperatures by mixing heat with air conditioning. If the
temperature is too cold, the temperature control can be
turned clockwise to increase temperature even though the
air conditioner is on. Any air conditioner tests should be
run with this control all the way counter-clockwise.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 12
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Evacuate

(E.40.C - F.35.A.35)
1.
Recovered refrigerant passes through an oil

separator and filter-drier before entering the
refrigerant tank. The moisture indicator will turn
green when dry refrigerant passes over it.
2.
If possible, run the air conditioning system for ten

minutes before starting the recovery process. Turn
the system off before proceeding.
3.

hoses. Remove the caps from the service port (2)on
the suction and from the service port (1)pressure
hoses.
(1 and 2) Service Ports
4.

valves are in the closed position. Connect the
hose from the low pressure gauge to the port on
the suction hose (2). Connect the hose from the
high pressure gauge to the port on the discharge
hose (1). Turn in both thumbscrews to depress the
service valves.
5.
Open the high and low valves.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 13
bd04g029_1
A22114

6.
7.
8.
9.
Make certain the refrigerant tank gas and liquid

valves are open.
A22107
A22112
A22108
A22110
Connect the main power plug to a 115 volt AC outlet.

Move the main power switch to the ON position and
depress the recovery start switch. The compressor
will shut OFF automatically when recovery is
complete. Wait for five minutes and observe the
manifold pressure gauges for a pressure rise.
If pressure rises above zero PSI, depress the
hold/cont switch. Then wait for the compressor to
automatically shut OFF.
Drain the oil separator of the A/C system oil. Open

the air purge valve long enough to let some of
the compressor discharge pressure back into the
separator.
Slowly open the oil drain valve and drain the oil into
the reservoir. When the oil stops draining, close the
oil drain valve completely.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 14

10.
11.
Fill the A/C compressor with fresh PAG oil equal to

the amount in the reservoir.
A22111
bd04g029_1
Disconnect the hoses from the service ports and

install the caps.
12.
Replace the receiver-drier if one or more of the

following conditions occurs before you remove the
air and moisture from the system.
(A.) The system has been opened for service
before.
(B.) Receiver-drier has operated two or more years.
(C.) Disassembly of compressor shows small
particles of moisture removing material (gold or
brown particles).
(D.) Large system leak (broken hose, break in line).
(E.)Too much air or moisture in system.
(F.) Removal of compressor caused the system to
be open (uncapped) longer than 5 minutes.
13.

service valves.
14.
Removal of air and moisture from the system is

necessary after the refrigerant has been removed
from the system after the system has been opened
for maintenance. Air enters the system when the
system is opened. Air has moisture that must
be removed to prevent damage to the system
components.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 15

15.
Air and moisture are removed from the system by

a vacuum pump. A vacuum pump is on the only
equipment made that will lower the pressure in a
system enough to change the moisture to a vapor
so that the moisture can be removed.
NOTE: Refer to the vacuum pump manufacturers user

manual for additional information.
16.

Move the main power switch to the ON position. If
program and vacuum do not appear at the top of the
display press the vacuum key. Program a minimum
of 45 minutes and press the Enter key. The display
will flash once indicating the programmed data has
been accepted.
A22113
17.
18.
Press the Charge Key. Program and Charge will

appear on the display.
A22115
10
A22113
11
Program 1.6 kg (3.52 lb) and press the enter

key. The display will flash once indicating the
programmed data has been accepted.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 16

19.
20.
Full open the low and high pressure valves.
A22114
12
A22107
13
A22113
14
Open the red (vapor) and blue (liquid) valves on the

tank.
21.
Press the Vacuum key. Automatic will show on the

display and after a slight delay, the vacuum pump
will start. The display will show the amount of time
programmed and begin a countdown to zero.
22.
When the programmed time has elapsed, an

automatic hold occurs. Check the low pressure
gauge to see that the A/C system maintains a
28 - 291/2 inof mercury (Hg). The low pressure
gauge must not increase faster than one inch of
mercury (Hg) in 15 minutes. If the system will not
hold vacuum, a leak exists that must be corrected
before recharging can begin. See ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Leakage
test (E.40.C - F.40.A.40) for a leak test.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 17
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Discharging

(E.40.C - F.35.A.31)
1.
Recovered refrigerant passes through an oil

separator and filter-drier before entering the
refrigerant tank. The moisture indicator will turn
green when dry refrigerant passes over it.
2.
If possible, run the air conditioning system for ten

minutes before starting the recovery process. Turn
the system off before proceeding.
3.

hoses. Remove the caps from the service ports on
the suction hose (2)and pressure hose (1).
4.

service valves.
5.
Open the high and low valves.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 18
bd04g029_1
A22114

6.
7.
8.
9.
Make certain the refrigerant tank gas and liquid

valves are open.
A22107
A22112
A22108
A22110

Move the main power switch to the ON position and
depress the recovery start switch. The compressor
will shut OFF automatically when recovery is
complete. Wait for five minutes and observe the
manifold pressure gauges for a pressure rise.
If pressure rises above zero PSI, depress the
hold/cont switch. Then wait for the compressor to
automatically shut OFF.
Drain the oil separator of the A/C system oil. Open

the air purge valve long enough to let some of
the compressor discharge pressure back into the
separator.
Slowly open the oil drain valve and drain the oil into
the reservoir. When the oil stops draining, close the
oil drain valve completely.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 19

10.
11.
Fill the A/C compressor with fresh PAG oil equal to

the amount in the reservoir.
A22111
bd04g029_1
Disconnect the hoses from the service ports (1 and

2) and install the caps.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 20
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging

(E.40.C - F.60.A.30)
1.
2.
3.
Press the charge key to begin refrigerant charging.

Automatic and Charge will appear on the display.
The display shows the programmed amount and
counts down to zero as charging proceeds. When
charging is completed, the display shows CPL.
A22113
A22114
A22117
Completely close the high and low pressure

manifold valves.
Start the engine and run at 1500 rpm. Operate the

air conditioner system at maximum cooling setting
and blower speed with the door and windows open.
NOTE: The compressor will not operate if the system

pressure is too low or too high. If the compressor fails to
operate and the condenser blowers also fail to operate
when you actuate the A/C switch, check the system
pressure to determine if refrigerant is present. Check
for continuity at the pressure switch located at the
receiver-dryer and the temperature switch located at the
evaporator.
4.
Observe the pressure gauge readings to determine

that the correct amount of refrigerant has entered
the system. See chart on ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General
specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10) for temperature
and pressure variations.
IMPORTANT: Check the OEM equipment manual before

performing this step to avoid damaging recovery unit.
Pressure reading should be obtainable with valves closed.
Damage may occur if the machine is started with the
valves accidently open or if either or both valves are
opened while the A/C system operating.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 21

5.
6.
Stop the engine, close any open valves and carefully

remove the manifold gauge hoses.
bd04g029_1
bd04g029_1
Install the caps on the service ports on the suction

hose (2) and discharge hose (1).
(1 and 2) Service Port Caps
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 22
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove

(E.40.C - F.10.A.10)
1.
To access the heater/air conditioning assembly

and/or the fan assembly, the rear light bar, (1), (if
equipped with lights) and top heater/air conditioning
cover, (2) must be removed. Remove the Heater/Air
Conditioning cover mounting screws (3) to remove
the cover and the light bar together.
2.
Refer to Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 F.35.A.20) Drain the cooling system enough to drain
the coolant from the heater core, about 2 liters (2
quarts).
Remove the heater hose clamps from the heater
cap the hoses.
3.
Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL

Air-conditioning system - Evacuate (E.40.C
- F.35.A.35) Connect the OEM1415 Refrigerant
Recovery, Recycling and Charging Station to the
High (1) and Low (2) charge ports in the hose fitting
on the compressor. Evacuate the system to remove
all the refrigerant.
4.
Loosen and remove the high pressure and return

hose lines from the heater/air conditioning assembly.
Cap and plug the fittings and hoses.
5.
Disconnect the wiring harness (8) from the heater/air

conditioning assembly.
6.
Disconnect the hose from the drain pan (14).
7.
Remove the mounting screws (16) which mount the

heater/air conditioning case assembly(1) to the cab.
8.
Remove the heater/air conditioning case assembly

(1) from the cab and place on a bench.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 23
SH88084
bd04g029_1
bs04e122_2
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Case
Screws
Air Conditioning Line
Air Conditioning System

(7) Suction Line
(8) Wire Harness
(9) Receiver/Drier
(10) Thermostat
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 24
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
Air Filter
Drain Pan
Pressure Switch
Screws
(5) Blower
(6) Heater/Evaporator Coil

(11) Water Valve
(12) Air Filter Cover
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 25
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Install (E.40.C

- F.10.A.15)
1.
Installation of the heater/air conditioning assembly

is the reverse procedure of ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove
(E.40.C - F.10.A.10).
2.
After the heater/air conditioning assembly has been

installed refer to Radiator - Filling (B.50.A.32 F.60.A.10) and refill the cooling system.
3.

all moisture from the system.
bd04g029_1
4.

Air-conditioning system - Charging (E.40.C F.60.A.30) and charge the system with reclaimed or
new refrigerant. Start the engine and test the air
conditioning system for proper operation.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 26
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.C.31.80 F.10.A.25)

1.
2.
3.
See Compressor - Remove (E.40.C.31 - F.10.A.10)

in this service manual for compressor removal.
Clean the external surfaces of the compressor
before doing any work on the compressor.
A21250
A21251
A21252
Remove the mounting bolts for the clutch dust cover.
Remove the clutch dust cover.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 27

4.
5.
6.
7.
Remove the retaining nut for the front plate. Use the
special spanner wrench from the service tool set to
keep the plate and shaft from turning.
A21253
A21254
A21255
A21256
Install the special puller from the service tool set

on the clutch front plate.
Turn the center screw to pull the clutch front plate.
Remove the shim(s) from the shaft.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 28

8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the bearing dust cover. Be careful not to

bend the dust cover.
A21257
A21258
Remove the key from the rotor shaft.
Remove the external snap ring for the bearing and

pulley assembly.
A21260
10
A21261
11
Install the special puller internal collars into the

groove in the pulley. Install the special tool onto the
shaft. Tighten the mounting screws finger tight.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 29

12.
13.
14.
15.
Turn the center screw on the puller.
A21262
12
A21263
13
A21265
14
A21264
15
Remove the pulley and bearing assembly.
Remove the snap ring for the clutch coil assembly.
Disconnect the clip for the lead wire.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 30

16.
17.
Remove the clutch coil assembly.
A21266
16
A21267
17
Remove the internal snap ring and remove the

bearing from the pulley.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 31
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Electrical test (E.40.C.31.80 F.40.A.50)

1.
Use a ammeter, voltmeter and a 12 volt battery to

check the amperage of the clutch coil. The current
draw must be 3.6 to 4.2 amperes at 12 volts.
(1) Ammeter
(2) 12V Battery
102L7
2.
A reading of more than 4.2 amperes indicates a

short within the coil.
3.
No amperage reading indicates an open circuit in

the coil.
4.
Replace the clutch coil if the amperage reading is

not correct.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 32

1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the clutch coil assembly. Align the detent ball

and socket on the coil and housing.
A21266
A21264
A21265
A21267
Install the clip for the coil lead wire.
Install the snap ring for the clutch coil assembly.
Install the bearing in the pulley and install the

internal snap ring.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 33

5.
6.
7.
8.
Put the pulley and bearing assembly on the front

housing hub. Install a driver on the pulley assembly.
Make sure that the tool is on the inner race of the
bearing.
A21268
A21268
A21260
A21259
Support the compressor on the four mounting ears

at the compressor rear. Use a hammer to tap the
pulley assembly onto the front housing hub. As
the pulley is tapped onto the hub you can hear the
difference in sound when the pulley is fully installed.
Make sure the bearing is against the bottom of the
hub.
Install the external snap ring on the front housing

hub.
Install the key in the rotor shaft.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 34

9.
Place the bearing dust cover in the bore. Place

driver from special tool kit over the dust cover.
A21269
10.
11.
12.
Gently tap the dust cover until it is seated.
A21270
10
A21256
11
A21271
12
Install the shim(s) on the rotor shaft.
Install the front plate on the rotor shaft. Make sure

the keyway in the plate is aligned with the key in the
shaft. Install the driver over the shaft.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 35

13.
14.
15.
Use a hammer to tap the plate onto the shaft. Make

sure the plate is against the clutch shims. As the
plate is tapped onto the shaft you can hear the
difference in sound when the plate is fully installed.
A21272
13
A21253
14
T97256
15
A21252
16
Install the nut on the rotor shaft. Use the spanner

wrench and a torque wrench to tighten the nut to a
torque of 15 - 20 Nm (11 - 15 lb ft.)
Use a feeler gauge to measure the gap between the

front plate and pulley assembly. The gap must be
0.41 - 0.79 mm (0.016 - 0.031 in). The gap must
be even all the way around the plate. If necessary,
lightly lift or push down on the plate to make the gap
even.
NOTE: If the gap does not meet the above specifications

remove the front plate and add or subtract clutch shims
as required.
16.
Install the dust cover.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 36

17.
Install and tighten the six bolts that hold the dust
cover to the compressor to 7 - 11 Nm (5 - 8 lb ft).
A21251
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 37
17

1.
Park the machine on a level surface and lower the

loader lift arm to the floor. Apply the parking brake.
Stop the engine.
2.
Make sure the compressor and engine are clean

before connecting the refrigerant recovery system
or disconnecting any lines.
3.
Connect the OEM1415 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY,

RECYCLING AND CHARGING STATION to the High and
Low charge ports in the hose fittings connected to
the compressor. Evacuate the system to remove
all the refrigerant, see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Air-conditioning system - Evacuate (E.40.C F.35.A.35) for the procedure.
4.
Disconnect the compressor clutch wire (1) from the

wiring harness connectors. Loosen screw (2) and
remove the ground wire.
5.
6.
bd04h076_1
bd04h076_2
bd04h077_1
Disconnect the low pressure line (2) from the

suction port and the high pressure line (3) from the
discharge port on the compressor. Immediately
install protective caps on the open ports and lines.
Loosen and remove the compressor adjusting bolts

(1), nuts and washers.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 38

7.
Loosen the compressor pivot bolt (1).
bd04h076_3
8.
Push the compressor down toward the engine.

Remove the compressor belt.
9.
Remove the compressor pivot bolt (1), nut and

washers.
10.
Remove the compressor from the mounting bracket.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 39

1.
2.
3.
4.
Install the compressor on the mounting bracket.

Install washers on the pivot bolt (1). Install the
washer, and nut onto the pivot bolt.
bd04h076_3
bd04h077_1
bd04h076_3
bd04h077_1
Install the drive belt on the machine. Install the

adjusting bolts (1) , nuts and washers into the
compressor adjusting straps.
Adjust belt tension. See Compressor Belt Measure (E.40.C.31.44 - F.40.A.16) in this service
manual. Tighten pivot bolt (1) nut.
Tighten the compressor adjusting bolts (1).
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 40

5.
6.
7.
Connect the compressor clutch wire (1) to the wiring

harness connectors. Install the ground wire and
tighten the screw (2).
bd04h076_2
Slowly remove the protective cap, install new O-ring

and connect the low pressure line (2) to the inlet
port on the compressor.
Carefully remove the protective cap, install new

O-ring and connect the high pressure line (3) to the
discharge port on the compressor.
IMPORTANT: If installing a new compressor, use caution

when removing the protective caps. New compressors
have internal pressure when shipped.
8.
bd04h076_1
Connect the OEM1415 REFRIGERANT RECOVERY,

RECYCLING AND CHARGING STATION to the high and
low charge ports in the hose fittings connected to
the compressor. Evacuate the system and charge
the system with reclaimed or new refrigerant; see
system - Evacuate (E.40.C - F.35.A.35) and
system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) for these
procedures.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 41

1.
Check the oil level in the compressor when any of

the following has occurred.
2.
Broken refrigerant hose.
3.
Large refrigerant leak.
4.
Compressor leak.
5.
Damage to or replaced system components.
6.
New compressor installed.
7.
Use the following procedure to check the

compressor oil level.
8.
Start the engine and run at mid-idle. Operate the air

conditioner for 10 to 15 minutes at maximum cooling
and maximum blower speed.
9.
Stop the engine. See ENVIRONMENT CONTROL

Air-conditioning system - Discharging (E.40.C
- F.35.A.31) for connecting the compressor to the
A/C charging, recovery and recycling station and for
discharging the system.
10.
Check the mounting angle of the compressor. Put

the angle gauge from the service tool set across the
flat surfaces of the two front mounting ears. Adjust
the gauge so that the bubble is between the center
marks. Read the mounting angle to the nearest
degree mark. Make a note of the degree reading
for reference later.
11.
When all refrigerant has been reclaimed, remove

the oil filler plug (1).
12.
Add back to the compressor an amount of new

PAG oil equal to that amount reclaimed with
refrigerant. Refer to ENVIRONMENT CONTROL
Air-conditioning system - Discharging (E.40.C F.35.A.31) for complete instructions.
13.
Remove the dust cover and use a wrench to rotate

the clutch clockwise until the internal parts are in the
position shown above. This will permit the dipstick
to be inserted all the way.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 42
bd04h076_4
103L7

14.
Put the dipstick in the oil filler hole to the stop

position.
15.
Make sure the dipstick is inserted all the way to the

stop.
NOTE: The illustration shows the front view for the

compressor with the dust cover removed.
IMPORTANT: When compressor is replaced, the old oil
should be drained and this amount of new oil should be
put into the (drained) replacement compressor.
16.
17.
850L0-1
bs04d060
bd04h076_4
Remove the dipstick. Count the oil level marks

on the dipstick. Use the following table to find
the correct oil level for the mounting angle of the
compressor.
If the oil level is not correct, add or subtract oil to the

correct level shown in the above chart.
IMPORTANT: Use only PAG oil.

18.
Install a new O-ring on the oil filler plug (1). Install

the plug and tighten to a torque of 15 - 24 Nm (11
- 18 lb ft).
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 43

1.
Check interval every 250 hours of operation.
NOTE: Check the belt tension after the first 50 hours of

operation and then use the regular check interval.
2.
Measure the compressor belt for correct tension

using a belt tension gauge. Check the belt to the
following specifications. 200 - 245 N (45 - 55 lb).
542L95
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 44

WARNING
M150A - Rotating fan and belts. Contact can injure. Keep clear.
1.
To adjust the belt tension, loosen the compressor

adjusting bolts (1).
IMPORTANT: Do not pry on the compressor clutch or

body. Apply pressure only on the mounting ears.
2.
3.
bd04h077_1
bd04h076_3
bd04h077_1
Loosen the pivot bolt (1). Push the compressor up

until the correct tension for the belt is reached.
Tighten the compressor adjusting bolts (4).
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 45

4.
Tighten the pivot bolt (1).
bd04h076_3
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 46

1.
Park the machine on a level surface and lower the

loader lift arms to the floor. Apply the parking brake.
Stop the engine and turn the master disconnect
switch to OFF.
2.
Connect the OEM-1415 Refrigerant Recovery,

Recycling and Charging Station to the High and Low
charge ports in the hose fittings at the compressor.
Evacuate the system to remove all of the refrigerant,
see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning
system - Evacuate (E.40.C - F.35.A.35).
3.
Fasten identification tags on the hoses (1 and 2)

which connect to the condenser. Disconnect the
hoses (1 and 2) from the condenser. Remove and
discard the O-rings.
4.
Install plugs in the hoses (1 and 2). Install caps on

the fittings to the condenser.
5.
Loosen and remove the four mounting bolts (3) and

lock washers fastening the condenser core to the
mounting brackets .
6.
Remove the condenser core.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 47
bd04g028_1
bd04g028_2

1.
Place the condenser core into then mounting

location. Install and tighten the four mounting bolts
(3)and lock washers securing the condenser core to
the mounting brackets.
2.
Remove the caps and plugs from the hoses and

fittings.
3.
Lubricate new O-rings with clean refrigerant oil and

install the O-rings.
4.
Connect the hoses (1 and 2) to the condenser and

tighten the fittings.
5.

Recycling and Charging Station to the High and
the system with reclaimed or new refrigerant, see
system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30).
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 48
bd04g028_2
bd04g028_1

1.
To access the heater/evaporator core and/or the fan

assembly, the rear light bar, (1), (if equipped with
lights) and top heater cover, (2) must be removed.
Remove the Heater/Air Conditioning cover mounting
screws (3) to remove the cover and the light bar
together.
2.
HEATER/EVAPORATOR CORE REPLACEMENT:

Refer to Radiator - Drain fluid (B.50.A.32 F.35.A.20) Drain the cooling system enough to drain
the coolant from the heater core, about 2 liters (2
quarts).
Remove the heater hose clamps (1) from the heater
cap the hoses.
3.

all the refrigerant.
4.
Loosen and remove the high pressure and return

hose lines from the heater/evaporator core. Cap
and plug the fittings and hoses.
5.
Remove the heater/evaporator core retaining

hardware (2) and remove the heater/evaporator
core from the heater/evaporator core retaining
support.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 49
SH88084
bd04g029_1
19997753

1.
Installation of the Heater/Evaporator core is the

reverse procedure of Evaporator - Remove
(E.40.C.33 - F.10.A.10).
2.
After the installation of the Heater/Evaporator core

is complete refer to Radiator - Filling (B.50.A.32 F.60.A.10) and refill the cooling system.
3.

all moisture from the system.
bd04g029_1
4.

Air-conditioning system - Charging (E.40.C F.60.A.30) and charge the system with reclaimed or
new refrigerant. Start the engine and test the air
conditioning system for proper operation.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 50

1.

Recycling and Charging Station to the High and Low
charge ports in the hose fittings at the compressor.
Evacuate the system to remove all of the refrigerant,
see ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning
system - Evacuate (E.40.C - F.35.A.35)
2.
Fasten identification tags on the tubes to the

receiver drier (9). Disconnect the tubes from the
receiver drier (9). Remove and discard the O-rings.
3.
Install plugs in the tubes and install caps on the

fittings to the receiver drier (9).
4.
Disconnect the pressure switch (15) wires.
5.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolt(s) fastening

the bracket which secures the receiver drier (9) to
the case (1).
6.
Remove the receiver drier (9) from the case (1).
7.
Put the receiver drier (9) and retaining bracket in

position. Install and tighten the mounting bolt(s)
securing the mounting bracket for the receiver drier
(9) to the case (1).
8.
Remove the caps and plugs from the tubes and

fittings.
9.
Lubricate new O-rings with clean refrigerant oil and

install the O-rings.
10.
Connect the tubes to the receiver drier (9) and

tighten the fittings.
11.
Connect the wires to the pressure switch (15).
12.
Connect the OEM1415Refrigerant Recovery,

Recycling an Charging Station to the High and
the system with reclaimed or new refrigerant, see
system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30) for the
procedure.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 51
bs04e122_1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
Case
Screws
Blower

(6) Heater/Evaporator Coil
(7) Suction Line
(8) Wire Harness
(9) Receiver/Drier
(10) Thermostat
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 52
(11) Water Valve

(12) Air Filter Cover
(13) Air Filter
(14) Drain Pan
(15) Pressure Switch
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10)

NOTE: Perform a visual inspection of the machine. Check the following and correct as necessary: Obtain service
history if possible. - Is compressor drive belt in place and tensioned? - Are grille screens, fan blades, condenser,
air filter, and evaporator unobstructed? - Are there any sharp bends or kinks in the hoses? - Are there heavy
accumulations of oil, or oily dust around the fittings, indicating refrigerant leakage? - Are air ducts undamaged,
sealed properly and in position? - Condensate drain hoses and check valves present and unobstructed?
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Testing

(E.40.C - G.40.A.20)
NOTE: Connect the manifold gauge set into the air conditioning system. Make sure that both valves in the
manifold gauge set are closed.
Test Point
N
1 Engine at 1500 rpm, no load, fan
speed & temperature control at
maximum setting, A/C switch ON,
all louvers and door open. All
panels and access doors installed
and closed. Cab filters clean and
installed. Heater valve closed.
Measurements taken 15 minutes
after startup.
Expected Result
Refer to pressure - temperature and Refer to ENVIRONMENT
CONTROL Air-conditioning
louver air temperature chart.
system - Visual inspection
(E.40.C - F.40.A.10).
BC04D002
Air Temperature (F) Entering A/C Unit Inlet - Outlet Temperature Differential Inlet - Outlet Temperature Differential
(High Humidity)
(Low Humidity)
(Fresh or Recirculated)
50
10
10
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 53

60
15
70
20
80
25
90
30
100
30
110
35
Ambient Air Temperature (F) Entering Suction Pressure (PSIG) at
Condenser
Evaporator Outlet
50
5-15
60
5-15
70
10-20
80
10-20
90
15-25
100
15-25
110
15-30
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 54
10
15
20
25
25
30
Discharge Pressure (PSIG) at
Compressor Outlet
75-125
100-150
125-175
150-225
175-250
200-275
225-352
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem

solving (E.40.C - G.40.A.30)
OPERATION
Compressor clutch, high/low pressure and temperature switches, blower fuse, blower fan switch, blower motor
and air conditioner switch.
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.
If there is electrical system voltage to the clutch, replace the clutch.
2.
The combination high/low pressure switch is located at the evaporator and the temperature switch is located at
the receiver-dryer.
3.
Check for damaged blower fuse.
4.
Check switch operation. Switch must give four different blower speeds: OFF, Low, Medium, and High.
5.
Check for loose connections or broken wires. Repair or replace as necessary.
6.
Check resistor board.
7.
Check the wiring to the blower motor. Make repairs or replace items as necessary.
8.
Check motor ground wire. Make sure motor ground wire is making good contact with mounting bracket.
9.
Turn switch to the AC position. Compressor clutch must engage. Blower must be operating, since electrical
power to temperature control switch is received from blower switch.
NOTE: Turn the AC switch on and check for continuity between the connector. If continuity is not present, replace
the switch.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 55

OPERATION
Compressor belt, mounting brackets, clutch and belt alignment.
TROUBLESHOOTING
1.
Loose or broken drive belt - Adjust the tension on a new belt at 200 to 245 N (45 to 55 lbs).
2.
Too much belt wear - replace a worn belt, because a worn belt will cause too much slippage.
3.
Loose bracket mounting bolts- tighten the bolts to the correct torque.
4.
Bracket has breaks or cracks - replace the bracket.
5.
The compressor belt will slip on the compressor pulley if there is compressor seizure. Remove the compressor
for service or replacement.
6.
Remove the dust cover and check the air gap on the compressor clutch. The gap between the front plate
and pulley assembly must be 0.41 to 0.79 mm (0.016 to 0.031 inch).
7.
Use a socket wrench to slowly rotate the compressor clockwise. Compressor rotation should be smooth and
not require much effort.
NOTE: The compressor pulley and the compressor drive pulley must be aligned within 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of each
other. Use a straight edge to check pulley alignment. Adjust the compressor mounting bracket if needed. The drive
belt should be located in the forward clutch groove.
1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 56
Index
42

40

56
38


44
45
33
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Disassemble (E.40.C.31.80 - F.10.A.25)
27

Compressor Magnetic clutch - Electrical test (E.40.C.31.80 - F.40.A.50)
32
Compressor Magnetic clutch - Exploded view (E.40.C.31.80 - C.10.A.20)
48
47
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Charging (E.40.C - F.60.A.30)
21
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Connect (E.40.C - F.10.A.16)
12
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Discharging (E.40.C - F.35.A.31)
18
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Dynamic description (E.40.C - C.30.A.10)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Evacuate (E.40.C - F.35.A.35)
13
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - General specification (E.40.C - D.40.A.10)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Install (E.40.C - F.10.A.15)
26
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Leakage test (E.40.C - F.40.A.40)
11
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Problem solving (E.40.C - G.40.A.30)
55
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Remove (E.40.C - F.10.A.10)

48105 1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 57
23
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Special tools (E.40.C - D.20.A.40)
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Testing (E.40.C - G.40.A.20)
53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Troubleshooting (E.40.C - G.40.A.10)
53
ENVIRONMENT CONTROL Air-conditioning system - Visual inspection (E.40.C - F.40.A.10)
10
50

49


48105 1 17/06/2005
E.40.C / 58
51

SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety - 50.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48106 1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 1
Contents
DIAGNOSTIC
Hydraulic lock-out
Hydraulic lock-out Diode - Testing (E.50.B.13.81 - G.40.A.20)
Hydraulic lock-out Relay - Testing (E.50.B.13.82 - G.40.A.20)
Hydraulic lock-out Electrovalve - Testing (E.50.B.13.10 - G.40.A.20)
Back up alarm
Back up alarm - Testing (E.50.B.82 - G.40.A.20)
Back up alarm Left switch - Testing (E.50.B.82.80 - G.40.A.20)
Back up alarm Right switch - Testing (E.50.B.82.81 - G.40.A.20)
Audible alert
Audible alert Switch - Testing (E.50.B.84.80 - G.40.A.20)
Audible alert Horn - Testing (E.50.B.84.50 - G.40.A.20)
Operator presence system (OPS)

Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80 - G.40.A.20)
48106 1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 2
BODY AND STRUCTURE - SAFETY SECURITY ACCESSORIES Safety

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Disconnect the diode from the
Continuity
connector.
Place ohmmeter in diode test
setting.
Connect + lead of ohmmeter to
female terminal of diode and "com"
lead of ohmmeter to male terminal
of diode.
2 Reverse leads from above.
Open

Bad diode.
Bad diode.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178B (B) to ground. Continuity
12 volts
2 Make sure the ROPS is properly
latched. Place the key switch in the
ON position. Have someone sit in
the operators seat with the seat bar
in the down position.
Terminal for wire 622D to ground.
12 volts
3 Terminal for wire 314B to ground.
4 Terminal for wire 623B (T) to ground. 12 volts

Bad ground circuit.
interlock relay and the 15 ampere
fuse in the primary fuse lock. Also
check the 15 ampere fuse and the
primary fuse block.
interlock relay and the seat bar
switch. Also check the seat bar
switch.
Bad interlock relay.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Terminal for wire 178K (B) to ground. Continuity
2 Have someone sit in the operators Flashing light goes out.
seat with the seat belt latched and
start the engine.
Visually observe flashing LED
next to EIC button labeled with I/O
symbol (a circle with a vertical bar
inside).
Have another person push and
release the button.
3 Loader valve solenoid wires 311G Approximately 12 volts.
(T) and 311H (T).
1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 3

Bad ground circuit.
Ensure continuity from 5 amp fuse
in the rear fuse block No.1. through
the seat switch to the EIC pin 13.
Ensure the service/run switch is in
the RUN position. Also check the
5 amp fuse. Also check the seat
switch and the seat belt switch.
Check the circuit from the loader
valve solenoids to the EIC pin 14.

Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Place the skid steer loader on
Continuity
acceptable supports so that all
four wheels are raised off the floor.
Disconnect the electrical connectors
from the backup alarm switches.
Have another person move both
control handles to the REVERSE
position.
Check terminal for wire 178AD (B)
to ground.
2 Check between the backup alarm Approximately 12 volts
and the terminal of wire 897A (O) to
ground.

Bad ground circuit.
Bad backup alarm.

Test Point
N
position.
Check between the switch terminal
for wire 895B (O) to ground.
2 Check between opposite ends of
wire 896A (O).
3 Check between the terminals of
each individual switch.
4 Start the engine and run at low idle.
Have another person move the
position.
Check between the terminals of
ground.
ground.
Expected Result

Check the circuit from between the
backup alarm switch wire 895B (O)
to the 5 amp fuse in the rear fuse
block No. 2. Also check the 5 amp
fuse.
Continuity
Open
Bad circuit between backup alarm

switches.
Bad backup alarm switch.
Continuity
Check the backup alarm.
Continuity
Bad wire or connection.
Approximately 12 volts and the

backup alarm sounds.
Bad backup alarm.
1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 4

Test Point
N
position.
Check between the switch terminal
for wire 895B (O) to ground.
2 Check between opposite ends of
wire 896A (O).
3 Check between the terminals of
4 Start the engine and run at low idle.
Have another person move the
position.
Check between the terminals of
ground.
ground.
Expected Result

Check the circuit from between the
backup alarm switch wire 895B (O)
to the 5 amp fuse in the rear fuse
block No. 2. Also check the 5 amp
fuse.
Continuity
Open
Bad circuit between backup alarm

switches.
Bad seat bar switch.
Continuity
Check the backup alarm.
Continuity
Bad wire or connection.
Approximately 12 volts and the

backup alarm sounds.
Bad backup alarm.
1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 5

NOTE: For wiring diagram refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 26 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.26)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
position Disconnect the horn switch
connector.
Horn switch terminal for wire 565AF
(B) to ground.
2 Measure the resistance across the Open
terminals of the horn switch.
3 Have another person hold down the Continuity
horn button.
Measure the resistance across the
terminals of the horn switch.

fuse block No. 2.
Check the circuit from the 15 amp
fuse to the horn switch terminal for
wire 565AF (B).
Bad switch.
Bad switch.

NOTE: For wiring diagram refer to : Wiring harness - Electrical schematic frame 17 (A.30.A.88 - C.20.E.17)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
position.
Have another person hold down the
horn button.
Terminal at the horn for wire 892A
(O) to ground.
2 Terminal at the horn for wire 178M Continuity
(B) to ground.
1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 6

Bad circuit from horn to horn switch.
Bad horn.
Bad ground circuit.
Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80

- G.40.A.20)
Test Point
Expected Result
N
1 Place the loader arms in the down Approximately 12 volts
position.
Place the service/run switch in the
RUN position.
Sit in the operators seat.
Check pin 12 on the 26 pin
connector to ground.
2 Fasten the seat belt.
Check pin 13 on the 26 pin
connector to ground.
3 Terminal fro wire 312A (T) at the
seat belt switch to ground.
1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 7

fuse block No.1.
Also check the seat switch.
Check the continuity from pin 12 of
the instrument cluster connector to
the 5 amp fuse.
Also check the service/run switch.
Check the continuity from pin 13 of

the instrument cluster to the seat
belt switch.
Also check the seat belt switch.
Check the continuity of wire 312A
(T) to the seat switch.
Index

Operator presence system (OPS) Seat switch - Testing (E.50.B.96.80 - G.40.A.20)

48106 1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 8
48106 1 17/06/2005
E.50.B / 9
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48099 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
WORKING ARM
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48115 1 17/06/2005
H
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
BOOM Lift
H.20.B
SINGLE ARM Lift
H.40.B
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt
H.50.C

48115 1 17/06/2005
H
WORKING ARM - H
BOOM Lift - 20.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48116 1 17/06/2005
H.20.B / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
BOOM Lift - 20.B
TECHNICAL DATA
Relief valve
Relief valve - General specification (H.20.B.16 - D.40.A.10)

48116 1 17/06/2005
H.20.B / 2
WORKING ARM - BOOM Lift

Port
Port
Port
Port
Port
relief valve cartridge pressures at 2.84 litres/min (0.75 gpm)

1A
1B (Tilt Base End)
Anti-Cavitation
2A
2B (Lift Base End)
24500 kPa (3552 psi)
1 17/06/2005
H.20.B / 3
Index
WORKING ARM - H
BOOM Lift - 20.B
48116 1 17/06/2005
H.20.B / 4
WORKING ARM - H
SINGLE ARM Lift - 40.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48118 1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command
Command - Exploded view (H.40.B.05 - C.10.A.20)
Command Lever - Exploded view (H.40.B.05.05 - C.10.A.20)
Cylinder
Cylinder - Sectional view (H.40.B.26 - C.10.A.30)
SERVICE
SINGLE ARM Lift - Cleaning (H.40.B - F.30.A.10)
SINGLE ARM Lift - Decontaminating (H.40.B - F.30.A.60)
13
SINGLE ARM Lift - Remove (H.40.B - F.10.A.10)
15
SINGLE ARM Lift - Install (H.40.B - F.10.A.15)
24
Command
Command - Remove (H.40.B.05 - F.10.A.10)
30
Command - Install (H.40.B.05 - F.10.A.15)
32
Command - Visual inspection (H.40.B.05 - F.40.A.10)
36
Command Lever - Remove (H.40.B.05.05 - F.10.A.10)
42
Command Lever - Disassemble (H.40.B.05.05 - F.10.A.25)
44
Command Lever - Visual inspection (H.40.B.05.05 - F.40.A.10)
45
Command Lever - Assemble (H.40.B.05.05 - F.10.A.20)
46
Command Lever - Install (H.40.B.05.05 - F.10.A.15)
47
Control valve
Control valve - Remove (H.40.B.13 - F.10.A.10)
48
Control valve - Install (H.40.B.13 - F.10.A.15)
50
Relief valve
Relief valve - Pressure test (H.40.B.16 - F.40.A.30)

48118 1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 2
52
Relief valve - Flow test (H.40.B.16 - F.40.A.45)
53
Cylinder
Cylinder - Remove (H.40.B.26 - F.10.A.10)
54
Cylinder - Install (H.40.B.26 - F.10.A.15)
56
Cylinder - Visual inspection (H.40.B.26 - F.40.A.10)
57
Cylinder - Disassemble (H.40.B.26 - F.10.A.25)
59
Cylinder - Assemble (H.40.B.26 - F.10.A.20)

48118 1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 3
61
WORKING ARM - SINGLE ARM Lift

bs04e128
(1) Pedal
(2) Pedal Shaft
(3) Roll Pin
(4) Washer
(5) Left Hand Bracket
(6) Seal Strip
(7) Bolt
(8) Angle
(9) Angle
(10) Lock Washer
(11) Nut
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
Pedal Assembly
Bushing
Large Pin
Cotter Pin
Linkage Link
Washer
Screw
Grooved Pin
Linkage Link
Clevis Pin
Pin
Washer
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 4
(23) Screw
(24) Washer
(25) Pedal Shaft
(26) Nut
(27) Lock Washer
(28)Bearing Assembly
(29) Right Hand Bracket
(30) Screw
(31) Arm
(32) Linkage Link

25
20
29
18
14
21
13
12
18
20
25
26
23
29
14
26
23
24
13
12
19
28
19
19
19
21
28
7
25
28
24
15
22
6
7
15
30
28
28
22
11
31
10
19
27
24
28
31
BS04E071
bs04e071
(1) Handle Grip

(2) Handle
(3) Bushing
Hand Control Levers

(12) Rod
(13) Ball End
(14) Nut
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 5
(24) Nut
(25) Washer
(26) Lock Washer
(4) Channel
(5) Fastener
(6) Gasket
(7) Boot
(8) Plate
(9) Left Hand Kick Panel
(11) Rod End Bearing
Hand Control Levers

(15)Support Plate
(18) Screw
(19) Screw
(19) Screw
(20) Screw
(21)Lock Nut
(22) Bolt
(23) Nut
bs05e109

(2) Bolt
(3) Nut
(4) Washer
(5) Spacer
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
Lock Washer
Lock Washer
Washer
Screw
Seal Strip

(7) Bolt
(8) Control Rod
(9) Bolt
(10) Washer
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 6
(11) Bearing
(13) Shock Absorber
bs05e110_1

(3) Control Rod End
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 7

bs04e146
(1) Boom Lift Cylinder Assembly

(2) Cylinder Assembly
(3) Lock Nut
(4) Plug
(5) Piston
(6) T-Type Seal
Lift Cylinder
(7) Wear Ring
(8) Piston Rod
(9) Spacer
(10) Bushing
(11) Cylinder Head
(12) Wear Ring
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 8
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(19)
O-Ring
Backup Washer
Seal
O-Ring
Grease Zerk
O-Ring

1.

system.
2.

rapidly.
repaired.
enough power.
3.


and visible.
4.

hydraulic oil.
5.

temperature.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 9

6.

(B) Air in the oil.
NOTE: The hydrostatic system uses a third port bypass

filter system. If the filter becomes plugged it bypasses
back to the reservoir to stop contamination from entering
the hydrostatic system. Upon completion of cleaning the
Hydraulic System.
7.

following steps:
element.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

vacuum pump.
13.

1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 10

14.
15.
The hydraulic reservoir is located at the rear of the

machine. Loosen and remove the drain plug from
the reservoir.
16.

is closed.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

drain plug.
22.

position.
23.
24.

25.

26.

27.
28.

29.
30.
Stop the engine.
31.
32.
33.

drain plug.
34.

the valve.
35.
36.
37.

1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 11

38.
39.

the reservoir.
40.

on the machine.
41.

42.
Stop the engine.
43.

1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 12

1.
2.

WARNING

3.

4.
5.

the hydraulic oil.
reservoir.
6.

from the machine.
7.

on the machine.
8.
9.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
10.

11.

position.
12.

13.

open line.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.

each cylinder.
16.

17.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 13

18.


19.

position.
20.
Stop the engine.
21.

22.

oil as required.
23.
24.

from the machine.
25.

on the machine.
26.

27.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 14

1.
2.
Remove any attachment (bucket, fork, etc.) from

the boom mounting plate and lower the boom to the
lowered position.
bd04g030
OPS8799
OPS87100
Attach a chain or strap suitable for handling the

weight of the boom, approximately 360 kg (800 lb)
to the boom grab handles as shown at (1), and
support about level with the top of the loader ROPS.
ATTENTION: Always use suitable lifting device and

chains or straps to support and remove the boom.
3.
Support the rear of the boom with the rear lower

link pivot above the top of the engine shielding as
shown.
NOTE: This will enable the removal of the link pivot

hardware.
4.
Lower Link Removal
5.
Remove the plastic plugs, (1), from the cab inner

shell to access the boom lower link and cylinder
pivot hardware.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 15

6.
7.
Remove the fenders to gain access to the boom and

bucket hydraulic tube and hose connections.
OPS87101
OPS87102
OPS87103
With the boom properly supported and all hydraulic

oil pressure removed from the boom and bucket
circuits, disconnect the hydraulic lines at (1). Cap
open ends of lines and hoses. Remove the boom
hose clamps (2), retaining the hoses to the lower
boom links. Remove the hoses from the lower hose
retainer, (3).

Do not disconnect any hydraulic lines until all hydraulic
pressure is removed from the boom and bucket hydraulic
circuits.
NOTE: Mark all boom and boom link tapered pins with
their proper location prior to removal. This will ensure
that all pins are installed in their correct position during
reassembly.
8.
Loosen the right and left lower link, rear pivot pin
retaining hardware.
ATTENTION: Do not remove the pin retaining hardware

until the tapered pivot pin is broken loose at the tapered
end of pin or the link and pin may fall.
9.
With the soft-faced sledge hammer, strike the lower

link as shown to break the tapered pivot pin loose in
the main boom link.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 16

10.
11.
Loosen the front lower link pivot pin retaining

hardware, (1), and strike the link at (2), to break the
tapered pivot pin loose in the ROPS frame.
OPS87104
OPS87105
OPS87106
Remove the retaining pin hardware from the front

and rear pins. Lift the lower link and pins from the
loader.
NOTE: Both the right and left lower links can be removed
as described.
12.
Upper Link Removal
13.
The boom must be properly supported at the front

and rear with the boom in the lowered position or
raise and support the boom above the front upper
link pivot. Remove all hydraulic oil pressure from
the boom and bucket hydraulic circuits.
NOTE: Supporting of the boom will keep the boom

positioned during removal of the upper links.
14.
Loosen the rear link retaining bolt, (1); do not

remove. With a soft-faced sledge hammer, strike
the link at (2), to break the tapered pivot pin loose
in the main boom.
15.
Loosen the front upper link pivot hardware, (1), and

with a soft-faced sledge hammer, strike the link at
(2), to loosen the tapered pin in the ROPS post.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 17

16.
Remove the front and rear pivot pin retaining bolts

and tapered pins and lift the link from the loader.
17.
Main Boom Removal
18.
Remove the plastic plugs, (1), from the cab inner

shell to access the boom lower link and cylinder
pivot hardware.
19.
Remove the fenders to gain access to the boom and

bucket hydraulic tube and hose connections.
20.
OPS87107
10
OPS87108
11
OPS87109
12
With the boom properly supported and all hydraulic

oil pressure removed from the boom and bucket
circuits, disconnect the hydraulic lines at (1). Cap
open ends of lines and hoses. Remove the boom
hose clamps, (2), retaining the hoses to the lower
boom links. Remove the hoses from the lower hose
retainer, (3).

Do not disconnect any hydraulic lines until all hydraulic
pressure is removed from the boom and bucket hydraulic
circuits.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 18

21.
22.
Remove the hoses from the rear hose support, (1)

remove the tube clamps, (2), and disconnect the
tubes at the Z-bracket and quick couplers, (3).
OPS87110
13
bd04g030_1
14
OPS87112
15
Remove the right and left upper boom cylinder

pivot pin retaining hardware, (1), and pin, (2), from
cylinders and boom.
NOTE: If only the main boom is being removed the

cylinders can remain attached at the bottom pivot.
NOTE: Mark all boom and boom link tapered pins with
their proper location prior to removal. This will ensure
that all pins are installed in their correct position during
reassembly.
23.
Loosen the right and left lower link, rear pivot pin
retaining hardware.
ATTENTION: Do not remove the pin retaining hardware

until the tapered pivot pin is broken loose at the tapered
end of pin or the link and pin may fall.
24.
With a soft-faced sledge hammer, strike the lower

link as shown to brake the tapered pivot pin loose in
the main boom link.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 19

25.
Remove the pin retaining hardware and pin from

the link and main boom. Lower the link and rest it
on the loader frame.
26.
Loosen the right and left upper link rear retaining

bolts, (1); do not remove. With a soft-faced sledge
hammer, strike and link at (2), to break the tapered
pivot pin loose in the main boom.
27.
Remove the hardware and pins from the ROPS and

link, resting the link on the lower link.
28.
Lift the boom assembly from the loader.
29.
Front Boom Mounting Plate Pilot Hub Replacement
30.
Remove any attachment, bucket, etc., from the

boom mounting plate.
31.
Pivot the mounting plate out flat and remove all

hydraulic pressure from the bucket circuit.
32.
Remove the cylinder rod pivot pin retaining

hardware, (1), and remove the pins from the
mounting plate and cylinder.
33.
Remove the mounting plate from the main boom.
34.
Remove the hub caps, (2), from the pivots.
35.
Loosen the mounting plate pivot hardware, (3). DO

NOT remove the hardware.
36.
With a sledge hammer (8 lbs or larger), strike the

mounting plate at (4), to loosen the tapered pivot pin.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 20
OPS87113
16
OPS87114
17

37.
Remove the remaining hardware, pins, and

mounting plate from the boom.
38.
Raise the boom and support the boom 609.6 mm

(24 in) off the ground on jack stands or suitable
blocking at (1).
39.
Remove the negative (-) battery cable.
40.
Using a cutting torch, cut the weld around the hub to

separate the hub from the main boom. DO NOT cut
any material from the main boom. Grind to remove
any remaining weld and hub from the boom.
41.
Position the hubs on the boom straight, from side to

side, with center spacing, (2), as follows, and tack
weld the hubs to the boom.
42.
Hub Center Spacing 822 mm (32.36 in).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 21
19984476
18
bs04e167
19
A5323-12
20

43.
Reinstall the mounting plate and tapered pivot pins

and hardware. Pivot the mounting plate up and
down to ensure there is no binding between the
mounting plate and pivot pins. Weld the hubs to the
boom.
44.
Install the hub reinforcement gussets described

earlier in these instructions.
45.
Lubricate the pivots and torque and hammer seat

the tapered pins and hardware.
46.
Removal
47.
Lower the boom to the lowered position.
48.
Open the rear door, (1), and the top engine access
cover, (2).
49.
Remove the right and left engine side covers, (3).
50.
Unhook spring, (1), from the control rod, by sliding

the spring to the side and removing spring at boom
hook (2).
51.
Remove the push nuts, (3), from the control rod, (4).
52.
Detach the linkage from the lock pin by removing

bolt, (5).
53.
Remove the linkage support retaining hardware, (6).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 22
OPS9789
21
OPS8790
22

54.
Remove the plastic handle grip, (1), from the control

lever.
55.
Remove the control rod, (1), from the lever at (2),

and slide the handle from the rear of the cab.
56.
Slide the boom pins, (3), right and left, from the
loader ROPS post.
57.
OPS8791
23
OPS8792
24
OPS8793
25
Shown are the boom lock pins and linkage.

(1) Boom Lock Pins (2)
(2) Control Rod (1)
(3) Push Nuts (2)
(4) Support Angle (1)
(5) Control Lever Assembly (1)
(6) Plastic Handle Grip (1)
(7) Spring
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 23

1.
If the upper and lower boom links and boom

cylinders were removed, attach the upper and lower
links to the ROPS before installing the main boom
assembly.
2.
Install the lower link pivot pins through the links and
insert the tapered end of the pin into the ROPS
frame. Install the pin retaining hardware and tighten,
making sure the tapered pin is inserted into the
ROPS straight.
3.
Install the upper link pivot pins through the links

and insert the tapered end of the pin into the ROPS
post. Install the pin retaining hardware and tighten,
making sure the tapered pin is inserted into the
ROPS post straight.
4.
Position the main boom assembly over the loader

positioning the boom against the front boom stops
(front of the final drive case).
5.
OPS87115
OPS87116
OPS87117
Attach the rear of the upper link at (1), using the

tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware. Tighten
the hardware, making sure the pin is straight in the
main boom.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 24

6.
7.
Attach the rear of the lower link at (1), using the

tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware. Tighten
the hardware, making sure the pin is straight in the
main boom.
OPS87118
OPS87119
With the main boom, upper and lower links attached,

the pivot pins and hardware must be properly
seated.
8.
Torque the pin retaining hardware to the following

torques:
9.
Lower link - 338 Nm (250 lb ft)
10.
Upper link - 338 Nm (250 lb ft)
11.
Cylinder pivot (lower) - 169 Nm (125 lb ft)
12.
Cylinder pivot (upper) - 38 Nm (28 lb ft)
13.
After the pivot pin retaining hardware is torqued the

pins must be properly seated. Using a hammer,
strike the head of the bolt and pin several times
to seat the tapered pin in the taper in the ROPS.
Retorque the hardware to specified torque. Repeat
this process until the torque is maintained.
14.
Reinstall the cylinders at the boom upper pivot.
15.
Reinstall the boom hydraulic tubes and hoses if

removed. Position tubes (1), at the front of the
boom, to maintain clearance between boom and
tubes. The tubes must be properly positioned or
when the boom is raised and lowered the tubes will
contact the corner of the ROPS (cab).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 25

16.
17.
Reattach the tubes to the Z-bracket, (2), and install

the quick couplers. Install the tube clamps, (3).
OPS87120
bd04g030_2
OPS87122
Route the tubes and hoses to the rear of the boom

through the rear hose supports, (1), and on the top
side of the lower link at (2).
18.
Position the hoses with one on each side of the

lower link retaining clips, (1), and through the hose
retainer at (2). Do Not tighten clamps at this time,
further adjustment will be required later.
19.
Insert the hoses through the hose support on the

end of link at (3).
20.
Reconnect the hoses to the tubes at (4), positioning

the hoses and tubes for clearance to the fender,
when the boom is raised and lowered.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 26

21.
When all boom links and pivot pins are properly

seated and torqued and all hydraulic connections
are tightened, operate the boom up and down.
Check the tube to ROPS (cab) at (1), for clearance.
OPS87123
22.
23.
24.
Check the hoses through the rear supports, (1).

When the boom is fully raised, position the hoses in
the support as shown, and remove any slack from
the hoses to the boom tubes.
OPS87124
10
OPS87125
11
OPS87126
12
Pull all slack from hoses and tighten the top clamp,
(1). Remove any slack between the clamps and
then tighten the second clamp, (2).
Install the fenders, (1), then raise and lower the

boom checking the hose/tube clearance behind the
fenders at (2), and readjust if required. Check for
any oil leaks and repair if required.
NOTE: The boom may require several cycles up and

down to remove the air from the boom hydraulic circuit.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 27

25.
Reinstall the boom mounting plate if removed.

Torque the pivot bolts, (1) to 108 Nm (80 lb ft) .
the tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware must
be hammer seated by striking the head of the bolt
and pin and retorquing the bolt. This step must be
repeated until the torque is maintained.
26.
Reinstall any shields removed for the repair.
27.
Reinstallation
28.
Install the boom lock pins, (1), right and left, into
the ROPS posts at (2).
29.
Install a rubber grommet at (3). Insert the control

handle assembly, (4), through the right cab side
shield at (5).
30.
Position the control handle over the lock pin, (1),

and install the support hardware at (2).
31.
Install the handle and lock pin through bolt at (3).
32.
With the handle properly positioned tighten the

support hardware at (2), and the through bolt lock
nut, (3).
NOTE: Do not over tighten the through bolt because the

handle must pivot at the lock pin.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 28
OPS87127
13
OPS8794
14

33.
34.
Install the control rod, (4), in the handle assembly,

positioning the seat and seat belt wire harness to
the seat side of the control rod.
OPS8795
15
OPS8796
16
OPS8797
17
Install the control rod, (1), in the left boom lock pin,
(2). Slide new push retaining nuts onto the control
rod on both sides at (3).
35.
Slide the plastic handle grip, (1), onto the handle.
36.
Operate the control handle to insure proper

operation.
37.
Pivot the handle towards the outside of the

operators cab. The lock pins should extend from
the cab post.
38.
Pivot the handle towards the inside of the operators

cab. The lock pins should retract into the cab
post far enough to allow boom movement without
contacting the lock pins.
39.
Reinstall the engine side shields. Close the top

engine cover and rear door.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 29

1.
Pedal Controls.
2.
Removal With Boom and Bucket Pedal Controls.
3.
Remove the step shield hardware and step shield.
4.
Remove the clip washer, (1), that connects the

control rod, (2) to the pedal hub arm.
5.
bd05f003_1
BS04F198
Remove the bolts, (1), connecting two bracket

halves.
6.
Disconnect the control valve links, (2), at the control

valve.
7.
Remove the pedal mounting bolts, (3), and remove

both pedals from the loader.
8.
Pedal Removal With Boom and Bucket Hand

Controls.
9.
Remove the step shield hardware and step shield.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 30

10.
11.
Remove the bolts, (1), washers, lock washers and

nuts, that connect the control rods, (2), to the pedal
hub arms.
19996833
19996832
Disconnect the control valve links, (1), from the

control valve spools by removing the cotter pins,
(2), and clevis pins, (3).
12.
Disconnect the control valve links, (1), from the

control hub arms by removing the bolts, (4),
washers, lock washers, and nuts.
13.
Remove the right pedal mounting bolts, (1), and

remove the right pedal, (2).
14.
BS04F204
Remove the left pedal mounting bolts, (3), and

remove the left pedal, (4).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 31

1.
Pedal Installation With Boom and Bucket Pedal

Controls
2.
Reinstall the bearings, (1), shafts, (2), brackets, (3),

and control arms, (4), using the same number and
position of washer or shims.
3.
4.
5.
19996896
BS04F199
BS04F200
Install the left pedal assembly, (1), and attach the

front plate with hardware, (2), previously removed.
Do not tighten the hardware at this time.
Slide the pedal assembly to align the auxiliary boom

hydraulic hub arm and boom hub arm as shown.
Align the inside edge of each hub arm, (1), with the
slot in the control valve spool, (2). Tighten the pedal
mounting hardware.
Recheck the alignment of the hub arm and spool.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 32

6.
Install the right pedal, (1), adding shim washers as

necessary so pedal mounting holes line up correctly.
Check that the inside edge of the bucket hub arm
aligns with the slot in the control valve spool as
described above. Install the pedal with hardware,
(2), previously removed, and tighten securely.
Connect the two piece bracket with the two bolts,
(3), washers and nuts.
7.
Check for free operation of the boot pedals and hub

control arm assemblies. If any components are
binding, adjust or reshim the pedal assemblies.
8.
Install the control spool links, (1), with clevis pins,

(2), and cotter pins, (3).
9.
Attach each link in the top elongated hole to each

hub arm with 3/8" hex head bolts, (4), flat washer,
(5), two link washers, (6), lock washer, (7), and nut,
(8).
10.
Connect the auxiliary hydraulic control rod, (1), to

the pedal hub arm, (2), with the clip washer removed
during disassembly.
11.
Install the step shield and hardware.
12.
Pedal Installation with Boom and Bucket Hand

Controls.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 33
BS04F201
BS04F202
bd05f003_1

13.
Insert the control shaft, (1), through the left pedal,

(2), and left pedal support, (3), fitting three washers,
(4), between the pedal and support.
14.
Slide the auxiliary boom hydraulic hub assembly,

(5), onto the control shaft and secure with Allen
screws, (6).
15.

16.
Install the boom hub assembly, (3), and bucket hub

assembly, (4), onto the pivot shaft, (5).
17.
Slide the pedal assembly to align the auxiliary

hydraulic hub arm as shown. Align the inside edge
of the hydraulic hub arm, (1), with the slot in the
control valve spool, (2). Tighten the pedal mounting
hardware.
18.
Recheck the alignment of the hub arms and spool.
19.
Check the alignment between the hub arms and

control valve spools. Add shim washers if necessary
to correct alignment.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 34
19996824-1
19996831
BS04F205

20.

necessary at (2), fitting inside the bearing, (3), so
pedal mounting holes line up correctly. Install the
pedal with hardware, (4), previously removed, and
tighten securely.
21.
Check for free operation of the foot pedals and hub

assemblies. If any components are binding, adjust
or reshim the right pedal assembly.
22.

23.
Link the boom valve link and the bucket valve link
to the hub arms with 3/8" hex head bolts, (4), flat
washer, (5), thick link washer, (6), lock washer, (7),
and nut, (8).
24.
Install the auxiliary hydraulic link with 3/8" hex head

bolts, flat washer, two flat washers, (9), lock washer,
and nut.
25.
Install control rods, (1), to the pedal hub arms, (2),

with the bolts, washers, lock washers and nuts
removed during pedal removal.
26.
Install the step shield and step shield hardware.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 35
19996832-1
10
19996833-1
11
BS04F206
12

1.
Pedal Inspection With Boom and Bucket Pedal

Controls
2.
Remove the control valve links, (1), from the hub

control arms (2).
3.
4.
19996895
19996829
19996893
Inspect the control valve links (1) for any obvious

damage, bends or twisting.
Inspect the auxiliary hydraulic hub arm, (1), the

boom hub arm, (2), and the bucket hub arm, (3), for
any deformation or cracks.
5.
To disassemble hub arms, remove the roll pins, (4),

from the hub arms and control shaft.
6.
Inspect the control shafts, (5), for any obvious

damage or bends.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 36

7.
8.
9.
10.
To remove control shafts, remove bolt, (1), securing

shaft arm to pedal. Take note of the position and
number of any spacer washers or shims. Remove
the nuts, (2), holding the bearings on the pedal
support. Separate the shaft from the pedal and
bearing.
19996891
19996826
19996827
Inspect the shaft bearings, (1), for excessive wear.

If bearings do not move easily, replace.
Inspect the pedals, (1), and pedal supports, (2), for

any excessive wear or deformation.
Pedal Inspection With Boom and Bucket Hand

Controls.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 37

11.
Remove the bucket hub arm assembly, (1), and the

boom hub arm assembly, (2). Inspect the hub arm
assemblies for any deformation or cracks.
12.
Inspect the control shaft, (3), for any obvious

damage or bends. To remove control shafts, remove
the two Allen screws, (4), securing the auxiliary
hydraulic hub, (2), to the control shaft. Then remove
the bolt, (5), securing shaft arm to pedal. Take note
of the position and number of any spacer washers
or shims.
13.
Remove the two Allen screws, (1), securing the

boom hydraulics hub, (2), to the control shaft.
Inspect the boom hydraulics hub for any deformation
or cracks.
14.
19996824
19996825
19996826
Inspect the shaft bearings, (1), for excessive wear.

If bearings do not move freely, replace.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 38

15.
16.
Inspect the pedals, (1), and pedal supports, (2), for

any excessive wear or deformation.
10
19996829
11
19996824-1
12
Inspect the control valve spool links, (1), for bends

or excessive wear.
17.
Pedal Installation With Bucket Hand Controls.
18.
Insert the control shaft, (1), through the left pedal,

(2), and left pedal support, (3), fitting three washers,
(4), between the pedal and support.
19.
19996827
Slide the auxiliary boom hydraulic hub assembly,

(5), onto the control shaft and secure with Allen
head screws (6).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 39

20.

21.
Install the boom hub assembly, (3), and bucket hub

assembly, (4), onto the pivot shaft (5).
22.
Slide the pedal assembly to align the auxiliary

hydraulic hub arm as shown. Align the inside
edge of the hydraulic hub arm, (1), with the slot
in the control valve spools, (2). Tighten the pedal
mounting hardware.
23.
Recheck the alignment of the hub arm and spool.
24.
Check the alignment between the hub arms and

control valve spools. Add shim washers if necessary
to correct alignment.
25.

necessary at (2), fitting inside the bearing, (3), so
pedal mounting holes line up correctly. Install the
pedal with hardware, (4), previously removed, and
tighten securely.
26.
Check for free operation of the foot pedals and hub

assemblies. If any components are binding, adjust
or reshim the right pedal assembly.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 40
19996831
13
BS04F205
14
19996832-1
15

27.

28.
Link the boom valve link and the bucket valve link
to the hub arms with 3/8" hex head bolts, (4), flat
washer, (5), thick link washers, (6), lock washer, (7),
and nut, (8).
29.
Install the auxiliary hydraulic link with 3/8" hex head

bolts, flat washer, two flat washers, (9), lock washer,
and nut.
30.
Install control rods, (1), to the pedal hub arms, (2),

with the bolts, washers, lock washers and nuts
removed during pedal removal.
31.
Install the step shield and step shield hardware.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 41
19996833-1
16
BS04F206
17

1.
Securely latch the seat in the raised and latched

position. Remove the step shield and front step
cover to access the control handle, linkage and
valve area.
2.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts on the

right hand bearing (2) and the left hand bearing
(3). Loosen and remove the bolt (4) from the link.
Remove the shaft (1).
3.
4.
bd05f003_2
bd05f001_2
bd05f001_3
Loosen and remove the right hand steering control

rod end(1) and the left hand steering control rod
end(2).
Disconnect the wiring harness (1) on the left and

right hand control handles.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 42

5.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts (1) on the

control handle kick panel.
bd05f003_3
6.
Remove the control handle kick panel from the

machine.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 43

NOTE: The right hand control lever is shown in the following procedure. The procedure for the left hand control
lever is the same.
1.
Loosen the boot securing bolts, (1), and slide the

boot, (2), off the handle.
2.
Refer to figure 1. Remove the pin (12) from the

shaft.
3.
Loosen and remove the nuts and washers (8 and

9) from the bearings (7).
4.
Slide the bearings (7) and shims (10) off the shaft.
Make a note of the correct numbers of shims (10) for
each bearing (7) for use during the control handle
install procedure.
5.
Slide the right hand control handle (1) off of the shaft
and remove from the right hand kick panel (2).
bs05e110_1

(3) Control Rod End
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 44

1.
Inspect the control rod ball joint ends for looseness

and wear in the swivel.
2.
Inspect the control rods, for straightness.
3.
Inspect the control pivot bearings , for wear and

damage.
4.
Check for wear and bending of the pivot shafts.
5.
Replace any parts that are worn, damaged, or bent.
bs05e110_1

(3) Control Rod End
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 45

1.
Command Lever Assemble is the reverse procedure

of Command Lever - Disassemble (H.40.B.05.05 F.10.A.25)
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 46

1.
Command Lever Install is the reverse procedure

of Command Lever - Remove (H.40.B.05.05 F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 47

1.
Place a shop towel under the loader control valve.
2.
3.

4.
5.
Tag all of the hydraulic lines and hoses and port

locations on the loader control valve.
6.
Loosen and disconnect all of the hydraulic lines and

hoses from the loader control valve.
7.
Install plugs and caps on all of the fittings and port

locations.
8.
9.
Tag and disconnect all of the electrical connections

from the loader control valve.
10.
Remove the clip(s) and the pin(s) from the control

linkage and remove the control linkage from the
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 48
bd04h167
bd04h168

11.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts from the

bd04h168
12.
Remove the loader control valve from the machine.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 49

1.
Install the loader control valve into the mounting

location on the machine.
2.
Install the mounting bolts and washers into the

mounting holes on the loader control valve. Tighten
the mounting bolts.
3.
bd04h168
bd04h167
Install the control linkage to the correct spool

locations. Install the pins into the control linkage
and spool locations. Install the retaining clips into
the pins.
4.

5.
Remove the caps and plugs from the hydraulic lines

and hoses.
6.
Using the reference tags from disassembly, connect

the hydraulic tubes and hoses to the correct ports
on the loader control valve.
7.
bd04h168
Tighten all the tube and hose fittings.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 50

8.
Stop the vacuum pump. Disconnect the vacuum

pump from the hydraulic reservoir and install the
filler cap on the reservoir filler neck.
9.
Using the reference tags from disassembly, connect

all of the electrical connections to the correct
locations on the loader control valve.
10.
Clean up any hydraulic oil from the equipment and

floor.
11.
12.
Operate the loader controls to completely extend

and retract the lift and tilt cylinders to remove any
air from the hydraulic system.
13.
Lower the loader arms completely.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.
Check for any oil leakage.
16.
Check the hydraulic oil level in the reservoir. Add

hydraulic oil as required. Reservoir - Filling
(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
bd04h166
17.
Install the cap on the reservoir.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 51


1.
Park the machine on a level surface.
2.
Lower all attachments to the floor.
3.
Stop the engine.
4.
Move the control levers in all directions to release

any circuit pressure.
5.
The best way to connect the hand pump is directly

to the control valve. Disconnect the tube from the
port of the control valve and connect the hand pump
to the port. By connecting directly to the control
valve, you avoid the possibility of a bad reading
because of cylinder movement.
6.
Remove all dirt and grease from the connecting

point.
7.
Connect the hose of the hand pump to the

connecting point, but do not tighten the connection.
8.
Make sure that the hand pump is filled with oil. The
temperature of the oil must be at least 21C (70F).
9.
Operate the hand pump to fill the hose of the hand

pump with oil. Then tighten the connections.
10.
Operate the hand pump and read the pressure

gauge. Record the highest indication. Check
the pressure several times to make sure that the
indications are correct.
11.
Compare the indication with the specification

Relief valve - General specification (H.20.B.16 D.40.A.10). If the indication is not correct, replace
the circuit relief valve.
NOTE: The circuit relief valves for the loader circuit are
not adjustable and must be replaced if they do not meet
the specification.
12.
Repeat this test after installing a new circuit relief

valve.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 52

1.
Start the engine and run the engine at 2300 r/min

(rpm).
2.
Hold the lift control lever in the LIFT position and

adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter until the
pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust
the engine speed to keep the engine running at
2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record
the reading as test number 9.
3.
Hold the lift control lever in the LOWER position and

adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter until the
pressure gauge indicates 124 bar (1800 psi). Adjust
the engine speed to keep the engine running at
2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge and record
the reading as test number 10.

in the steps below.
4.
5.

6.
Leakage in the lift circuits can be caused by any of

the following problems:
A. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the
lift cylinders.
B. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the
C. Defective circuit relief valves.
D. Inadequate control spool travel.
7.

1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 53

1.
Removal.
ATTENTION: Before removing the boom cylinders, the

boom must be in the up, locked position supported by the
boom lock pins.
Never loosen any hydraulic lines without first relieving all
pressure in the system.
2.
Remove any attachment from the skid steer boom

attaching plate, bucket, etc.
3.
Raise the boom above the boom lock pins, extend

the boom lock pins, and lower the boom on the
boom lock pins, (1).
4.
After stopping the engine and before removing the

seat belt and dismounting from the skid steer, turn
the ignition switch to the "RUN" position.
5.
Push both the boom and bucket pedals to relieve all

residual hydraulic pressure in both hydraulic circuits.
6.
Turn off the ignition switch.
7.
Disconnect both the upper, (1), and lower, (2), boom

hydraulic hoses from the cylinder.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 54
SH86079
SH86080

8.
9.
Using a screwdriver, remove the plastic plug, (1),

from inside the cab to access the lower cylinder
pivot retaining hardware.
SH86081
SH86082
bd04g030_1
Loosen the LOWER boom pin retaining hardware.
NOTE: DO NOT remove the retaining hardware at this

time.
10.
11.
12.
Support the cylinder and with a hammer strike the

cylinder at the base area, (1), to loosen the tapered
pivot pin from the skid steer main frame.
Remove the UPPER boom pin retaining bolt, (1),

and boom pin, (2).
Remove the cylinder.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 55

1.
Lubricate the boom pivot pins, (1), with an

antiseize-type lubricant.
2.
Install the cylinder onto the skid steer.
3.
Install a 3/8" bolt, (2), flat washer, (3), and spacer,

(4), through the pivot pin retaining strap and boom
side plate. Secure with flat washer, (5), and locknut,
(6).
4.
Torque the upper pivot pin hardware to 38 Nm (28

lb ft).
5.
Install the lower pivot pin and 3/4" hardware at (1),

and torque to 338 Nm (250 lb ft).
6.
Using a six-pound hammer and a piece of 2x4

hardwood to protect the pivot pin, place the board
over the end of the pin and hit briskly to properly
seat the tapered pin in the side frame. Retorque the
hardware to 338 Nm (250 lb ft).
7.
Reinstall the hydraulic tubes, (2), and position to

prevent contact with other components, fenders,
etc. at (3).
8.
Reinstall the plastic plug on the side of the cab inner

shell.
9.
Start the skid steer and cycle the boom several

times to remove trapped air from the system and
check the cylinder for leaks.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 56
19997745
SH86110

1.
Parts Inspection.
2.
Thoroughly clean all parts and remove any nicks or

burrs with a fine emery cloth.
3.
Inspect the threaded area of the barrel, (2), for

damaged threads that would prevent proper
tightening of the cylinder head.
4.
Inspect the O-ring seal area, (3), and remove any

burrs or nicks that could damage or prevent the
O-ring from sealing properly.
5.
Inspect the outer diameter of the piston, (1), for

excessive wear or scoring. If the piston is damaged,
the inner surface of the barrel will also most likely
be damaged. Inspect the barrel thoroughly. If the
piston is not damaged, do not replace.
6.
SH86102
SH86103
19987106
Make sure the new T-seal, (1), and two backup

seals, (2), are installed correctly.
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 57

7.
Inspect the cylinder head (gland) inner and outer

seal areas, (1 and 2), for sharp edges and scoring.
Inspect the threaded area of the gland, (3), for
tightening of the retaining nut. Replace the gland
if necessary. All seals should be replaced during
reassembly.
SH86104
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 58

1.
Thoroughly clean the outside of the cylinder.
2.
Pull the piston rod out slowly, and drain the oil from
the barrel into a suitable container.
3.
Clamp the base of the cylinder in a vise at (1), and

unscrew the cylinder head (gland), (2).
SH86097
SH86098
SH86099
NOTE: Do not clamp the cylinder barrel in the vise to

unscrew the cylinder head. Flattening of the barrel will
cause damage to the piston and piston seals.
4.
5.
Remove the piston rod assembly, (1), from the

barrel, (2).
Remove the piston retaining nut, (1), the piston, (2);

spacer, (3), and cylinder head (gland), (4), from the
piston rod, (5).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 59

6.
7.
Remove the wiper seal, (1); O-ring and backup

washer, (2), and inner seal and wear ring, (3), from
the cylinder head (gland), (4).
SH86100
SH86101
Remove the wear ring, (1), and seal, (2), from the
piston, (3).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 60

1.
2.
Clean and dry all parts. The metal parts should be

lightly oiled prior to assembly.
SH86105
19987106-1
SH86107
Install a new O-ring, (1), and backup washer, (2), in

the outer groove of the cylinder head, (3). Install a
new shaft seal, (4), and wear ring, (5), in the inner
grooves.
NOTE: Install the shaft oil seal, (4), with the lip of the seal
facing the piston.
3.
Install a new shaft wiper seal, (6), into the cylinder

head. The seal lip should face outward.
4.
Examine the piston assembly prior to installation.

The wear ring, (1), and T-seal, (2), should be firmly
in their groove and snug against the piston, (3).
Insert the L shaped backup rings, (4), on both sides
of the T-seal with the short leg of the L shaped
backup rings toward the T-seal as shown.
5.
Install the cylinder head assembly, (1), and spacer,

(2), onto the piston rod, (3).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 61

6.
Prior to install the piston, clean and apply a bead

of hydraulic sealant between the piston and piston
rod at (4). Install the piston assembly, (5), and new
locknut, (6). The wear ring on the piston should be
toward the threaded end of the rod.
NOTE: The flat side of the piston must face the spacer,
and the recessed side must face toward the end of the rod.
The effective length of the piston rod must be maintained,
with the locknut fitting into the recessed area of the piston.
7.
Torque the locknut to 230 Nm (170 lb ft).
8.
Lubricate the piston and cylinder head assemblies

with 10W-30 oil and install the piston rod assembly,
(1), into the barrel, (2).
SH86108
9.
Prior to threading the cylinder head into the barrel,

apply a coat of grease around the cylinder head,
in the area between the backup washer and the
cylinder head flange at (3).
10.
Torque the cylinder head assembly to 306 Nm (225

lb ft).
1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 62
Index
WORKING ARM - H
32

30
36
46
44
47
42
45
50
48

61

59

56
54

57
53
52

13
24
15
48118 1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 63
48118 1 17/06/2005
H.40.B / 64
WORKING ARM - H
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - 50.C
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48119 1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 1
Contents
WORKING ARM - H
TECHNICAL DATA
Relief valve
Relief valve - General specification (H.50.C.17 - D.40.A.10)
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Command
Command Lever - Exploded view (H.50.C.05.05 - C.10.A.20)
Command - Exploded view (H.50.C.05 - C.10.A.20)
SERVICE
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Cleaning (H.50.C - F.30.A.10)
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Decontaminating (H.50.C - F.30.A.60)
13
Command
Command - Remove (H.50.C.05 - F.10.A.10)
15
Command - Install (H.50.C.05 - F.10.A.15)
16
Command - Visual inspection (H.50.C.05 - F.40.A.10)
17
Command Lever - Remove (H.50.C.05.05 - F.10.A.10)
18
Command Lever - Disassemble (H.50.C.05.05 - F.10.A.25)
20
Command Lever - Visual inspection (H.50.C.05.05 - F.40.A.10)
23
Command Lever - Assemble (H.50.C.05.05 - F.10.A.20)
25
Command Lever - Install (H.50.C.05.05 - F.10.A.15)
30
Control valve
Control valve - Remove (H.50.C.13 - F.10.A.10)
31
Control valve - Install (H.50.C.13 - F.10.A.15)
32
Cylinder
Cylinder - Remove (H.50.C.26 - F.10.A.10)
33
Cylinder - Install (H.50.C.26 - F.10.A.15)

48119 1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 2
34
Cylinder - Disassemble (H.50.C.26 - F.10.A.25)
35
Cylinder - Visual inspection (H.50.C.26 - F.40.A.10)
36
Cylinder - Assemble (H.50.C.26 - F.10.A.20)
38
Relief valve
Relief valve - Pressure test (H.50.C.17 - F.40.A.30)
40
Relief valve - Flow test (H.50.C.17 - F.40.A.45)
41
48119 1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 3
WORKING ARM - SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt

Port relief valve cartridge pressures at 2.84 litres/min (0.75 gpm)

Port 2A
Port 2B
24,500 kPa (3552 psi)
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 4

25
20
29
18
14
21
13
12
18
20
25
26
23
29
14
26
23
24
13
12
19
28
19
19
19
21
28
7
25
28
24
15
22
6
7
15
30
28
28
22
11
31
10
19
27
24
28
31
BS04E071
bs04e071
(1) Handle Grip

(2) Handle
(3) Bushing
Hand Control Levers

(12) Rod
(13) Ball End
(14) Nut
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 5
(24) Nut
(25) Washer
(26) Lock Washer
(4) Channel
(5) Fastener
(6) Gasket
(7) Boot
(8) Plate
(9) Left Hand Kick Panel
(11) Rod End Bearing
Hand Control Levers

(15)Support Plate
(18) Screw
(19) Screw
(19) Screw
(20) Screw
(21)Lock Nut
(22) Bolt
(23) Nut
bs05e109

(2) Bolt
(3) Nut
(4) Washer
(5) Spacer
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
Lock Washer
Lock Washer
Washer
Screw
Seal Strip

(7) Bolt
(8) Control Rod
(9) Bolt
(10) Washer
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 6
(11) Bearing
(13) Shock Absorber
bs05e110_1

(3) Control Rod End
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Nut
Washer
Bearing
Nut
(9) Washer
(10) Shims
(11) Bolt
(12) Pin
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 7

bs04e128
(1) Pedal
(2) Pedal Shaft
(3) Roll Pin
(4) Washer
(5) Left Hand Bracket
(6) Seal Strip
(7) Bolt
(8) Angle
(9) Angle
(10) Lock Washer
(11) Nut
(12)
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
Pedal Assembly
Bushing
Large Pin
Cotter Pin
Linkage Link
Washer
Screw
Grooved Pin
Linkage Link
Clevis Pin
Pin
Washer
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 8
(23) Screw
(24) Washer
(25) Pedal Shaft
(26) Nut
(27) Lock Washer
(28)Bearing Assembly
(29) Right Hand Bracket
(30) Screw
(31) Arm
(32) Linkage Link

1.

system.
2.

rapidly.
repaired.
enough power.
3.


and visible.
4.

hydraulic oil.
5.

temperature.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 9

6.

(B) Air in the oil.
NOTE: The hydrostatic system uses a third port bypass

filter system. If the filter becomes plugged it bypasses
back to the reservoir to stop contamination from entering
the hydrostatic system. Upon completion of cleaning the
Hydraulic System.
7.

following steps:
element.
8.

9.

10.

11.

12.

vacuum pump.
13.

1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 10

14.
15.
The hydraulic reservoir is locate3d on the left rear

16.

is closed.
17.
18.

19.
20.

21.

drain plug.
22.

position.
23.
24.

25.

26.

27.
28.

29.
30.
Stop the engine.
31.
32.
33.

drain plug.
34.

the valve.
35.
36.
37.

1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 11

38.
39.

the reservoir.
40.

on the machine.
41.

42.
Stop the engine.
43.

1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 12
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Decontaminating (H.50.C F.30.A.60)

1.
2.

WARNING
3.

4.
5.

the hydraulic oil.
reservoir.
6.

from the machine.
7.

on the machine.
8.
9.

(A.10.A.22 - F.60.A.10)
10.

11.

position.
12.

13.

open line.
14.
Stop the engine.
15.

each cylinder.
16.

17.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 13

18.


19.

position.
20.
Stop the engine.
21.

22.

oil as required.
23.
24.

from the machine.
25.

on the machine.
26.

27.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 14

1.
For Tilt Command Remove refer to Command Remove (H.40.B.05 - F.10.A.10) the procedure is
the same.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 15

1.
For Tilt Command Install refer to Command - Install

(H.40.B.05 - F.10.A.15) the procedure is the same.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 16

1.
For Tilt Command Visual Inspection refer to

Command - Visual inspection (H.40.B.05 F.40.A.10) the procedure is the same.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 17

1.
Securely latch the seat in the raised and latched

position. Remove the step shield and front step
cover to access the control handle, linkage and
valve area.
2.
Loosen and remove the mounting bolts on the

right hand bearing (2) and the left hand bearing
(3). Loosen and remove the bolt (4) from the link.
Remove the shaft (1).
3.
4.
bd05f003_2
bd05f001_2
bd05f003_1
Disconnect the steering control linkage (1 and 2)

from the control levers.
Remove the auxiliary hydraulic control or bucket

control rod, (2), from the right control handle arm.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 18

5.
6.
Disconnect the wire harness (1).
bd05f001_3
bs04g023-1
Remove the handle mounting bolts, (1), and remove

the handle assembly from the unit.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 19

1.
Take note of the number and position of all shim

washers for reassembly.
2.
Remove the bolt, (1), securing the ball end to the

control arm.
3.
Remove the jam nut, (2), and ball end, (3), from the
rod, (4).
4.
Remove the groove pin, (5), from the arm, (6).
5.
Loosen the set screw, (7), on the set collar.
6.
Loosen the set screw, (7), on the set collar.
7.
Remove the cotter pins, (8), and shim washers,

(9), taking note of the number of shim washers for
reassembly.
8.
Remove the bearings, (10), from the control handle

and the bearings, (11), from the handle mounting
plates. Slide the handle sideways and remove from
the stub shafts.
9.
Auxiliary Boom Control Handle (only).
10.
Boom hydraulics control - Remove the setscrew,

(1), and remove the handle support, (2), and control
rod, (3), from the handle tube, (4).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 20
bs04g028
19996890

11.
12.
13.
14.
Boom hydraulics control - Remove the roll pin, (1),

the L-pin, (2), and the spring and ball at (3).
19997746
19996889
19996838
19996839
Boom hydraulics control - Remove the locknut, (1),

and bolt, (2), to separate the handle, (3), from the
handle support, (4). Retain the bushing and cap
screw. Remove the ball end, (5), from the handle by
removing the cap screw, (6), flat washer and lock
nut. Remove the ball end, (5), and jam nut, (7), from
the rod.
Bucket control - Remove the nuts, (1), lock washers,

and carriage bolts securing the handle support to
the handle tube. Remove the handle support, (2),
and control rod, (3), from the handle tube, (4).
Bucket control - Remove the locknut, (1), and bolt

to separate the handle from the handle support.
Remove the ball end, (2), from the handle by
removing the cap screw, (3), flat washer and
locknut. Remove the ball end, (2), and jam nut, (4),
from the rod, (5).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 21

15.
Loosen the boot securing bolts, (1), and slide the

boot, (2), off the handle.
19997750
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 22

1.
Inspect the handle pivot bearings, (1); replace if

worn or damaged.
2.
Inspect the pivot stub shafts, (2), for any obvious

bends or deformation.
3.
Inspect the control handle for excessive wear or

bends in the bearing mounting plates, (3).
4.
Bucket control - Inspect the pivot handle linkage for

looseness in the ball joints, (1); replace if worn.
5.
Bucket control - Inspect the pivot handle linkage for

looseness in the ball joints, (1); replace if worn.
6.
Boom Hydraulics Control - Inspect the pivot handle

linkage for looseness in the ball joints, (1); replace if
worn.
7.
Boom Hydraulics Control - Inspect the pivot

handle, (2), and handle support, (3), for damage or
deformation. Replace as necessary.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 23
19997747
19997751
bs04g025-1

8.
Boom Hydraulics Control - Inspect the handle lock

components, (4). Replace the spring if bent or
broken.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 24

1.
Bucket control - Install a new hand grip on the top

on the handle, (1), if grip is worn.
2.
Bucket control - Attach the ball end, (2), and jam

nut, (3), to the rod, (4), and fasten to the handle, (5),
with the cap screw, (6), flat washer and lock nut.
Position the flat washer between the ball end and
handle. Do not tighten the jam nut at this time.
3.
Bucket control - Attach the handle assembly to

the handle support, (7), with the long bolt, (8), and
locknut, (9).
4.
Bucket control - Tighten the locknut to remove

any movement between the handle assembly and
support, but should be loose enough to all the
handle to pivot without binding.
5.
Bucket control - Slide the handle tube up through

the slot, (1), in the handle support base.
6.
Bucket control - Slide the handle sideways over the

stub shafts.
7.
Bucket control - Install the bearings, (2), on the

handle, install shim washers, (3), to center the
handle in the slot, (1). Fasten each bearing with two
5/16" x 3/4" carriage bolts, lock washers, and nuts
at (4).
8.
Bucket control - Install shim washers, (5), to reduce

side play on the stub shafts. Retain the shims on
the stubs shaft with a roll pin, (6).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 25
19996839-1
bs04g030

9.
Bucket control - Slide the rubber boot, (1), down

over the end of the control handle, one side at a
time, and secure with the hardware, (2), removed
during disassembly.
10.
Bucket control - Attach the handle and rod assembly,

(1), to the control handle by first sliding the rod down
through the control handle tube, (2).
11.
Bucket control - Attach the handle assembly to

the handle tube arms, (3), with the short carriage
bolts, (4), lock washers, (5), and nuts, (6). Tighten
securely.
12.
Boom hydraulics control - Install a new hand grip on

the top of the handle, (1), if grip is worn.
13.
Boom hydraulics control - Attach the ball end, (2),

and jam nut, (3), to the rod, (4), and fasten to the
handle, (5), with a 5/16" x 1-1/4" cap screw, (6),
flat washer and locknut. Position the flat washer
between the ball end and handle. Do not tighten
the jam nut at this time.
14.
Boom hydraulics control - Attach the handle

assembly to the handle support, (8), with the long
bushing, 3/8" x 3-1/4" cap screw and locknut at (9).
15.
Boom hydraulics control - Tighten the lock nut

to remove any movement between the handle
assembly and support, but should be loose enough
to all the handle to pivot without binding.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 26
19996838-1
19996889-1

16.
Boom hydraulics control - Slide the handle tube up

through the slot, (1), in the handle support base.
17.
Boom hydraulics control - Slide the handle sideways

over the stub shafts.
18.
Boom hydraulics control - Install the bearings, (2),

on the handle, install shim washers, (3), to center
the handle in the slot, (1). Fasten each bearing
with two 5/16" x 3/4" carriage bolts, lock washers,
and nuts, (4).
19.
Boom hydraulics control - Install shim washers, (5),

to reduce side play on the stub shafts. Retain the
shims on the stubs shaft with a roll pin, (6).
20.
Boom hydraulics control - Slide the rubber boot, (7),

down over the end of the control handle and secure
with the hardware removed during disassembly.
21.
Boom hydraulics control - Attach the handle and

rod assembly, (1), to the control handle, (2), by first
sliding the rod, (3), down through the control handle
tube.
22.
Boom hydraulics control - Position the handle

support on the tube by aligning the setscrew,
(4), with the drilled hole in the tube. Tighten the
setscrew and locknut.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 27
bs04g030-1
19996890-2

23.
24.
Boom hydraulics control - Insert the spring and ball

at (1). Insert the L-pin, (2), and drive the roll pin, (3),
in flush to retain the L-pin.
bs04g031
bs04g028-1
Assemble the pivot shaft, (1), shim washers, (2),

arm,(3), set collar, (4), and bearings, (5), into the
control arm housing. Fasten each bearing with two
5/16" x 3/4" carriage bolts, lock washers, and nuts
at (6).
25.
Rotate the pivot shaft, (1), to position the arm

upward as shown at (7).
26.
Note the position of the arm, (3), on the shaft, (1),

in relation to the arm at (7). Insert groove pin, (8),
through arm, (3), and into shaft, (1), just far enough
to position the arm. Do not hammer into place at
this time.
27.
Attach the ball end and jam nut, (1), onto rod, (2).
Install spacer, (12), (OD - 7/16"; length - 15/32"
between the ball end and arm, (3). Secure with a
5/16" x 1-3/4" bolt, lock washer, and nut at (4).
28.
19997746-1
Install shim washers at (5), between the cotter pin,

(6), and bearing, (7), to center rod, (2), in the control
handle tube at (8). Secure the cotter pin and slide
the set collar, (9), against the opposite bearing to
remove any side movement of the shaft and tighten
the setscrew.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 28

29.
Drive the groove pin in the arm, (3), completely into

place.
30.
With the handle in the neutral position angle, adjust

the length of the rod, (2), so the ball stud at the arm,
(3), aligns with the pivot bearings at (10). This will
also set the pivot arm, (11), in a vertical position.
31.
Rotate the handle to make sure the rod, (2), does

not interfere at the top or bottom of the control
handle tube. Move the control handle back and
forth (forward and reverse) and make sure the
control arm, (3), does not move. When there is no
movement, tighten the jam nuts at both ends of the
rod.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 29

1.
Tilt Command Lever Install is the reverse procedure

of Command Lever - Remove (H.50.C.05.05 F.10.A.10).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 30

1.
For Loader Control Valve removal, refer to the

following procedure. Control valve - Remove
(H.40.B.13 - F.10.A.10)
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 31

1.
For Loader Control Valve installation, refer to

the following procedure. Control valve - Install
(H.40.B.13 - F.10.A.15)
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 32

1.
Removal.
ATTENTION: Never loosen any hydraulic lines without

first relieving all pressure in the system.
2.
Remove any attachment, bucket, etc. for the boom

attaching plate and lower the boom to the lowered
position.
3.
Extend the cylinder to the fully extended position.
4.
After stopping the engine and before removing the

seat belt and dismounting from the skid steer, turn
the ignition switch to the "RUN" position.
5.
Push both the boom and bucket pedals to relieve all

residual hydraulic pressure in both circuits.
6.
Turn off the ignition switch.
7.
Remove the hydraulic hoses from both ends of the

cylinder, (1), and cap the lines to prevent loss of oil.
8.
Remove the retaining bolt and pin, (2), from the

lower end of the cylinder.
9.
Loosen the upper tapered pivot pin retaining

hardware, (3).
10.
Support the cylinder and, with a hammer, strike the

cylinder at the base area, (4), to loosen the tapered
pivot pin.
11.
Remove the cylinder.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 33
SH86111
SH86112

1.
Lubricate the pivot pins with an antiseize-type

lubricant.
2.
Install the cylinder on the skid steer.
SH86121
3.
Torque the upper pivot pin hardware to 108 Nm (80

lb ft).
4.
With a hammer and using a piece of 2 x 4 hardwood

to protect the pin, hit the pivot pin and retaining
hardware at (1), to properly seat the tapered pin and
retorque to 108 Nm (80 lb ft).
5.
Torque the lower pivot pin hardware to 38 Nm (28

lb ft).
6.
Cycle the boom several times to remove the air from

the system and check the cylinder for leaks.
7.
Check the hydraulic oil level and add 10W-30 oil

as required.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 34

1.
Clean the outside of the cylinder and clamp the

cylinder base, (1), in a vise.
2.
Use a spanner wrench to remove the cylinder gland,

(2). The gland is threaded into the cylinder.
3.
Pull the cylinder rod assembly from the barrel.
4.
Remove piston retaining stud, (1), piston, (2), and

gland, (3), from the piston rod, (4).
5.
SH86113
SH86114
SH86115
Remove seals from the gland; the outer O-ring seal

and backup ring, (1), the inner shaft seal, (2), and
the wiper seal, (3).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 35

1.
Thoroughly clean all parts and remove all nicks and

burrs with a fine emery cloth.
2.
Inspect the inner diameter of the barrel for excessive

wear or scoring.
3.
Inspect the gland thread area, (1), for damaged

threads that would prevent proper tightening of the
gland.
4.
Inspect the O-ring seal area, (2), and remove burrs

or nicks that would prevent the O-ring from sealing
properly.
5.
Inspect the outer diameter of the piston, (1), for

excessive wear or scoring. If the piston is damaged,
the inner surface of the barrel will also most likely
be damaged. Inspect the barrel thoroughly. If the
piston is not damaged, do not replace.
6.
SH86116
SH86103
19987106
Make sure the new T-seal, (1), and two backup

seals, (2), are installed correctly.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 36

7.
Inspect the cylinder head (gland) inner and outer

seal areas, (1 and 2), for sharp edges and scoring.
Inspect the threaded area of the gland, (3), for
tightening of the retaining nut. Replace the gland
if necessary. All seals should be replaced during
reassembly.
SH86104
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 37

1.
Clean and dry all parts. The metal parts should be

lightly oiled prior to assembly.
2.
Install a new shaft seal, (2).
3.
Install a wiper seal, (1), and wear ring. (3).
SH86117
SH86118
19987106
NOTE: Install shaft seal, (2), with the lip of the seal facing
the piston.
4.
5.
6.
Install O-ring, (1), and backup washer, (2), on the

cylinder gland.
Examine the piston assembly prior to installation.

The wear ring, (1), and T-seal, (2), should be firmly
in their groove and snug against the piston, (3).
Insert the L shaped backup rings, (4), on both sides
of the T-seal with the short leg of the L shaped
backup rings towards the T-seal as shown.
Slide cylinder gland, (1), and piston, (2), with seals

installed, (3), onto the piston rod.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 38

7.
8.
Use a hydraulic sealant to seal the piston and

rod. Install piston retaining stud, (4), with medium
strength 242 Loctite and torque to 386 Nm (285 lb
ft).
SH86119
SH86120
Liberally oil the piston and place it inside the barrel,

being careful not to damage the seals.
9.
Apply a coat of grease around the gland at (1).
10.
Thread the cylinder gland, (2), into the barrel, (3),

and torque to 285 Nm (210 lb ft).
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 39


1.
Park the machine on a level surface.
2.
Lower all attachments to the floor.
3.
Stop the engine.
4.
Move the control levers in all directions to release

any circuit pressure.
5.
The best way to connect the hand pump is directly

to the control valve. Disconnect the tube from the
port of the control valve and connect the hand pump
to the port. By connecting directly to the control
valve, you avoid the possibility of a bad reading
because of cylinder movement.
6.
Remove all dirt and grease from the connecting

point.
7.
Connect the hose of the hand pump to the

connecting point, but do not tighten the connection.
8.
Make sure that the hand pump is filled with oil. The
temperature of the oil must be at least 21C (70F).
9.
Operate the hand pump to fill the hose of the hand

pump with oil. Then tighten the connections.
10.
Operate the hand pump and read the pressure

gauge. Record the highest indication. Check
the pressure several times to make sure that the
indications are correct.
11.
Compare the indication with the specification

Relief valve - General specification (H.50.C.17 D.40.A.10). If the indication is not correct, replace
the circuit relief valve.
NOTE: The circuit relief valves for the loader circuit are
not adjustable and must be replaced if they do not meet
the specification.
12.
Repeat this test after installing a new circuit relief

valve.
1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 40

1.
Start the engine and run the engine at 2300 r/min

(rpm).
2.
Hold the bucket control lever in the ROLLBACK

position and close the pressure valve on the
flowmeter until the pressure gauge indicates 124
bar (1800 psi). Adjust the engine speed to keep the
engine running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow
gauge and record the reading as test number 7.
3.
Hold the bucket control lever in the DUMP position

and adjust the pressure valve on the flowmeter
psi). Adjust the engine speed to keep the engine
running at 2300 r/min (rpm). Read the flow gauge
and record the reading as test number 8.

in the steps below.
4.
5.

6.
Leakage in the tilt circuits can be caused by any of

the following problems:
A. Damaged or worn packing in one or both of the
tilt cylinders.
B. Damaged or worn spool or spool bore in the
C. Self-leveling valve (if equipped) is sticking or has
worn spools.
D. Defective circuit relief valves.
E. Inadequate control spool travel.
7.

1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 41
Index
WORKING ARM - H
16

15
17
25
20
30
18
23
32
31

38

35

34
33

36
41

40
SINGLE ARM TOOL ATTACHMENT Tilt - Decontaminating (H.50.C - F.30.A.60)

48119 1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 42
13
48119 1 17/06/2005
H.50.C / 43
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48115 1 17/06/2005
REPAIR MANUAL
TOOLS AND COUPLERS
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48121 1 17/06/2005
J
Contents
TOOLS AND COUPLERS - J
CARRYING Unarticulated tools
J.50.B
COUPLING Hydraulic coupling
J.80.C
COUPLING Mechanical coupling
J.80.B

48121 1 17/06/2005
J

CARRYING Unarticulated tools - 50.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48135 1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 1
Contents
TECHNICAL DATA
Tool
Tool Bucket - General specification (J.50.B.60.62 - D.40.A.10)
LS185.B, LS190.B
SERVICE
Tool
Tool Cutting edge - Replace (J.50.B.60.64 - F.10.A.30)

48135 1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 2
TOOLS AND COUPLERS - CARRYING Unarticulated tools

LS185.B, LS190.B
BT97G325
1. 10 mm (3/8 in) fillet (weld twice 1 root pass 1 cover

pass)
2. 6 mm (1/4 in) fillet (weld 4 times)
3. 6 mm (1/4 in) groove 6 mm (1/4 in) fillet (weld

twice-wrap ends)
1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 3

1.
Cut or grind the old cutting edge from the bucket

floor and sides. Remove all old weld and foreign
material from the welding area.
SH88030
2.
Straighten the bucket floor and sides if required.
3.
Thoroughly clean the area where the new cutting

edge will be welded.
4.
Use dry AWS-E7018 low hydrogen electrodes or

either of the following equivalent low hydrogen wire
feed electrodes: Gas metal arc welding (C0 or
argon C0) AWS-E70S6 or flux cored arc welding
AWS-E70T1.
5.
Preheat the parts to be welded (both tack and

final welds) to a minimum of 400F (204C). The
preheat temperature must be throughout the entire
thickness of the parts joined, and at least 51 mm (2
in) back from the joint. Maintain preheat throughout
the entire welding operation.
NOTE: This is a hardened steel edge. If not preheated,

the cutting edge may later crack during use.
6.
Tack weld the preheated parts starting at the center

of the bucket and working toward the outside ends.
7.
Finish welding the preheated parts starting at the

center of the front edge of the bucket floor and
working toward the outside ends. Repeat this
operation at the back side of the cutting edge to
bucket floor.
8.
Do not remove the bucket from the welding

environment until the weld and metal temperature
drops to the ambient temperature. Do not force the
cooling rate of the welds and material.
9.
Follow the same welding procedure for welding the

side cutting edges and bottom wear plates to the
bucket.
10.
Bolt On Cutting Edge Replacement:

Loosen and remove the bolts from the cutting edge.
11.
Remove the cutting edge from the bucket.
12.
Install new cutting edge on the bucket. Install new

bolts and tighten the bolts.
13.
Dirt Tooth Kit Installation
1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 4

14.
Bucket Dirt Tooth Kit
15.
The dirt tooth kit consists of six teeth that are welded
to the bucket cutting edge as indicated at (1). The
teeth are used to break up the material when rough
digging conditions are experienced. This will make it
easier to fill the bucket. The teeth are intended to be
used only on dirt and foundry or low-profile buckets.
16.
Tooth Point Replacement
17.
The points of the teeth are a replaceable "pin-on"

design and can be obtained from Parts.
18.
To replace the "pin-on" points, use a punch that just

fits into the pin hole, (1), and drive the old retaining
pin from the shank.
19.
Place the new point over the shank and insert the
retaining pin into the hole, (1). With a punch that
contacts both sides of the metal part of the retaining
pin, drive the pin until it is centered in the shank.
SH88032
SH88033
NOTE: If the punch or driver is too small and just contacts

the rubber center of the retaining pin, the pin will be
damaged and will not retain the point.
20.
Tooth Location and Installation
21.
The bucket should be flat on the floor when placing

and welding the teeth to maintain good weld points,
(1).
IMPORTANT: Remove the bucket from the loader while

welding teeth to prevent damage to the loader electrical
system.
1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 5

22.
23.
24.
Slide the replaceable points in place but do not

attach with the steel/rubber pins as the rubber may
be damaged during the welding process.
SH88034
bs04e165
bs04f076
SH88036
Locate the teeth on the bucket edge as indicated.
Bucket Tooth Spacing
NOTE: Position the teeth at these spacings, then re-center

if necessary for equal spacing.
25.
26.
Welds are high carbon steel (tooth) to high carbon

steel (bucket). Use welding rods marked 7018
or some comparable rod. Weld on both sides of
the tooth from the back of the tooth towards the
replaceable point at (1). Stop welding 13 mm (1/2
in) from the cutting edge as noted at (2). Weld along
the back of the tooth at (3). A minimum 5 mm (3/16
in) fillet weld is required for this application.
Weld in the direction shown at (1).
1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 6

27.
Weld a 5 mm (3/16 in) fillet weld along both sides

and rear of the tooth at (2), high carbon steel to
high carbon steel.
bs04e166
1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 7
Index
LS185.B, LS190.B

48135 1 17/06/2005
J.50.B / 8

COUPLING Hydraulic coupling - 80.C
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48137 1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
COUPLING Hydraulic coupling - Exploded view (J.80.C - C.10.A.20)
DIAGNOSTIC
Command valve
Command valve Solenoid - Testing (J.80.C.12.05 - G.40.A.20)
Electrical control
Electrical control Coupler switch - Testing (J.80.C.90.81 - G.40.A.20)

48137 1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 2
TOOLS AND COUPLERS - COUPLING Hydraulic coupling

bs04e147
(1) Mounting Plate

(2) Cylinder
(3) Angle Indicator
(4) Lock Decal
(5) Unlock Decal
(6) Control Valve Mounting Bracket
(7) Pin
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(19)
(20)
Hydraulic Mounting Plate

Hose
Hose
Angle
Shield
Step
Control Valve
O-ring
1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 3
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
(33)
Lock Nut
Lock Nut
Bolt
Lock Washer
Screw
Nut
Bolt
(8) Control Lever

(9) Pin
(10) Upper Spring Guide
(11) Lower Spring Guide
(12) Compression Spring
(13) Latch Pin
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)
Hydraulic Mounting Plate

Elbow
Connector
Nipple
Pin
Pin
U-Bolt
1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 4
(34)
(35)
(36)
(37)
Screw
Screw
Retaining Clip
Dust Cap

Test Point
N
position.
ground.
2 Have another person place the
hydraulic coupler switch in the
ENGAGE position.
Terminal for wire 549A (W) to
ground.
Terminal for wire XX2 (W) at the
engage solenoid to ground.
RELEASE position.
ground.
Terminal for wire XX1 (R) at the
release solenoid to ground.
4 Terminal for wire XX3 (G) at the
5 Terminal for wire XX4 (B) at the
Expected Result
12 volts
12 volts

Check the circuit for wire 540A (O)
to the 5 amp fuse.
fuse to the key switch ON terminal.
Check hydraulic coupler switch.
Also check the circuit to the
hydraulic coupler switch.
Open

Continuity
Check the ground circuit.
Continuity
1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 5

Test Point
N
position.
ground.
ENGAGE position.
ground.
Terminal for wire XX2 (W) at the
RELEASE position.
ground.
Terminal for wire XX1 (R) at the
4 Terminal for wire XX3 (G) at the
5 Terminal for wire XX4 (B) at the
Expected Result
12 volts
12 volts

Check the circuit for wire 540A (O)
to the 5 amp fuse.
fuse to the key switch ON terminal.
Open

Continuity
Continuity
1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 6
Index

48137 1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 7
48137 1 17/06/2005
J.80.C / 8

COUPLING Mechanical coupling - 80.B
LS180.B
LS185.B
LS190.B
LT185.B
LT190.B
48138 1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 1
Contents
FUNCTIONAL DATA
Connector
Connector - Exploded view (J.80.B.66 - C.10.A.20)
SERVICE
Connector
Connector - Remove (J.80.B.66 - F.10.A.10)
Connector - Install (J.80.B.66 - F.10.A.15)
Connector - Visual inspection (J.80.B.66 - F.40.A.10)
14
Connector - Disassemble (J.80.B.66 - F.10.A.25)
16
Connector - Assemble (J.80.B.66 - F.10.A.20)

48138 1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 2
19
TOOLS AND COUPLERS - COUPLING Mechanical coupling

bs04e150
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
Mounting Plate
Left Hand Handle
Dust Cap
Grease Zerk
Mounting Plate
(7) Latch Pin
(8) Plug
(9) Clip
(10) Pin
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 3
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
Pin
Bolt
Right Hand Handle
Pin
(5) Plate
(6) Spring Pin
Mounting Plate
(11) Compression Spring
(12) Guide
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 4
(17) Bushing

1.
Remove any attachment from the loader attachment

mounting plate.
2.
Lower the boom to the fully lowered position.
3.
Tilt the attachment mounting plate forward until the

face is level with the ground.
4.
Remove the cylinder attachment mounting plate

pivot pins by removing the pin retaining bolts, (1),
and sliding the pins from the mounting plate and
cylinders.
ATTENTION: Support the mounting plate during removal

to prevent dropping the plate when pins are removed.
19984476
5.
Remove hub caps, (2), from the plate pivots.
6.
Loosen the attachment mounting plate to boom

pivot pin hardware, (3). DO NOT remove the bolts
at this time.
7.
With a soft-faced sledgehammer, strike the

mounting plate pivot area, (4). This will free the
tapered pivot pin in the boom link.
8.
Remove the pivot pin retaining hardware and

remove the tapered pins.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 5

1.
Reinstall the boom mounting plate, if removed, by

installing the plate pivot taper pins and retaining
hardware, (1), Figure 1.
2.
Torque the pivot bolts, (1), to 108 Nm (80 lb ft).
NOTE: The tapered pivot pins and retaining hardware

must be hammer seated by striking the head of the
bolt and pin, and then re-tightening. This step must be
repeated until the torque remains constant.
3.
Reinstall hub caps, (2), into the plate pivots.
4.
Extend the attachment mounting plate cylinders

until they align with their mounting holes on the
attachment mounting plate.
5.
Install the cylinder attachment mounting plate pins

through the mounting plate and into the cylinder rod
ends. Install the pin retaining hardware, (3), and
tighten.
6.
Grease the two boom mounting plate pivot pins and

the two cylinder mounting plate pivot pins prior to
moving the attachment mounting plate to prevent
any damage to the pivot points.
19984476-2
7.
Attachment Plate Over-Center Latch Pins

Wear/Bend, Figure 2.
8.
The loader attachment may become loose at the

mounting plate. Inspection of the over-center latch
pins part #9822358, shows the pin ends worn and
bent, (1).
9.
The over-center pins are NOT heat-treaded. Thus,

if an attachment does not fit correctly and hammers
against the pins, the pins will wear and bend. New
pins and ones used with properly fitted attachments
should be straight, as shown at (2).
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 6

10.
If worn pins are encountered, the pins must be

replaced. Additionally, an inspection of all the
customers attachments must be made to determine
the improperly fitted attachments which is causing
the pin problem. Usually, an old attachment used
on a previous loader can be worn and can be the
problem.
bs04e168
11.
Checking Procedure for Buckets and Attachments,

Figure 3.
12.
The bucket/attachment does not fit or appears to

come loose on the boom faceplate.
13.
The loader boom faceplate is worn or out of height

dimensions and/or the bucket latch points are worn
or out of dimensions.
14.
Inspection
15.
The loader latching system requires that the

faceplate wedge into the attachment. The faceplate
must contact the attachment at (1), (2), and (3), and
must have clearance between the attachment and
faceplate at (4), when the attachment is latched
properly.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 7

16.
The latch pins should not extend below the lower

plate at (5).
bs04e169
17.
The following are some quick visual checks of the

loader faceplate and attachment, Figure 4.
18.
The attachment must have an 850 mm 0.8 mm

(33-15/32 1/32 inch) center to center latch point,
(1), to be compatible with the latch system.
19.
Check the latch pins and levers for proper operation

and lubrication. If the latch pins do not move freely,
the system will not function properly.
20.
Control levers pivot over center into the lowered

latched position.
21.
Latch pins fully extend from the faceplate.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 8

22.
Control levers pivot over center into the raised

unlatched position and hold in this position.
SH88054
23.
Loader Faceplace, (5), and Attachment, (6),

Engagement
24.
Check the saddle area of the attachment at (1),

for interference, weld, debris, etc. to prevent
the attaching plate and attachment from seating
properly.
25.
The loader latch pin should engage the lower latch

plates as shown at (2).
26.
Check for clearance between the faceplate and

attachment at (3), minimum 0.8 mm (1/32 in) and
maximum 9.5 mm (3/8 in), with the latch pins fully
engaged.
27.
If there is no clearance at (3), the loader faceplate

is too short or the distance between the top saddle
area and lower latch plates is too great, (2), Figure 6
28.
If the clearancies too great or the latch pins will not

engage into the latch plates on the attachment, the
loader faceplate is too long or the distance between
the top saddle area and lower latch plates is too
short, (2), or the latch plates are located incorrectly
(1), Figure 6.
29.
When the latch pins are fully engaged, New Holland

buckets only, the end of the pin should not extend
beyond the lower plate at (4).
30.
If the latch handles do not fully engage, the

dimension from the back of the attachment to the
rear of the slot in the latch plates is too short at (1),
Figure 6.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 9

31.
If the latch pins extend below the lower plate at (4),

the dimension from the back of the attachment to
the rear of the slot in the latch plate is too long at
(1), Figure 6.
bs04e170
32.
Checking Procedure
33.
The following are the procedures used to measure

the skid steer faceplate and how to measure the
attachment.
34.
Checking the Attachment
35.
Check the placement of the lower latch plates at (1).

Measure from the back surface of the attachment to
the rear of the latch plate slot at (1): 235.8 mm 0.8
mm (1-9/32 1/32 inch).
36.
If this dimension is too short, the slot can be

widened by grinding out the slot 1/16 inch maximum
or replace the latch plates.
37.
If grinding is required, the rear of the slot must be

round square with the top surface of the plate to
ensure proper pin engagement, (2), Figure 5.
38.
If the dimension is too long, replace the latch plates.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 10

39.
Check the height of the attachment at (2). Insert

a 1/2 x 2 inch hex head cap screw with 1/2 inch
standard nut as shown at (3). Measure from the top
of the bolt, (4) to the rear of the latch plate slot at
(5): 403.2 mm 0.8 mm (15-7/8 1/32 inch).
40.
If this dimension is incorrect, the lower latch plates

will require replacement.
NOTE: If new latch plates are required, order four plates

#86506587 (01 mm, 4 inch slot) through Parts and follow
the latch plate installation procedure.
bs04e171
41.
Checking the Loader Faceplate
42.
Check the height, (3), of the loader faceplate from

the top of the plate at (1), to the bottom of the plate
at (2): 396.9 mm 0.8 mm (15-5/8 1/32 inch). To
check the faceplate, place a 24 inch square over the
top of the plate as shown at (4), and a straightedge
at (5).
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 11

43.
If the faceplate is not within specifications, the plate

will require replacement.
44.
Check the faceplate pods to ensure they are

straight with each other and not twisted. Place a
straightedge across both pods as shown at (1,)
across the front flat surface and at (2) the top of the
pods.
45.
If the pods are not straight, the faceplate will require

straightening or replacement.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 12
bs04e172
SH88058

46.
Check the center dimension between the faceplate

pods and the overall outside dimension including
the removable plate in the extended position for new
buckets on the L865, LX865, LX885, and LX985
faceplates.
47.
Inside Dimension, (1): 647.7 mm (25-1/2 in).
48.
Outside Dimension, (2): 1122.4 mm (44-3/16 in).
49.
Latch Pin Dimension, (3): 850.1 0.8 mm (33-15/32

1/32 inch).
ATTENTION: Do not cut or grind the loader faceplate to

adapt any buckets or other attachments. Do not cut or
grind the loader faceplate latch pins.
50.
When attaching unapproved attachments, the latch

points on the attachment must meet the correct
dimensions and be strong enough to maintain the
correct dimensions during operation.
SH88059
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 13

1.
Mounting Plate Assembly
2.
Inspect the plate, (1), for straightness. If the

mounting plate pods are not straight with each other
it may be difficult to hook up to attachments. If the
mounting plate is not within specifications, replace
the assembly.
3.
Inspect the latch pin area for excessive wear, which

can result in loose attachments. If the pins, (2), do
not slide freely, remove the pins, clean and lubricate.
4.
Inspect the mounting plate pivot pins, (3), and

bushings, (4), for wear, which can result in loose
attachment to the mounting plate boom cylinders.
5.
Inspect the cylinder pivot pins, (5), for wear. Inspect

the pivot pin holes for wear that could cause a
sloppy fit. Replace the bushings in the mounting
plate or pivot pins, if necessary.
1998482
6.
Latch Handle/Spring Assemblies
7.
Inspect the latch handle pivot holes, (6), for

excessive wear and binding in the mounting plate.
8.
Check that the spring, (7), is not bent, damaged, or

has broken coils. Replace if necessary.
9.
Latch Pins
10.
Examine the latch pins, (2), for excessive wear and

binding in the mounting plate.
11.
Check the tapered area of the pins for wear or chips.

Replace if necessary.
12.
Pivot Bushings Replacement
13.
Use a suitable bushing driver and remove the old

bushings.
14.
Clean the bushing area to remove any dirt, debris

and burrs.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 14

15.
Using a bushing driver, install the new pivot

bushings from each end of hole, (1). Drive bushings
flush with the outer edge of the hub.
NOTE: There will be a space in the center between the

two bushings.
16.
Latch Lever and Spring Repair/Rebuild
17.
Clamp the lower spring guide, (1), in a vise. Turn

the step bolt, (2), to remove the lower spring guide
from the step bolt and remove spring, (3).
OPS87134
19984483
19984484
ATTENTION: When removing the step bolt, the spring will

have some compression pressure. Remove the bolt while
applying downward pressure on the bolt.
18.
Remove the upper spring guide, (1), pivot block, (2),

and step bolt, (3), from handle, (4).
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 15

1.
Remove any attachment from the loader attachment

mounting plate.
2.
Lower the boom to the lowered position.
3.
Tilt the attachment mounting plate forward until the

face is level with the ground.
4.
With an Allen wrench, remove the setscrew, (1) from

the backside of the mounting plate for both the left
and right sides.
5.
Move the latch handle, (1), to align the groove pin

in the setscrew hole, (2). Drive out the groove pin
with a hammer and punch. Repeat this procedure
on other side.
6.
Remove the latch pin from each side from the

bottom of the mounting plate.
7.
Remove the cylinder attachment mounting plate

pivot pins to allow access to the latch handle pivot
pin snap ring clips.
ATTENTION: Support the mounting plate during removal

of the mounting plate pivot pins to prevent dropping the
plate down when pins are removed.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 16
19984477
19984478

8.
9.
Remove the pin retaining bolts, (1), and slide the

pins from the mounting plate and cylinders.
19984476
19984479
19984480
Enter the skid steer. Sitting in the operators seat

with the seat belt buckled, start the loader and
retract the attachment mounting plate actuating
cylinders, (1), fully to clear the attachment mounting
plate, (2).
10.
Remove the retaining ring, (1), from the latch handle

pivot pin, (2), from the rear of the mounting plate on
the LEFT and RIGHT sides.
11.
Using a punch and hammer drive the latch handle

retaining pin, (2), downward and out through the
front of the attachment mounting plate on both
sides. If there is insufficient ground clearance to
fully remove the latch handle pivot pins, lift the
attachment mounting plate up as necessary to clear
the pins.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 17

12.
Remove the handle/spring assembly, (1), from the

attachment mounting plate on the LEFT and RIGHT
sides of the attachment mounting plate.
19984481
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 18

1.
Insert the pivot block, (1), and step bolt, (4), into
the handle, (2). Install the upper spring guide, (3),
onto step bolt (4).
2.
Install spring, (5), over the upper spring guide, (3).

Install the lower spring guide, (6), onto step bolt,
(4), and tighten.
NOTE: Apply slight pressure to the lower spring guide to

compress the spring slightly and start threading the lower
guide onto the step bolt.
3.
4.
19984485
19984481-1
19984486
Slide the latch handle/spring assembly, (1), into the

mounting plate, pointing the spring down.
Install the handle pivot pin, (1), from the front of the
plate and install the snap ring retaining clip, (2). The
pivot pins will have a snap ring on both ends of the
pins.
NOTE: The handle pivot pin should have one snap ring
retaining clip already installed prior to reinstallation in
the attachment plate. If the snap ring retaining clip is not
present, install the clip prior to pin installation.
5.
Move the latch handle, (1), to align hole with the

groove and insert the latch pin with the tapered
side towards the loader boom, away from the
attachment.
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 19

6.
7.
With a hammer and punch, drive the grooved pin,

(2), through the lower spring guide and latch pin.
19984478
19984477
Reinstall the setscrew, (1).
1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 20
Index
19

16


48138 1 17/06/2005
J.80.B / 21
14
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
48121 1 17/06/2005
48121 1 17/06/2005
PRINTED IN U.S.A.
6-80050 1 17/06/2005

LS180 Manual de Serv PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

LS180 Manual de Serv PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

REPAIR MANUAL

BODY AND STRUCTURE

TOOLS AND COUPLERS

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

Basic instructions ( - A.90.A.05)

the description of how to remove the cylinder head

a table of specifications for a hydraulic pump

How to Use this Manual

Information Units and Information Search

Stack valve - Sectional View (A.10.A.18 - C.10.A.30)

(1) Function and (2) Information type.

(A) corresponds to the sections of the repair manual.

Page Header and Footer

Section and Chapter description

The page footer will contain the following references:

Publication number for that Manual, Section or Chapter.

Version reference for that publication.

Section, chapter and page reference e.g. A.10.A / 9

BOLT TORQUE INFORMATION

1383 1020 1031 760

1749 1290 1315 970

1390 1025 1559 1150

1953 1440 1464 1080 1559 1150 1797 1325

GRADE 8.8 Bolts, Nuts and Studs

GRADE 10.9 Bolts, Nuts and Studs

TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS - STEEL HYDRAULIC FITTINGS

37 Degree Flare Fitting

Straight Thread with O-ring

Nom. SAE Dash

O-Ring Face Seal End

O-Ring Boss End Fitting or Lock Nut

Nom. SAE Dash Size

Conversion factors ( - A.92.A.21)

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

SECONDARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

HIGH-FLOW HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM

ELECTRICAL POWER SYSTEM

LS180.B, LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Capacity (A.10.A - D.40.A.20)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Special tools (A.10.A - D.20.A.40)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - General specification (A.10.A - D.40.A.10)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

Relief valve - General specification (A.10.A.16 - D.40.A.10)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

Oil filter by-pass

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Identification (A.10.A - C.40.C.01)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 01 (A.10.A C.20.H.01)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 02 (A.10.A C.20.H.02)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 03 (A.10.A C.20.H.03)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 04 (A.10.A C.20.H.04)

LS185.B, LS190.B, LT185.B, LT190.B, LS180.B

PRIMARY HYDRAULIC POWER SYSTEM - Hydraulic schematic frame 05 (A.10.A C.20.H.05)